[ Home  |  FAQ-Related Q&As  |  General Q&As  |  Answered Questions ]


    Search the Q&A Archives


Im stretching my ears gradually with plugs, I went from an...

<< Back to: rec.arts.bodyart: Piercing FAQ 2E--Genital Piercings & Their Suggested Jewelry

Question by Elyse
Submitted on 7/11/2003
Related FAQ: rec.arts.bodyart: Piercing FAQ 2E--Genital Piercings & Their Suggested Jewelry
Rating: Rate this question: Vote
Im stretching my ears gradually with plugs, I went from an 18 to a 16 to a 14 to a 12 and now to a 10. Next i will obviously get a 8. Eventually i want a 4 or a 2. I was just wondering after about a year or whenever i decide to take my large plugs out, will they ever close up to normal size holes like my 18 gauges or will they stay as big as they are? and if they do close up, about how long will it take for them to close up ?


Answer by Danny
Submitted on 7/22/2003
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
Well, i have been upto 6ga and they closed up so i could not get a 18ga in there, now im going up to 2ga and they will close up. any size up to about 0ga should close up eventually. and they shrink faster when you have the flu.

Danny

 

Answer by The Casualties
Submitted on 7/23/2003
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
I had in 4g flesh tunnels for about 6weeks then i had to take them out for track my holes closed to 8 gauge ..even with 8g holes your ears still look normal ..now after track i stretched my lobes to 0g ..I think im done though

 

Answer by roxycheerchic
Submitted on 8/4/2003
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
please help me!!! I gauged my earing holes from a 14 to a 8. Is it ok for it to be hurting? It's bruised and when I take it out it's bleeding. PLEASE HELP

 

Answer by Phillip Smith
Submitted on 8/13/2003
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
Sup People, My name is Phillip.. I have 1/2 gauges in my ears now. When i had in my 00's i went rock climbing and one kinda fell out. I was out of town and didn't have a 00 plug so in 3 days.. it had already grown up to where when i got home i couldn't hardly get a 10 in there.. So up to about 00's they will grow up.. Good Luck!!

 

Answer by superman
Submitted on 8/27/2003
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
i have a question! is it ok to start with a size 14?

 

Answer by KiMiThIN
Submitted on 9/1/2003
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
Well, yeah it's gonna hurt!! You should have gradually went in size Oh and yes it's okay to start w/a 14. that is normal. i highly recommend taking out the 8s if they hurt so much, but if you wanna try keeping em, i suggest icing them alot... but if theyre brusing... i seriously would consider starting over, and waiting awhile for them to heal.

 

Answer by willie
Submitted on 9/8/2003
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
i have a 14 gage....i feel special

 

Answer by Sarah
Submitted on 9/18/2003
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
hey sup i right now i have 4 gages and i am gunna go to a 2 and man its hard going to a 2. I have golf tees in now bcuz i lost my one plug soo these fit fine. Its an attraction to my ears everyone looks at me funny lol you should try it lol!!!Does anyone know an easy less painful way of puttin in 2 gages?

 

Answer by AB
Submitted on 9/22/2003
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
4 to 2 won't really hurt at all, I went from 6 to 2 no problem.  The thing that really makes stretching easy is when you have your plugs in to play with them a lot.  This just stretches your ear slightly and makes stretching experience easier.

 

Answer by maine2457
Submitted on 10/4/2003
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
do a persons lobes shrink back after being stretched

 

Answer by GerM
Submitted on 10/5/2003
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
yeah i have mine at 0 and i went from 18 to 6 to 4 to 0 and yeah its painful and it bleeds its normal and people dont look at me funny cuz i have the curved ones and they look like hoops but wen people see em up close they go EWWW! and pull back i just laugh

 

Answer by georgif
Submitted on 10/8/2003
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
Stretching quickly is a bad idea.  You can get keloids, which are nasty and may cause you to have surgery to remove them.  You can stretch up to a 2 g. without having problems getting your holes back to original size.  After that, it just depends on your body.  

 

Answer by Jam
Submitted on 10/13/2003
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
I went from a 14 to an 8 and then from an 8 to a 4. It hurts a lot yea, and yea its gonna bleed. Just buck up and wait it out. It should heal in like 3 or 4 days

 

Answer by Evan
Submitted on 10/13/2003
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
i'm thinking about stretching my lobes  wondering what is the best  to start with??

 

Answer by nick
Submitted on 10/16/2003
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
i went straight from an 8ga to a 0ga in a week didn't hurt at all

 

Answer by Britt
Submitted on 10/16/2003
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
Its NOT normal for your ears to bleed when you stretch!!!! AND dont EVER skip gages!! plz if your going to stretch do it right or dont do it at all!

 

Answer by Dan
Submitted on 10/19/2003
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
i hear that when stretching your ears, it's good to do it after a hot shower because your ears will be easier to stretch.  this is what i heard, haven't tried because i only just got 14 gages in my ears

 

Answer by Ash
Submitted on 10/19/2003
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
My ears are about a 1/2 inch right now..and did a 16,14,10,8,6,4,2..ect. Its very normal for your ears to bleed because the inside of your ear rips a little.I doubt they will close to a 18g or 16g but MAYBE a 14g or 10g..and it all depends how fast they will close up by how long you have had them stretched

 

Answer by michael
Submitted on 10/19/2003
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
I now have 3/4 and i went 16 14 12 10 8 4 2 0 00 7/16 5/8 3/4 your ear should heal up after time, and yea when you skip gages your ear should bleed and swell up it's normal. (there's not any thing wrong with skipping gages)

 

Answer by Dale
Submitted on 10/27/2003
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
hey iv had 2 gauges in my ears for about 2 weeks and now i got 0 gauges and there pritty swolen i was wondern if i should take them out or wait and see if the swelling will decrees or wat so like tell me wat to do

 

Answer by clueless
Submitted on 10/29/2003
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
hey is it ok to gauge ur ears at home. and if so what is a good size.  i want little one and i dont want them to hurt alot.  how bad does it hurt?  and when u go to a place how do they stretch it?

 

Answer by steve
Submitted on 10/30/2003
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
I just started with 10's about a week ago. It didnt really hurt to bad, and i was wondering how long i should wait before stretching them to 6's. can someone help me?

 

Answer by Cory
Submitted on 11/1/2003
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
Sup Guys.I started with a 12ga,then went to 10's,then 6's then 2's and last 0's in the span of about 3 weeks.Now they are healed and lookin alright.I think that if you are going to guage your ears just do it fast.And skip around.You dont have to go by 1 size, even thought its probably less painful.

 

Answer by vita
Submitted on 11/4/2003
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
i stretched my ears from regular size to a ten and it was no problem because i had my regular sizes for years and years and they just become so loose. it's OK to skip gages just as long as you put neosporin and antibacterial (preferably Dial) soap on it 3 times daily. Also, take the gages out, clean inside to get rid of germs and "crusties" (from blood or whatever) and play around with them (like twisting them and pulling on them stretches them even more so you're ready for the next size. Just because they hurt doesn't mean there's something wrong. Keep working with them--broken skin will always heal as long as you have the right material (metal works the best for me, at any rate) and keep them clean. Letting blood or puss build up is not only bad, but disgusting! Puss is a good sign (it means your ears are healing) but clean it off!

 

Answer by urka
Submitted on 11/6/2003
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
hi i went from an 18 to a 14 with no problem and am thinking of going straight to a 10 in about a week (i put the 14's in about 3 days ago and they are healing perfectly) is that okay or should i wait longer? please help. e-mail me at: urka5430314@yahoo.com

 

Answer by dead__last
Submitted on 11/7/2003
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
Hi, if your ear is only about 0g or smaller it will go back to normal (14-12g)  When you start stretching farther is doesn't look so good.  It looks kind of like a cat bum.  My ears are currently at 1 inch and 7/8th.  Do it slowly and be patient.  When you are poor and can't afford big jewelry all the time, use electrical tape, it works good and is a good ear stretching idea.

 

Answer by Kelsey
Submitted on 11/8/2003
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
I started out slow from a 18g to now a 6g...but how long should i wait before streching to the next g??

 

Answer by tall steve
Submitted on 11/10/2003
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
i started at an 18g then waited a week and went to a 10g then in 2 weeks i went to a 6g then in 2 weeks i went to a 4g then in 2 weeks i went to a 0g then in 1 week i went to 00g then in 2 weeks i went to 1/2 then in 3 weeks i went to 5/8s then in 4 weeks i went to 3/4s then in 2 weeks i went to 7/8ths and im about to go to 1" today i love streching my ears its so sick u get so much attenition.

 

Answer by hILO_gIRL333
Submitted on 11/11/2003
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
i WAS WONDERING IF i GO TO A 00 WOULD IT CLOSE CAUSE i AM AT 2 RIGHT NOW SO i JUST WANTED TO KNOW.

 

Answer by hILO_gIRL333
Submitted on 11/11/2003
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
i WAS WONDERING IF i GO TO A 00 WOULD IT CLOSE CAUSE i AM AT 2 RIGHT NOW SO i JUST WANTED TO KNOW.

 

Answer by connie
Submitted on 11/11/2003
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
hey i have no idea what the hell i am doing.i had one friend from my old school do it and it looked sick so I'm trying to do it. basically i just stuck plastic rods in my ears ( i cut plastic bristles off a brush and soaked em in alcohol and antibacterial ish) and its lookin pretty good so far. haha im resourseful, eh?

 

Answer by poag
Submitted on 11/12/2003
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
I dont know if this will help any one but i went from 18g to 14g and then from 14g to 6g and then from 6g to 2g... didnt bleed... just a drop here or there when stretching..

 

Answer by Chicken Wing
Submitted on 11/13/2003
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
I have two, 1 inch gauges.
Everyone who writes on this website are being whimps. I stretched my ears in a month. They bled constantly but i don't care. The gauges look sweet.

 

Answer by heffa
Submitted on 11/14/2003
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
i stretched my ears from a piercing size to 00s i skipped a lot of gauges i went from 16-8 and 8-2 yea it hurts but its more a burning feeling don't even stress about the pain. use a tapper and do it before you go to bed for when you wake up you barley feel them. its no big deal!!

 

Answer by Jamie
Submitted on 11/14/2003
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
Hey i went from about a 14 to a 10 guage and then from there to an 8 then from there to a 2 right now i have two's in my ears and i am probablly going to go to a 0 in the next couple of days once i get me some tunnels. They do bleed when you gage em and there is a layer of skin that pops out when you do it but just try to keep it clean and don't take them out when you do it if it hurts. It will stop soon and the effect is TOTALLY worth it. I love mine and i love the attention that i get from them because people think its weird. Something to use for a guage is some of them large hoop rings when they are small like about a 14 or a 16 guage cause thats how i started.

 

Answer by w.s
Submitted on 11/15/2003
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
its not normal for your ears too bleed when you stretch. if they do bleed it means you ripped them. there's no point in stretching too quickly, because scar tissue that forms after a torn lobe is much more difficult to stretch. and well rips can lead to worse problems such as blow outs and well blow outs don't look good. seeings how i couldn't get all of what i wanted into this you can check bmezine.com for a lot of info.

 

Answer by deadbysunday
Submitted on 11/15/2003
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
i would hate too see half of your ears. bleeding and tearing isn't good. its going to cause lots of nasty scaring. blow outs just don't look good. my ears are at 1/2 inches. i love them there wonderful. just stretch slowly. if your ears rip and bleed down size a gauge and let them heal then stretch again. theres no need in rushing and taking the risk of having nasty looking lobes. if your in such a hurry too have your lobes big quickely just go get dermal punches.

 

Answer by goodCharlotte_lover55
Submitted on 11/16/2003
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
I have a 14g in my right now, can i skip to a 10?

 

Answer by Ape
Submitted on 11/22/2003
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
What is a good size to start gauging at?

 

Answer by Q-Tip
Submitted on 11/22/2003
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
well i just started stretching my ears today and i started at a 10g and i'm going to 6g. Is that bad if i do it like on the same day just as long as my hole is healed and ready to go?

 

Answer by Paperheart
Submitted on 11/23/2003
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
I have been streching my ears out for years now i first got them pirced with saftey pins.from that to a 6 gage.And from the 6 to a 0 then to 00 and now im at 1/2.I am thinking of going bigger.If i take out my plugs for a few hours i cant fit the 1/2 back in and have to strech them out again.1/2 is the biggest you can go before they wont shrink back down by themselfs.If i do go bigger and want then back down i have to get them cut or sliced so they will heal up and eventually go back down.But i think ill stay with my 1/2 and be on the safe side.

 

Answer by vikingsrule540
Submitted on 11/23/2003
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
i got my ears pierced at 16 gage and the next day i stretched then to a 6.  then about two weeks later i stretched them to a 2 which is what im at right now. ive heard that 2 is about as big as you want to go so that they'll close up.

 

Answer by dreadzombie666
Submitted on 11/24/2003
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
you guys are slow i did my ears like this 14,10,6,2,0,00,1/2

 

Answer by pink ox
Submitted on 11/25/2003
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
your dumb they sholdn"t bleed! don take um out to reduce swelling and im 00 and mine will go back

 

Answer by bchs babay
Submitted on 11/25/2003
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
ok u ppl are FREAKS! who the hell wants holes in their ears the size of quarters?! its SiCK! ugh! who was the first person to do that ne way?!?!

 

Answer by _tragic
Submitted on 11/26/2003
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
Shut up bchs babay. Ear stretching is beautiful and you don't need to be here if your just going to critisize people. Ear stretching started with the Africans I believe... Correct me if I'm wrong.

 

Answer by Jenni
Submitted on 11/26/2003
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
well im happy you have your opinion but to bash on others? anyway,went from 18 to 14, 14 to 12, 12 to 10, and then now to an 8. if any questions about safety pins, they are i think 14. bleeding is way normal and so is puss. my ears pussed for awhile but thats a good sign of healing. im wanting to eventually go to 00's. but i wouldnt recommend skipping. doing so causes rips. i tried to go from an 14 to an 8 and it ripped. it hurt for awhile. another thing is that if you go to quickly, it will cause thinning. youll have differnt thin spots which again cause rips and uneven holes. im 14 and the parents flipped when they saw the holes. if i go any bigger, they said theyd rip 'em out. how old are all of you so i can present some things to them so i can go bigger. thank ya

 

Answer by crazy kid
Submitted on 11/26/2003
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
i started witha 12,then,8,4,0,00,000,0000 and im here now. i did all of this in like 3 weeks and my ears didnt bleed at all and theyre so sick i love it

 

Answer by poison3dpen
Submitted on 11/27/2003
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
All of you must have some serious luck to not have your ears falling off or have huge blowout on the backs of your holes. Stretching is a very beautiful thing when done right (read: slowly and carefully/correctly), and I myself have 2 gauge holes in both ears at the moment. I'll post my routine for all to see, I just hope some of you follow it and do things correctly. I started with gunned holes, gotten before I can remember, and finally decided that I wanted to wear earrings, just not the kind my mom was always trying to get me to put in for church. I purchased a couple 16 gauge circular barbells and stuck them in my completely healed holes painlessly. This should be normal- 18-14 is a simple stretch from icky poor quality gun jewelry. After a little over two months, I decided I wanted them a bit bigger, and put in 14 gauge circular barbells that I had bought in Austria and weren't being used. Again, after over a month, I went to my piercer and tapered to 12 gauge. Two weeks later, 10 gauge, and similarly 8 and 6 gauge. Tired of spending almost $50 each time I stretched and having to make the drive to have it done, I went to www.bodymodern.com and spent only $38.90 on 5 sets of plugs (4,2,0,00,000) and 4 tapers (4,2,0,00). This brings me up to 2 gauge, and I now plan on waiting about another month to go to 0 gauge. My stretches have NEVER hurt, I've barely even felt pressure, basically thinking to myself "That's it?" Yes, it takes longer- but I've never bled, never had redness that lasted more than a couple hours right after stretching, never had trouble with them shrinking up if I take them out for a bit (in fact, sleeping with them out does wonders for thinning lobes), and most importantly I don't have scar tissue built up, which means I won't have problems stretching as far as I want. The thing is: if you're serious about doing this and keeping your lobes this way, the "closing up factor" and the speed at which you get to your desired size shouldn't matter. When I get to my 000's, and maybe someday 1/2" or so, I'll know that my lobes are perfectly healthy and that I got there the right way. I think there's far more to brag about in that than by being able to say "Yeah, I just put all these tapers through last night and my ear is all swollen and won't stop bleeding when I take my 00 gauge plug out, because buying all those sizes in between 14 and 00 would've sucked. I can't wait to do the other ear tomorrow."

 

Answer by cheshirecat
Submitted on 11/27/2003
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
word to the wise..watch out for fast stretching. the further up on your ear the more dangerous..i had some orbitals put in at the top of my ears (before cartilage) it was done with a 12 gauge..now i have a keloid i have to get cut off! i'm not excited!

 

Answer by lipringFL
Submitted on 11/28/2003
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
hey guys, my name is josh, and i just wanted to agree with poison-stretching the way most of you are saying is extremely dangerous for the health of your lobes.  you should wait at least 1 month between EVERY stretch, and should never experience pain or bleeding.  thats right-stretching should NOT cause bleeding.  also, putting household items in your lobes (ie: golf tees) is really not a good idea.  if they are painted wood, then the chances of some of the paint rubbing off (even a tiny bit is really bad) are pretty high.  if theyre plastic, theyre pretty inappropriate for piercings b/c plastic is pourous.  i understand that alot of you may want to stretch really big, really fast, but the truth is that its an awful idea.  look at it this way:  id be willing to bet that 90% of the posters here will take out their large gauge plugs in probably 1-2 years.  the faster you stretch, the less your ears will close.  just be smart about it guys, and treat your lobes well.
josh

 

Answer by Severity420
Submitted on 11/28/2003
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
Wow, i can't believe the horrible things you guys are putting your ears thru. NO IT SHOULD NOT HURT OR BLEED! ANYONE THAT SAYS THAT HAS NO CLUE ABOUT STRETCHING. i am at a 2gauge right now and have never had any real blood or pain, some discomfort maybe, but never pain. and skipping gauges is RETARDED! if want to be an idiot and mutilate your ears, by all means, you have that choice, but i am going to make fun of you, because you deserve it. sorry for being so abrasive, but, geeze man, use some common sense!

 

Answer by Severity420
Submitted on 11/28/2003
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
oh, and by the way, jenni? no offense, but trying to go from a 14 to an 8 is not smart and proves you A.) don't have a clue about what you are doing and B.) aren't mature enough to continue stretching. you're parents are right to make you stop, you are mutilating your ears. when your ears rip they are trying to tell you something, SLOW DOWN!!!!!! i have gone one gauge at a time and right now i have beautiful 2 gauge ears with no redness, swelling, or scar tissue. if you can't wait or don't have enough money to do it right, don't do it at all. im only posting this for your own good, i want nothing but healthy stretched lobes all around so im sorry if this comes off too hostile.

 

Answer by Pinkie_Starz
Submitted on 11/28/2003
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
Hey!I stretched my ears in one week! From nothing to a 0 gauge...yeah it bleeds but it wasn't even bad! Don't trip, just make sure that you clean them. I used a metal hoop taper to put weight on my lobes and they streched quicker faster.

 

Answer by enderprod
Submitted on 11/28/2003
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
You people are insane.  You're going about the stretching business all wrong, it's not a race.  Also, skipping gauges is something you're going to really regret if you actually care about your ears.  I used to skip around on gauges, and now I realize that it was one of the biggest mistakes ever.  Please, in the future, stretch correctly or don't stretch at all!

brandon

 

Answer by kreg_man
Submitted on 11/28/2003
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
HEy i wana stretch my ears is it ok to go straight to a 6g?

 

Answer by Schmo
Submitted on 11/30/2003
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I just bought one of those stretcher thingys that goes from smaller to bigger in one long plastic thing... im at 16 now, and the stretcher doesn't fit worth crap, so i was just wondering if i should say to hell with the stretcher and just go to like 14, 12 10.. etc, or if i should just jam it in there untill it fits. Help!

 

Answer by Jenni
Submitted on 12/1/2003
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
Thank you Severity420... you arent coming off that way. I know I had no knowledge. I saw what I wanted and was willing to take the risk. Btw, I had I did it my self awhile ago and yes I was immature going about it. Afterwards, I did my research and knew what to expect. Pretty stupid of me eh? All I did was use to earring itself to stretch and now I know not to do that again, lol. Having my ear ripped had no effect of what my parents were telling me. They didnt know that the hole would close eventually and didnt want me having huge holes in my ear. I slowed down when my ear ripped. I didnt skip after that. 'Tis true I didnt know what I was doing, but know I do.

 

Answer by free_the_wm3
Submitted on 12/1/2003
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
yes, please if your going to stretch your ears or any other piercings you may have, take your time and do it slowly.  skipping gauges can be done but its not smart, it puts excess stress on your skin and can lead to scarring, keloids and other problems.  i too was impatient and skipped gauges at first but then realized i was not stretching correctly and slowed down.  waiting and taking your time greatly makes future stretches alot easier.  i am now at a 4 gauge and have had them in for about 4 months and about to stretch to a 2, before that i wore my 6 gauges for about 3 months.  just take your time and listen to your body.

 

Answer by Boots
Submitted on 12/1/2003
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
If you want to have minor pain or irritation, go down gradually. i skipped one at first and it wasn't smart. I didn't have enough knowledge by doing so. I am at an 8 right now and I stretche my ears myself. Its a lot easier and cheaper. I was surprised
that my ears didn't get infected. **The only reason for having your ears bleed when stretching is that you tore your skin which isn't very good. I dont think it is good to skip for doing so ends up with thinned lobes and possibly keloids. Good luck

 

Answer by TherapyCrisis
Submitted on 12/2/2003
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
Hey i think when it comes to stretching you should go at your own rate listen to your body every one is different. Me  i got my perched with a 12 and a week later i went to 8's yea it hurt like hell but it was worth it after that i went 6 4 2 0 & 00 I'm currently at the 00's and happy just to let you know how fats i went well i just waited until i could pull down on them and it didn't hurt i found it's a good idea to use tapers i started just pushing the bigger gages in. Yea that hurts ( Not A Good Idea) any ways i hope i helped some people out.

 

Answer by Firby
Submitted on 12/3/2003
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I've had my 0 guages for about a month or so now... I had 00 but my mommy made me take em out. My holes shrank to 0's in about a week.  If you are really scared that your holes won't close then take them out at night and soak them in rubbing alcohol if they're already healed.  I did this and mine shrunk to 4 guages in one night, and I had to re-stretch them.

 

Answer by Cory
Submitted on 12/4/2003
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
I started out at 12's and went down to a 00 in about a month or so.I think that if you just skip one size every time(except going for 0 to 00) its not that bad.Its going to hurt anyways so why not do it faster.Then in the long run you have to deal with less pain.And you should do it after taking a shower.It helps your ears to stretch.

 

Answer by LazyJohn420
Submitted on 12/6/2003
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
I went from a regular piercing to and 8ga. in 3 weeks and from an 8ga to a 2ga in 4 days

 

Answer by Lively Cashew
Submitted on 12/8/2003
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
Hey guys! whats up? i'ma girl (15 years old) and i started gaging my ears last week...i just used the ends of pet ink cartriges to do it. everyday after my shower i would put in a bigger one. i'mup to like a 6 or so...my friend says it looks awesome. he can get pencils and crap through his. it's kinda funny. haha...he'll come to school with straws and stuff through his ears...well...alright...on to my question. is there anything i probably have in my house that i can use to gage my ears? i dont have any money but i disinfect everything in alcohol before i put it in. alright then...i'm home sick today...scarlet fever...whoo hoo!

 

Answer by Random
Submitted on 12/8/2003
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
i'm interested in stretching my ears but i have no idea how to start. i have normal sized earing holes right now so how do i start stretching them???

 

Answer by ANDY
Submitted on 12/8/2003
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
I PIERCED MY EAR 2 DAYS A GO. HAD 20 GA. THEN WENT TO A 16 THE SAME DAY. NOW TODAY I STRETCHED IT OUT TO A 10 GA. IT HURT A LIL BUT JUST TOOK LOTS OF ASPRIN. IT WAS REALLY HARD TO GET THROUG THE BACK OF THE EAR.

 

Answer by Nimpho
Submitted on 12/9/2003
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
When I first stretched my lobes I went from a 16 to a 8 then eventually to a 4. A bad saleslady sold me a gage 6 plug by accident I put one in with out a problem but it hurt in my other ear. Now one of my holes is bigger than the other!!! Ha ha. Yes the holes shrink. I took my plugs out for a few months and they shrunk back to normal then I put them back in no problem at all. I found stretching my ears the easiest using tapers!

 

Answer by fear
Submitted on 12/11/2003
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I went from an 18 to a 10 all at once.  I'd suggest using something like polysporin on the taper.  Not only does it lube the hole up making it easier to slip through but it can fight off infection if you get any, makes sense to me anyways.

 

Answer by GeRaLd
Submitted on 12/12/2003
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
Hey i'm15 and i have been messing around with diffrent piercings my parents wontlet me get it done so i do it myself without them saying anything and i started with just a safteypin in both ears then a 14g,6,4,0 i know i skipped a lot with the 14 to 6 but really it wasn't that bad just suck it up and push it through it wont go at first but if u push hard it slides in but it gets really brused.... i also did 2 more holds next to them and have them at a 4 right now ... also did an industreal and it is only like a 10g barbell but really its kewl everyone at my skool thinks its stupid for me to do that and stuff but my friend has like 1/2in plugs and he even thinks its crazy but i think its fine so oh well...

 

Answer by Random
Submitted on 12/12/2003
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
i'm stretchin my ears but is it really best to just shove the taper through? i try movin it and it hurts like hell.

 

Answer by loser in denial
Submitted on 12/15/2003
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
hey all. well my experiences were..14-12-10-8 and now a 6. all i did for mine was buy a bigger gauge and push it through. i didnt bother with a taper. ive had them in for about..uhh...3-4 days. i took one out to clean it and it started to bleed, so i put it back in, lol. itll probly get infected but thats ok. not really, im a dumbass, lol. well, my plugs are in and im gonna wait til it doesnt hurt to touch them b4 i take them out. is it supposed to bleed? & how long b4 i can take them out so that they wont shrink down????

 

Answer by sunshine
Submitted on 12/15/2003
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Ark!  Don't make them bleed - go slow.  I have gone from 20(?) whatever normal earrings are, to 10 in about a month with just curved barbells and plugs, but when I took my last set of plugs out one bled a little - I think I just need to be more careful to turn the plugs a little more, I think the one was stuck to the plug/ring.  It is fine now.  I am also stretching another hole and have a question, I went form 20 to the barbells (14 or 16?) and now I have a tiny scab over each ring.  I just did it last night - they are VERY old piercings and I haven't had trouble with them in YEARS.  Could it be because they were so healed that it caused trauma that way?  Hmmmmmmm? Thanks.

 

Answer by allstarchris
Submitted on 12/15/2003
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
i pierced my ears with 8s about three weeks ago, they bleed the second day or something like that, but after three weeks now, they feel fine, how much longer should i wait to stretch my ears to 6's. Oh yeah, and is piercing your ears with 8's tough?...haha

 

Answer by i dunno
Submitted on 12/15/2003
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i have 6g plugs in now. i went from 18-14-12-10-8-6...i put the 6g's in about 2 months after my 8. i put them in a couple days ago. yesterday i took them out and they started to bleed. i dont know what to do. i dont think they are supposed to bleed. they are still bleeding every once and awhile and seep. what can i do to prevent them from getting infected? they arent supposed to bleed are they? i would very much appreciate any responses.

 

Answer by PANDA
Submitted on 12/17/2003
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hi im in the middle of stretching my holes from a 8g to a 4g..Im planning on goin to a 2g and thats it.

 

Answer by vince
Submitted on 12/18/2003
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
whats up right now im at inch ive been streatching for about
a year and a half. The best
thing to do is constantly clean your plugs,  i know it
hurts but its worth it .
have a good time streatching

 

Answer by vince
Submitted on 12/18/2003
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
whats up right now im at inch ive been streatching for about a year and a half the best
thing to do is constantly clean your plugs  i know it hurts but its worth it .
have a good time streatching it ok to let theme bleed use a good antibiotic it will be ok and  go
slow when you stretch.

 

Answer by powermandoug
Submitted on 12/19/2003
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I have 8 gauge horseshoes in now and I want to put in 6 or 4 gauge plugs in.  Is it normal for my ear to bleed or do I need to leave the 8's in longer?

 

Answer by littlebigirl
Submitted on 12/19/2003
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i have stretched my ears to like a 12 and i have 6g now for my ears what would be an easier way to get them in my ears. i don't have a lot of money.  so what would be a good way to get them in. i may not be on for a few days so if someone could email me at: shorty_white_girl@yahoo.com
that would be great.

 

Answer by drumchick
Submitted on 12/21/2003
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
i have stretched my ears from normal size to 8's in a day. It didn't really bleed alot, but it did hurt. They were fine in about 2 days. I also stretched my cartilage to a 4 and that did hurt at all.
if you have an questions e-mail me drummerchicky15@yahoo.com

 

Answer by lux
Submitted on 12/22/2003
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
ok. my ears are at 2. i've gotten up to these very slowly, never skipped a gauge and all that good stuff. HOWEVER, my ears still bled. not much...but they did. therefore, i feel that slight bleeding is normal. many of my friends have their ears stretched also. all of theirs bled slightly too. and they followed all instructions.

 

Answer by EvlSph
Submitted on 12/22/2003
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i'm slowly stretchin my ears with tapers and they never hurt but do bleed very slightly but most the time i don't even notice it so i thinks its completely normal

 

Answer by shortbigirl
Submitted on 12/24/2003
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
ok i love how people ignore me but thats ok.  i just want to know a good way to gage my ears. email me at shorty_white_girl@yahoo.com

 

Answer by kat
Submitted on 12/24/2003
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
I stretched my ears from a normal piercing to a 3gage in one session then I went back and forth between buffalo horns gages 3 and 2. I eventually ripped a bit of both ears and got keloids large enought that my ears pushed the jewelry out and I have to get the huge, growing keloids removed. I dont know if I will ever wear jewelry in my ears again. Be very careful if you stretch your ears. Everyone heals differently. If you have sensitive skin which is prone to keloids, dont stretch.

 

Answer by kittykat
Submitted on 12/24/2003
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
hey guys, word to the wise, please be slow, i know its crazy and fun to stretch, but GO SLOW. i jumped around on one ear and went slower on the other, the ear i went slow doesn't hurt at all and is in perfect shape. the other is hurting all the time, it was pussing a bit. so i took out my 4g and let it shrink now i'm at a 10g because i started over. but now i know to go slow and take my time if i want them to look good.

 

Answer by Mislead Soul
Submitted on 12/25/2003
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Well I have 5/8 in my ears yes you can skip G-es.. it just hurts a little but its not bad for you or anything like that.sometimes they bleed its not uncommon.Oh and yes they will grow back up if you want them to.

 

Answer by lou
Submitted on 12/26/2003
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Okay... im at 4 gauge and i want to go to 2... which is a pretty big jump.  Is there such a thing as 3 gauge??  And if not, what is the least painful way to stretch to a 2 gauge??

 

Answer by CarLy
Submitted on 12/26/2003
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I have 14 gages in right now, I've had em for a while i want to skip a couple but don't want extreme pain, what gage do you suggest i should go to?

 

Answer by burcu
Submitted on 12/27/2003
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I have 12 gauges in right now and I have 10 gauge tunnels (or 8 gauge tunnels, the lady at the store wasnt sure...lol) that I bought.
I tried a couple of times today to get them in and they bled (one ear) and the other is sore, but they wouldnt go in!!! I had the 12's in for a week now...could that be the problem? How long should I wait before I stretch them to the 10/8's?

 

Answer by Jenni
Submitted on 12/29/2003
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Carly--i recommend going to a 12. thats easier than skipping and it doesnt hurt as bad. skipping is very bad for the ears. it thins your ear lobes and may cause keloids. as you can tell by kat they really hurt and they have to be surgically removed. i went from a 14 to 12 and it really isnt all that bad.

 

Answer by Jenni
Submitted on 12/29/2003
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Lou--yes there is sucha thing as a 3 gauge,  i havent seen them in stores but you can special order them. it wouldnt hurt THAT bad if you just went to a 2 from a 4. but go ahead and go with the 3 if you want as little pain. you can stretch with a taper if ya want but i just stuck my plug in to stretch, i didnt bother. make sure its clean if you do do that tho. good luck

 

Answer by Jenni
Submitted on 12/29/2003
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Burcu--i dont think it should be a problem. i had the same thing happen to me. i had to put pressure on it til it went through. but you should wait at least a month to be sure for proper strectching so it can have time to heal. good luck, i hope i helped.

 

Answer by Lou
Submitted on 1/2/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Thanks a lot Jenni... i think im gonna get a stretcher from my friend and stretch tomorrow to 2...

 

Answer by THEDANWILKES
Submitted on 1/3/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey guys i have oo in my left ear and i have a 12 in my other i first started with my left ear going fast and i went from 16 to about 8 then went to 4 then o then oo i riped my left ear a little so with my right ear i am going slow and taking it easy this would of been good to do with both my ears but i wanted them then and there and i had to do it fast and don't listen to your friends that say they are "pro"at this because they are most likely not and if u want as little pain as possible u cant put a piece of electrical tape on your plug you have in and just do that day by day that works pretty well but it takes pretty long

 

Answer by EvlSph
Submitted on 1/3/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
if you want as little pain as possilble and the best results use a taper and whenever you go swimming or have a shower or get in water take it out and it is easier to slip in a little bit further. at first you won't notice it getting bigger but it stretches  lot and is completely pain free

 

Answer by Scott
Submitted on 1/5/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i had up to a 2g took it out and it closed up to about a 6g but then i stretched them again and i'm at a 1/2 inch and going bigger sooner or later... after that big i'm not sure if they'll close

 

Answer by Malachi
Submitted on 1/5/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Does anyone know the history of plugs and where they started??  Id really like to know.  Thanks

 

Answer by xLiViNGdoll
Submitted on 1/7/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i went from a 12 to a 10 to an 8 and yeah it hurt a little but you really need to start using a taper if youre gonna skip sizes cause thats painful.

 

Answer by EvlSph
Submitted on 1/7/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Tapers really help getting plugs and tunnels through quite quickly and they cause hardly any pain because they gently open up the hole. i couldn't of done this without my tapers because i'm a real wimp when it comes to pain.

 

Answer by Justin
Submitted on 1/9/2004
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
yeah i have stretched my ears to a 00 and the other one looks kinda reatarted cause its like a 0 so it looks kind dumb so yeah and u can skip gages cause i went from a closed hole to 8 and then to a 0 and then to a 00 so yeah it kinda hurts for awhile and then u just have to learn to live with the pain for like 3-4days so yea just live with it and its pretty cool if u wanna be all alone till people actually get used to it and yea people freak out for a while and then they just get used to it and don't care anymore but people who just say the its just stupid are really the stupid ones so yea cause they don't know that some people just do it just to be different and some people just do it just to be cool
so yea
laters

 

Answer by jimmy deen sausages
Submitted on 1/9/2004
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
I have a 00 gage in my ear and people should wiat for 2 weeks to strech it out
and its ok to skip gages i wen to a
10,8,4,00 and it felt good to and bleeding well heel you up

 

Answer by charli
Submitted on 1/10/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hi i have normal size piercing so wot is the best size to start off with?

 

Answer by demi
Submitted on 1/10/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
what if you have 3 peircing's, really close together, is that going to hurt, or bleed.? I'm gaging slow ,but i think it might bleed, as soon as get to a 6GA.?? if you know anything please help me out!!

 

Answer by Djworm19
Submitted on 1/10/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey all. I have regular size ear piercings, i want to stretch to about an 8g, what size guage should i begin using, i'mthinking about using tapers. Or is there any better ideas.

 

Answer by EvlSph
Submitted on 1/11/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Tapers are the easiest and painless way to stretch and no matter what people think they do not hurt to sleep in. most the time you'll forget its in.

 

Answer by DrunkinChunker
Submitted on 1/11/2004
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
my stretching went like this:
normal piercing when i was young (20ga)
20 ga to 14g (i think most people go to that)
14ga to 10ga (no pain just tightness to get the frickin thing in!)
10ga to 6ga (this one bled a bit and the pain went away after 5 minutes..maybe it went numb)
now when i get the money im going to get 2ga.
i dont think its bad to skip gauges, they start to look small very quickly....

 

Answer by Shaggy420
Submitted on 1/15/2004
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
I think that anyone who stretches their ears by "skipping around" is going about stretching in a completely retarted fasion. Granted, going out and buying tapers or having a professional stretch your ears is expensive and not needed. Just buy an earring or plug in the next largest guage and squeeze it in. You should feel some pressure and a little stinging pain yes but not bleeding. Puss may be a sign of healing but you shouldn't need to heal your ears. No ripping should occur. Just a "STRETCH." Play with your ears a lot and it will make it easier to stretch. I went from a 20 to a 16, then went 14,12,10, and now I have 8g plugs in my left ear. I've stretched them all myself, and have spent maybe 50 bucks on earrings. They usually sell stretching packs for like 14 bucks at Hot Topic. Its not really that expensive. Just do it right for gods sake.

 

Answer by my last prayer
Submitted on 1/15/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I have a question. I just gauged my ears from an 8 to a 6, and the right one is ok. Its sore still, but mainly its good. But, my left one is kinda crusty and swollen and red, and a little puss keeps coming out. I think Im gonna wait a few days to see if it heals, but anyone have any suggestions? Ive been cleaning them alot lately with peroxide and ear solution.

 

Answer by voodoodoll
Submitted on 1/16/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I have a question, I put random stuff in my ears cos I can't afford to buy proper plugs or anything, well I got these earrings in and they are little over 2mm in diameter, so what would that be in ga? I'm just curious.

 

Answer by Trixx
Submitted on 1/17/2004
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
Man, my buddy went to 5/8 of an inch:
14 - 8 - 2 - 0 - 00 - half - 5/8
and he took em out, 3 days later, they were healed all the way.

best way to shrink ur ears down, is to space em 1 size bigger, and dont put any jewlerly in, since ur ear will be open, and cut, itll close like 10x faster.

and ppl talk about wont close after 2, 0, 00, they close for sure, it just takes time. Longer there in, longer they take to close.

 

Answer by Spike_Draven
Submitted on 1/17/2004
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
You guys dont know wtf u are talking aboot....are any of u actual piericers??
If u were u would know thats there is nothing wrong wit skiping sizes not only does it save money but time also...first of all if u were pierced wit an 18g thats not a real piercing...and if u have any gauge earring in ur ear in and it hurts....try losesing the elastics...ive been around a piericing shop for over 1 year and a half and i pierice outta my home...if u have questions email me...spike_draven@hotmail.com

 

Answer by Trixx
Submitted on 1/17/2004
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
Man, my buddy went to 5/8 of an inch:
14 - 8 - 2 - 0 - 00 - half - 5/8
and he took em out, 3 days later, they were healed all the way.

best way to shrink ur ears down, is to space em 1 size bigger, and dont put any jewlerly in, since ur ear will be open, and cut, itll close like 10x faster.

and ppl talk about wont close after 2, 0, 00, they close for sure, it just takes time. Longer there in, longer they take to close.

 

Answer by Uhh im Cunfused
Submitted on 1/21/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Hey guys ! i dont want a big hole in my ear  or anything i just want the smallest wun u kan get  soo  i was wondering if it hurt. or like how they do it ?  i dont want to go any bigger. And umm My sister told me they put taper in your ear.  Wut iz that?  iz it like an earing?please help  me ..  im soo lost

 

Answer by EvlSph
Submitted on 1/22/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
If u just want normal sized holes just go 2 a piercers and they'll just do that.
A taper is a way of stretching ur ears. It starts off small and gets wider at the end so it slowly stretches the hole bigger.

 

Answer by Shane
Submitted on 1/25/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I've got 00's in at the moment. Anybody know of any cheap sites that sell wood plugs?

 

Answer by angel
Submitted on 1/26/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
ok i am trying to stretch my ears and i am at a 12 and what is the easiest and fastest way to go to a 6

 

Answer by EvlSph
Submitted on 1/27/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i was just curious 2 no wot sizes certain gauges are because i av one ear thats 6.5mm and 1 thats 5mm and i wud just like to no wot gauge they are so if n e 1 knows plz tell.

 

Answer by patriotic sickness
Submitted on 1/29/2004
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
hey, i just started to gage my ears a couple of months ago. i started at an 18G and then went down to a 10G, i don't know if that's a bad way to start though, because of all the stories on here, everyone goes down to a 14G and then on from there. also, my outlook on skipping sizes, there's nothing wrong with that, but hey, that's just me. right now, my first two piercings are at a 6G and I'mplanning to stretch the first one down to a 2G or 0G. my question is, is it safe to stretch multiple holes in the same ear? because right now, i have 4 piercings in each ear that I'dlike to stretch. right now from bottom to top they're at a 6G, 6G, 12/14G and 14/16G. because I'veheard that if you gage multiple holes in the same ear, the skin between 'em will break, so it's just one big slit in your ear. another question... once you gage your ears, and you don't want them big anymore, is it possible for them to go back to an 18G, or even a 10G again, because a 10G isn't really that big. because I'monly 13, and my mother's a freak about all of this. so i just need something to reassure her. if any of you have any answers, email me at pyrodevil4life@yahoo.com thanks!

 

Answer by smokin420
Submitted on 1/29/2004
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
i am 18 i have had my gauges for 4 years let me tell you kids who are streching fast and hard.  you will regret it one day.  i started at 8 went to 2 then to 000 then to 5/8.  now i am trying to close them up and they are down to a 0 its not pretty trust me.  they look like an ugly slit or a weird hole.  so think about your future

 

Answer by Ned
Submitted on 2/3/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Hey I am Ned I gaged my ear out to a 2 then I let it heal up it took me about 3 months to heal to about  but last night I just wanted to do it again so I am to a 0 now and I expect that to heal (If I let it) in 5 months

 

Answer by rachel k w
Submitted on 2/4/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
ok, so heres my story. i started off with a normal size pierced ear a long time ago. then about 2 years ago i decided to stretch to a 14g. i had those for a while then i just put 10g jewelery in with no problem, and the same with 8g. then i got a 4g taper and did that with a little pain but no bleeding. same with 2g and 0g. then for 00g i didn't feel like spending any money on a taper and since its not that much of a stretch i just put a layer of electrical tape on every day until the 00 went right in. this only took me a few days. i left those in for a few months then decided i wanted to go bigger. so i bought a pair of 00 tunnels with a 7/16 flare. i just kinda put those in carefully but with a little force as not to rip them with a little lubrication and they just went right in. they burned kinda for like 5 minutes. now today i have decided to go bigger to half inch. so again i am doing the electrical tape thing. i suggest you stretch slowly and always use tapers. the bigger you go the more of a stretch it is for each size. going from 2g-0g was probably the worst for me so far and i used a taper. no bleeding and just a little swelling. also tapers are hard to find in just a normal novelty store for bigger gages. that is why i use tape. plus its cheaper. just clean your ears every day. i do it in the shower so its easier to take out and put in.i use anti bacterial soap. also about keiloids, i had one on my cartilage and i went to my friend who is a piercer and he cauterized it . which means he took a piercing needle and took a small torch thing , heated it up and then poked the keloid a few times and it deflated it and then the dead skin just falls off in a day or two. ever since then i have never had a keloid. and it didn't hurt either. the end.

 

Answer by Tristan
Submitted on 2/4/2004
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
Well, I just stretched from my stainless steel 4g to some new hand blown pyrex glass 0g and it looks sweet. Hurt a bit, but well worth it.

 

Answer by Jasmin
Submitted on 2/5/2004
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
hey, i am a beginner at this and i was wondering how i start out, I bought some plugs yesterday and im having a hard time getting them in. I bought 10s and i need some advice on how to get them in.thanks much.

 

Answer by Tim
Submitted on 2/5/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Yeah its okay to skip gauges but if you are gana do it use vasaline(doubt i spelled it right but i dont care)i had a 14 in and welt to a 10 then to a 6 and they were pretty swollen so you can skip gauges but i wouldn't recomend it.

 

Answer by EvlSph
Submitted on 2/6/2004
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
i finally understand all this gauge thing. all off u make a big thing out of goin to a 0 gauge (8 milimetres) but its so fukin tiny!!!! i no loadsa of people who have like 2 inch holes throught their ears. i really don't no why you all make such a big thing out of it.
it doesn't hurt so get over it and just push the bloody taper of woteva u use through.

 

Answer by Blair
Submitted on 2/8/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Hey there.. Well i just have a question really..i had in a 4 g and i waited about 3 weeks each time i went up and it was fine no bleeding, or discomfort of any kind. i went a purchased some 2 g's and they were plugs=/, the plastic cheap ones (it is rather expensive gaging your ears)..but anyways i had my 4's in for about a month, and when i put my 2's in it was like the inside of my hole was ripped? I know it didn't just happen then but it doesn't hurt that much or anything and i did everything right like i was supposed to. i wash my ears everyday, put peroxide on them, then lube them up with some neosporin..I just don't know if this is a bad thing or what i should do..I am going to purchase some different 2's but i am going to wait a while before going to 0's..really all i need is some help on the ripage..cause i don't know how to deal with that since i am no professional about piercing. I do not want to take them out at all tho, so if it is possible to avoid that i would like that a lot. Any advice from non-complete idiots i would appreciate it thanks! =)

 

Answer by Malachi
Submitted on 2/9/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
So, NO ONE knows the history of plugs???  Come on... pleaaaaase

 

Answer by forthefallendreams
Submitted on 2/9/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i used to be at inches. they are completely closed. my lobes are slightly larger than original. no biggy, you guys worry too much.

 

Answer by thisdayfades
Submitted on 2/11/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
streching fast IS a bad idea. Unless you are 100% sure you want them for the rest of your life. do it slow.. you wont regret it.

 

Answer by amy
Submitted on 2/13/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i just got my 14's from a 20ga today.. didnt hurt tooooo bad. how long should i wait before upgrading and how many gages should i go up?

 

Answer by katwoman
Submitted on 2/15/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i have a question for either severity 420,lipringFL josh, or w.s. i know that we should go slow and not skip gauges. i was at a 2g i put in back in dec. i seen a chart some wear of the length of time you should heal before going to the next gauge and i should have waited untill march to go to a 0g put they felt good so i did it about 4 days ago about a month to early and my left one tore what i thought was just a little so i thought it would be ok to leave it in and let it heal. but now the whole inside of the hole is open i think i dont know how that happened i have soaked them in salt water every day and cleaned them with antiB soap. even though i dont realy eant to take it out i know i probably should so what i was wondering is should i go back to the 2g in that one, take it out completly, or somthing else? i really dont want ugly holes that wont shrink if i ever want them to so could you give me some advice. and to the other people that are doing it way to fast try looking for pictures of other people who realy screwed thers up there are a bunch of different sites that have pics look for the one they call the butt hole effect  

 

Answer by dur
Submitted on 2/16/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey guys i have 1 and 1/2 inch if u never rip your ears then they will always close up. in between every gauge put the white plumbers tape on it. it works and doesnt iritate ears. it is wa i have done and told all my clients i am a proffesional piercer e-mail me at fishingtim9@hotmail.com if u have questions. but always use ky jelly when u stretch

 

Answer by paperclip
Submitted on 2/18/2004
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
katwoman, if you just leave the 0 in it will heal, mine have done the same thing, and don't worry they will go back down if you decide to take them out.

 

Answer by Tru playa fo reel 420
Submitted on 2/19/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
How bad would it hurt to go from 0 to 000, my ears are VERY stretchy i went from 4 to 0 without any complications and minimal bleeding

 

Answer by melissa
Submitted on 2/19/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
ok, well im stretching from 10's to 8's and i think i have a blow out. i got one of the 8's in to my right ear, but my left is the one with the blow out. what should i do?

 

Answer by Toast
Submitted on 2/20/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i stretched pretty fast, i went 6,0,00,7/16,1/2,9/16 they bled alot but oh well they look sick and I'm about to go to 5/8 and continue to 7/8 krienkle@yahoo.com if u wanna comment

 

Answer by Demise
Submitted on 2/21/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I'm all the way up to 1 1/2 inch. They never ripped or bled. Just pull on them and mess with them occasionally. As far as what size should you go to next...Its up to your body. Some people can stretch faster than others. If you have any questions you really should go to BME.com  

 

Answer by RionnoiR
Submitted on 2/21/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Ok, just one week ago I pierced my ear with a nail.  It really does'nt hurt that bad.  Then I put my old eyebrow ring, which is a 14g, through.  Now I bought this thing that looks like a big spike, which will gage it to a 0 or a 2.  I will most likely just shove through the spike.  First I will buy a 0 gage plug.  Now, here's my question.  Is it safe to just shove in a spike that will gage my ear from a 14g to a 0g in one second?  I just hope that it won't rip.  Please answer soon.

 

Answer by mike
Submitted on 2/22/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey i got my ears pierced about 6 weeks ago and I am ready to start going bigger however my mom wont let me get anything below a 12 because she says the hole wont close up all the way then all i really want is a 8 or 10 gage so if i have a 8 gage plug in there and decide to take it out will it heal over the years?

 

Answer by CAB
Submitted on 2/22/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i got mine dun at 8g and then 3 days later i went to a 4 then the next day i went to a 2 my dad sorta snaped to u went back to 4 then for my b day i got some fat 2g tunnels but i lost them canoeing but now i made some and ther about a 0 and i like them the way they are right now

 

Answer by white angel
Submitted on 2/24/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I went from an 18 to a 14 to an 8 to a 2 to a 0. My second holes I went from an 18 to a 14 to an 8. My third holes in my cartilage went from an 18 to a 14. I think half of the people who are on here whining about an 8 gauge should go back on pacifiers and diapers. They are the most pathetic whining people I have ever seen in my life. I am also a really cute bassist.

 

Answer by bell
Submitted on 2/24/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I have 8 gauge and I'm working my way to a 0 but I took mine out once and they closed up within like 3 days!

 

Answer by James
Submitted on 2/26/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i think its ok to skip every other gauge

 

Answer by tito
Submitted on 2/27/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i had 18 gages in my ears about 4 years ago and just yesterday the 26th i put in some 14s so yah i am going pretty slow but it is more healthier. I am thinking about going all the way to a oo.

 

Answer by MeloDrama
Submitted on 2/27/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I started at an 18 g and now I'm at a 6g.  It hurt really bad at first and I used acrylic tapers and stretched too fast.  The pain was worth it though, and the people that see me ask "why are your holes SO big?" and I laugh because they're not that big!  People also stare at you-- be prepared.  

 

Answer by jbo66
Submitted on 2/29/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
owww owww i have 00's. don't i feel fancy.

 

Answer by young kid
Submitted on 3/3/2004
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
my names Aaron and i just started to stretch my ears. im 12 so i can stretch them cause of my ear size. I went from a 14 to and 8..i did it to fast it my skin ripped and it bled and it burned. everything healed now so im still at an 8. The only thing is it still bleeds alittle and if i feel burns in my ears when i take it out and stuff is that ok?

 

Answer by mxpxpunkfan@lycos.com
Submitted on 3/4/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I started from 18,16,12,8. It will hurt a little if you skip sizes. When I went from an 12 to an 8 they bled just a little. I cleaned mine twice a day (morning and night) with a facial toner believe it or not. It is called 'Sea Breeze' for 'sensitive skin'. You can find it at walgreens. you should use 100% cotton facial 'round' pads, also found at walgreens or walmart. I have never had a problem with my gages. Oh and never smell them, your ears do tend to smell a little even if you consistantly clean them. Everyone I know than has them tell me they smell a bit. But don't worry, they are cool. I am going to go to 00, but first a 4, then a 0 then 00.

 

Answer by mxpxpunkfan@lycos.com
Submitted on 3/4/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I started from 18,12,8. It will hurt a little if you skip sizes. When I went from an 12 to an 8 they bled just a little. I cleaned mine twice a day (morning and night) with a facial toner believe it or not. It is called 'Sea Breeze' for 'sensitive skin'. You can find it at walgreens. you should use 100% cotton facial 'round' pads, also found at walgreens or walmart. I have never had a problem with my gages. Oh and never smell them, your ears do tend to smell a little even if you consistantly clean them. Everyone I know than has them tell me they smell a bit. But don't worry, they are cool.

 

Answer by Ryan
Submitted on 3/5/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I got regular piercing in my ear an i wanna start to stretch them can anyone help what size i should start out with... my emails smokeymcpots19@aol.com

 

Answer by blaine
Submitted on 3/8/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i started with a 14g and then i went to a 10g then to a 8g then to a 6g now im at a 2g and plan to get it to at least a 00g

 

Answer by Angel
Submitted on 3/8/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i have a 12 gage right now just from sticking big safty pins in my ear and i'dlike to just get it up to an 8 so i bought a taper and it tapers only a little bit and then it's 8 and i can only get the tapered part in my ear but the 8 part wont go in no matter how hard i push, any help would be nice

 

Answer by theguy
Submitted on 3/9/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey i started with a 14g and going down to 6g. i cant get the spool i bought cause my ear is swolen. is that a bad thing?

 

Answer by Crimsontears
Submitted on 3/9/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I first saw someone i know gauging their ears around January.  I decided i should do the same.;  But I did it the cheap way.  I used electrical tape and slowly put more and my 18 g earring it bled and it was sore but then it would heal a bit but i was stupid and stretched them too fast.  Once I was at four i borrowed some tunnels from my buddy and put them in .(before that i had a 4 g taper in one ear and a 6 g in the other) so in other words i hadn't spent any money on my ears yet. The other day I went and paid for some 2 g tunnels 50$.  I stretched one of the ears using my tape fashion to 2 and put the earring in that stretch hurt the most.  Now I am stretching the other ear .  it  hurts like crap. I always recommend some sort of lube to help get the earring through..i used vegetable oil. any questions or comments email me at poisoned_prophecy@hotmail.com

 

Answer by AshEffenRoks
Submitted on 3/9/2004
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
my ears are at a 0g yeah it all hurts. no matter what its gonna swell and puss. thats how it goes, but damn don't they look cool. hahhahaha stop being wussys and toughen up...

 

Answer by Patrick
Submitted on 3/10/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i've had 2g in both lobes for about 3-4 weeks now. i was able to get a 0g in one of my lobes. it was rather tough to do so, without bleeding and what not. after about 3 days now it seems to be doing fine. as for the other ear, i think i've tried for a little while every night to try and stretch out the lobe to no success. i stopped when i realized its too hard doing it like how i have up till now. first off, should i give my lobe sometime before i try again? (i imagine i might have beat it up a little. i have been keeping the process sanitized though.) second, what is a safe conventional way using regular household products?

 

Answer by mudhoney
Submitted on 3/10/2004
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
I pierced my ears when I was in sixth grade. I didn't start gauging them until my sophomore year in high school, I had some bad experiences doing so, they would get cut then they would have to heal, then I would start again it was a really big loop. I think I just tried to do everything too fast, so I stopped at about an 8 gauge in my junior year. When I was a senior I decided it was time to do what I wanted to do (gauge them nice and big). I never used any 'professional' plugs, instead I incorporated any everyday object that would fit in my ear. When I got to the size of a highlighter, it was difficult to find progressively bigger things to stick in, so I used my pure genius (Actually later I found out I did not start this, but I like to think I did.) I wrapped tape around the highlighters (Oh, just to clarify, I heated up a carpenters knife and cut the highlighters down to a smaller, more convenient size.) It was so much easier with the tape, I believe it made everything go a little bit faster, you can wrap a thin piece of tape around the highlighter each day. I finally found these Hotel Shampoo's which had a really cool cap/lid on them. I put those in and decided that I would stay there. Well ... I could keep that promise to myself, I soon found myself wrapping them with tape until they got to 31/32 (roughly)
I told my family that I would not go more than an inch, so I decided that I would fork our $60.00, and get some nice bone carved plugs. Yesterday, I received my plugs and I put them in with ease (well the right one I had to force, it still hurts a little.) I have decided to leave my ears like this 1". I love them. Stretching is very addictive!!!

 

Answer by paperclip
Submitted on 3/12/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
for you people that are worried about your ears not getting smaller after you take your plugs or whatever out...DONT WORRY!! they will get smaller, it just takes time! i started about 2 years ago from 18,8,4,2,0 (there was a bit of bleeding and puss and that crap but just stick it out they will heal) i had 0's in for a long time then decided to go back to a 8, it took a little while, but they did. after a while i missed the huge holes in my ears, so i started going up again 8,4,0 going from a 4 to a 0 pretty painful and lots of bleeding but after a week they were just fine, so now I'm at a 0 again but soon going to 00 and maybe bigger... easymacjunky@hotmail.com if any questions

 

Answer by ash
Submitted on 3/13/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i have a question, i just got some tapers yesterday and ive been trying as hard as i can to get them through my ear and i cant.  my ears were already a 14 and im trying to go to an 8 and i can only get them through about 2 or 3 mm.  anyone know how i can get these through my ears?

 

Answer by astoria
Submitted on 3/14/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
you need to be patient and not skip so many gauges. buying a smaller gauged taper would have been a smarter idea. as i see it, you have two choices, buy another smaller taper or walk around with these large tapers that will be protruding from your ears until you can actually get them secured in your ear

 

Answer by gina
Submitted on 3/15/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
word of the wise... don't ever ever skip gauges. its just plain stupid. if you're thinking about your ears closing up, and you skip gauges, then think of your plugs as permanent. blowouts are nasty ugly ways of stretching and if anybody tells you different then they have no idea what they are doing. go slow and do what your body tells you. if it bleeds, downsize. if there is pain downsize. wait a while. you're suppose to wait at least one month between stretch.

 

Answer by Sammy
Submitted on 3/16/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I'm stretching to 00's in as I type....ah man im ghetto...i have two sets of 2g tapers in....cuz i didnt feel like buying 00 tapers to use them for like a day....

 

Answer by stinky ears
Submitted on 3/17/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
How come my ears stink from piercings?

 

Answer by JOSH
Submitted on 3/17/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
YO I HAD MY EARS UP TO 1 INCH AND I HAD TO GO TO PRISON FOR ABOUT A YEAR. ITS KINDA CLOSED NOW ITS ABOUT A TWO. SO YEAH ITS A PROVEN FACT THAT SKIN WILL CLOSE NO MATTER WHAT. AND ITS ONLY A FLESH WOUND

 

Answer by paperclip
Submitted on 3/17/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
taking a hot bath or shower before trying to stretch your ears really helps, and just playing with them helps too

 

Answer by cardiorrhexis
Submitted on 3/21/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i find the irony in here beautiful. people are typing information and advice and then the next person asks the same damn question. i found this link extremely helpful and i think if you are serious about stretching the right way.. read up!

http://onetribe.nu/catalog/stretching.php

 

Answer by m
Submitted on 3/22/2004
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
most of you people are stretching for the wrong reason. i'mso glad that stretching is so popular these days that now we can see a bunch of idiots walking around with 1/2g they did in one week because it looks cool. most of you won't even want big gauges in a few years and if you've skipped so many gauges and your ears are damaged, you will be out of luck.

 

Answer by Jason
Submitted on 3/23/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Im with M...Ive had my lobes stretched to 2 inches for 9 years, and im seeing more now than i ever have before all these kids with stretched and gauged ears.Also, gauging other things. I have had 12 piercings total for about 12 years now, all ive done myself. Just make sure its what you want, and make sure you be careful while your in the process

 

Answer by bob marley
Submitted on 3/24/2004
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
yo!!! i started a t 18. . then i shoved a nail in it. . that hurt like $#!T. . trhe nail was like 12. . . no i wanna stick a bigger nail in it. . like a 8 or 6. . .  what can make it easier to go throo?? kuz when i do it i hav to numb it kuz i hav to jam it throo kuz it doesnt wanna go throo. . . .  so what can i do to make it easier and not hurt as much?¿?¿?¿?¿?

 

Answer by SEAN
Submitted on 3/25/2004
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
i went from basic (what 22 gauge?) ear piercings to a 10g. my piercer used a taper and said it would be alright to go right to a 10g, but they'd be a little sore for 2 weeks.

it hurt a bit but no bleeding. it's been 5 days and they are just barely sore and only when i lay down. don't know what the big deal is about skipping gauges as long as you get it done right by someone who knows what their doing?

btw--she's a registered nurse and is certified by fakir musafar as a piercer.

 

Answer by mee
Submitted on 3/27/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
can you stretch to inches and after a long time will they close?

 

Answer by Smartguy
Submitted on 3/28/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I have a normal size and I want to go straight to a 10.  What is the best way to get them in? Pain is not a factor.

 

Answer by ISK8FORFUN
Submitted on 3/29/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Hey i went from a 12 Gage to 4 Gage it didn't hurt to much. if you are using a spike or something made for stretching it you should get half way through then pull it out so it bleed a little then finish putting it in. it should hurt less this way.

 

Answer by Goat
Submitted on 4/1/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
if you want to strech your ears quick but not 2 quick

use a barbel and use tape put like five or so layers on dont want it to hurt and then like once a week do that for a while and bam your ears will be streched im at 3/4 and i was at 0 last january

 

Answer by Vera
Submitted on 4/1/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Don't skip. You got blood vessels in your ear that you can destroy by forcing too big of gages in. you should wait about a week per gauge...it will take a while but it will be worth it in the long run (and your ears wont have tissue damage or keloids)

 

Answer by white angel
Submitted on 4/2/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i have been stretching my ears and i keep on skipping gauges, but i want to tell anybody who needs help to write me at
white_angel_34@yahoo.com
if you haven't read my ear sizes yet, go up a half of page.

 

Answer by ONJ
Submitted on 4/3/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
WHAT UP
MY EARS ARE 00
AND IT ALL COMES DOWN TO HOW YOUR OWN BODY REACTS TO STRETCHING YOUR EARS. NONE OF THIS "DON'T SKIP GAUGES"..OR CRAP LIKE THAT.. ITS YOUR OWN BODY.. YOU SHOULD BE ABLE TO TELL HOW FAR YOU CAN GO BEFORE IT BLEEDS... AND EVEN IF THEY DO- THEY SHRINK BACK DOWN ANYWAYS IF YOU WANT THEM TO.
IF YOU ARE RUSHING INTO IT.. STOP DOING IT RIGHT NOW.. CAUSE U ARE DOING IT FOR THE WRONG REASONS.. IF YOU ARE DOING IT FOR YOUR OWN SATISFACTION THEN YOU WOULD TAKE YOUR TIME.. YOU SHOULD BE SMART ABOUT IT.. TAKING IT SLOW AND TAKING PRIDE IN DOING IT..thats what its all about...
thats all

peace

 

Answer by sXe_girl_86
Submitted on 4/4/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
ok i am thinking about stretching, and right now i only have a normal ear piercing, which i have had since i was 4 and now im 17. how do i get started? what gage do i go to, and by the way im new to this whole gage system thing. i would like some help thank you very much guys.

 

Answer by lilgoofball3
Submitted on 4/5/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hi i have a 10g in both my ears and i just bought some 6g tunnels, and i was trying to get them in but they won't go in. do you think i should get some 8g or should i go get see if i can get the 6g put in? please email me at lilgoofball3@aol.com thanks

 

Answer by giggle he he
Submitted on 4/6/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i pierced at an 18g and stretched 3 gauges at a time and now i have home made tunnels that are a 9/16's (1/16 between 1/2 and 5/8's) no biggy just hurt a bit. did it in a month and a half

 

Answer by tyson
Submitted on 4/6/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i had my ears gauged at an 8 with a dermal punch... will they ever heal back to normal? does anyone have any tops to get them to heal back up?

 

Answer by gina
Submitted on 4/6/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
www.bodyartforms.com- a great website to buy great quality plugs for cheap prices!

 

Answer by tyson
Submitted on 4/6/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i meant to say tips not tops... ha tops...

 

Answer by Krissy
Submitted on 4/6/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Before I put the taper in each time, I prep my earlobe for about a week before by taking the plug out and rubbing lotion with vitamin E on the lobe for like five minutes a night. It helps it get stretchy and it doesn't hurt that bad.

 

Answer by sXe_girl_86
Submitted on 4/6/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
How large of gage can I go to and still be able to have it go back to normal?


 

Answer by KRAZY PUNX 101
Submitted on 4/6/2004
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
WELL I WENT 4RM A 22 TO A 12 THEN TOOK EM OUT AND THEY WENT BACK 2 A 22 BUT LAST NIGHT I GAGED THEM Again BY MYSELF 2 AN 8 GAGE LOTZZZZ OF BLOOD BUT THAT DIDNT REALLY BOTHER ME,,IM 13 AND HAVE 8 EARING HOLES,THAT I PIERCED MYSELF AND THAT INCLUDES MY CARTLIDGE    LATER                            LOVE ALWAYs~*Rebecca~*

 

Answer by negativespacexx
Submitted on 4/8/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
So i read this whole page and i just wanted to make sure... i'mat a i think a 6 guage ( kinda forgot what i bought last) and i want to go to a 2... is that cool? from the looks, it is only double size and i think my ear can take it. I went from standard size to a 12 then to an 8 then to a 6.

 

Answer by sXe_girl_86
Submitted on 4/8/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
ok so i was at a normal size ear piercing gage then last night I bought a pair of 12 gage circular barbel, and they went in with no problem. I would like to make so actually contact with anyone about stretching, because I could use some guidence. So please email me at: sXe_girl_86@yahoo.com

Thanks :D

 

Answer by chad conwell
Submitted on 4/9/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Hey i am gauge 2 what i did is i put a gauge 10 in and the fisrt night it took me 3 min and then the next day i put in a ring then 3 weekends later i got a 2 gauge and shuved that in as well so now im gauge 2 and buying plugs its fun!!! and have fun gauging everyone

 

Answer by Zero Anarchist
Submitted on 4/10/2004
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
i have 2 inch in my lobes and 6 gauges in my cartiledge,and a 2 in my tongue!

 

Answer by Adolis
Submitted on 4/11/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I went from normal to 14,10,8,6,4 then back to 14, Now I'm thinking about streaching em again. They do close up, don't worry.

 

Answer by XAtreyuX
Submitted on 4/11/2004
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
okae..i really wanna get my ears guaged..but..does it hurt..haha...

 

Answer by Megan
Submitted on 4/12/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Hey, I went from a normal earing to a 6 gauge and then I skipped to a 2 which i have in right now. I only have one ear done because the other ear is hurting more..does anyone have any tips on what I can do so it wont hurt so bad? the first was no problem but now im desperate to get my other done! Also, what would you suggest should be the next gauge i put through? How big are the 00 gauge? ( like compared to a dime or something!) Thanks ever so

 

Answer by aniuga
Submitted on 4/13/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
00 gauge is just slightly larger than the diameter of a cigarette. When you begin stretching past a 2 gauge, it is a good idea to wait  2-3 months between stretching to minimize the risk of ripping.  the bottoms of your lobes begin to thin out, and it takes time- a long time- for them to completely heal.-- next gauge to stretch up to would be a 0 gauge. If you skip, in addition to ripping, there is a good chance of developing keloid scars or a blowout (the area around the hole pops out, not very attractive) If your ear is hurting, your body is telling you something. take it slow, don't skip gauges and let them rest and heal in between. if you want larger plugs that badly, take time to do it correctly. no use in rushing it and taking the risk of screwing yourself up.  also, bleeding is NOT normal for stretching, if you do it the right way, your ear really is stretching, not ripping.  Hope this helps.

 

Answer by 12345
Submitted on 4/14/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i started out with a 14 gauge which i got as a little kid, but this year, i started using more then one earing not knowing it would strechout. after i relized my ear holes were getting bigger, my friend told me about streching. using multiple earings had streched my holes to a 10. I wore 10 gauge barbells in my ears for about two weeks, but then i decided i wanted to strechout my holes. i went out and got 8 gauge plugs. im just starting this and it is really fun.

 

Answer by Brytani
Submitted on 4/15/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
ok, i would really like to know more about the gauges and how to actually put them in. i would really like to put in small ones in, but i'm not exactly sure how to. if u can tell me email me at bratishnish@hotmail.com and just label the subject ear piercing so i don't delete it. thank you!

 

Answer by lostnawave
Submitted on 4/16/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Ok so i had 4 ga tunnels in my ears and i took them out so they would shrink.. i put my old 8 ga hoops in them.. with the 8 ga hoops weighin more then the 4 gauges, my ears hang down a little... will this prevent them from shrinking???

 

Answer by Car
Submitted on 4/17/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey, I'm new to the whole stretching ears buisness, currently I have q-tips in them- I would like to switch to actual real plugs but dont know what size to get- I'm very content with the size they are- how do I knwo what size of plugs to get without stretching my ears any further?

 

Answer by campbell
Submitted on 4/18/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i'vehad my ear gaged for about 6 or 7 months i started with a regular hole and streched it to a six gage in about two weeks using a taper. probably once or twice a day i'dmove the taper a little further, and it was fine no blood.i'mat a 0g now and went from 6 to 4 to 2 to 0. i found i could move up gages from 6 to 4 and then 2 with out a taper, the 2 to 0 was a little tuffer, i used a the cap off of an eye liner pencil as a taper and got the 0 to fit in a day, it did bleed though it's been about a week and is fine now.

 

Answer by Aim Smokeymcpots19
Submitted on 4/19/2004
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
I went from a 12,8,6, and now im a 4 i did this is about a month and it bleeds an pusses so its normal email me if ya have any questions smokeymcpots19@aol.com or instant message me on aol.

LaTer

 

Answer by Mike16
Submitted on 4/19/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I just got my ear pierced (10 gauge) during Spring Break about 2 weeks ago and it seems like it is already healed. I cleaned it twice a day with the saleen salution so I guess thats why it healed so fast. Anyways what I want to know is do you think it is alright to start stretching it? I want to get to at least a 4 gauge. Oh and does it hurt just stretching from a 10 gauge to an 8 gauge?

 

Answer by Demigoddess
Submitted on 4/20/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Oh yeah and i forgot to add....
the best thing for your ears after piercing and stretching is sea salt. you can find it at natural food stores.  All you have to do is get some sea salt and warm water and soak your ears in it. It feels really swell after stretching.

 

Answer by attheapex2day
Submitted on 4/21/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i just started stretching my ears about 2 weeks ago, and they look tight i started at 18's n i am 6's now, i wanna stretch em more, hopefully ill go to 0's soon

 

Answer by Bill
Submitted on 4/22/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
you are all weak i went from a 6g to a oog then i found a big pencil that is about a 000g and ramed it in

 

Answer by whitni
Submitted on 4/22/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Last September I started gauging my ears, by Christmas I was at a 4. I let them grow back in and I could fit normal earrings in them. last week I decided to gauge them again so I put 1 fourteen, the next day I put another 14 and then the next day I had three 14's in each lobe. I bought glass beads(cheaper) that were about 6g, now I got new beads(bone) they are probably between a 4 and a 2. I am hoping that having bone beads in my ears won't be hazardous. either way, gauges are hot.

 

Answer by Car
Submitted on 4/25/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I have the insides of a pen in my ear (the part that holds the ink) I hear thats aprox an 8g- is this accurate?

 

Answer by Mandi
Submitted on 4/25/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Okay  my ears are at 12 naturally and i want to go to a 7 and i have the stretchers but they don't fit yet     How Can i Make Them Fit and how long will it take??????

 

Answer by Ryan
Submitted on 4/26/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Car the insides of a pen that hold the ink are the size of an 8 gage

 

Answer by nichols
Submitted on 4/27/2004
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
my ears are at a 00 gage.  I have had them for about a year.  my friends and i decided to take straws cut them all the way up then cut them into pieces about an inch long.  Take one piece roll it as tight as you can and keep adding more around the one before.  keeping the straws as tight as possible.  until they are about as big as your gage now.  put them in your ears.  once in roll up more straws and place them in one at a time until you can feel a little pain.(as close to the center of the straws as possible)  make sure you keep them in the center of your ears they are easy to push out. keep putting more and more straws into your ears as you can stand the slight pain, until you are at a size you want to be at.  My friend went from a 12 gage to a 2 gage in one day with no bleeding and minimal swelling.  Hemp oil also helps with the stretching and healing process.  If you plan on continuing to stretch your ears by going gage by gage i would  suggest getting hemp oil.  every time you clean your plugs and ears rub some of the oil on both, this will help your ears be more elastic like.  

 

Answer by Car
Submitted on 4/28/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
THANK YOU RYAN!:D

 

Answer by the answer
Submitted on 4/28/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i think every body should stop asking cuz the answer is probably already there and you can figure it out yourself...But I bought 12 guage horse-shoes...put those in from regualr size...cuz the screw parts smaller. Then i shoved in 10g plugs...not a little bloody and a really sharp pain inside when i moved em around...they kinda healed. Then i shoved in these plastic things i found (like an 8g) a couple a days they werent really healed but i wanted these 6g plugs in...so i shoved em in..it hurt alot and there was alot of blood, u get really used to that. i didnt mess w/em for a whil...then they healed...i think now im gonna go 2 4g and thats it...IM INVINCIBLE TO MUTILATION! I dont feel like you can do ne thing that wont heal...but 4 sum that may be opposite...yeeey!!

 

Answer by bignate666
Submitted on 4/29/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
It is never OK to skip gauges and stretching should never be painful or bloody, only slightly uncomfortable. and you should always wait at least 4-6 between stretches.You people are mutilating your ears by stretching so quickly. and for you people who are worried that your holes wont shrink back, you shouldnt stretch your ears if you dont want them forever. and oh yeah always use a taper and ky jelly when stretching. i hope this clears some thing up.

 

Answer by Mike
Submitted on 4/30/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I wasn't aware of the hazards of wearing acrylics as everyday earings when I purchased the items. While waiting for them to arrive I stretched for a 10 to a 6(the gauge I ordered)using a temp. homemade plug with teflon tape around it. Now my question is can I just wrap teflon tape tape  around the acrylics to extend the wearing periods, or at least until I can buy a stainless steel plug or something.

 

Answer by Dave
Submitted on 5/1/2004
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
Sup how is everyone doing, ok i been stretching my ears for some time know. I know alot about it. I am at a 00G know. I know some tips on how to do it, I been through it all. I went from a normal size hole, and that is a 20G. Here are some gauges i went from. (20G-16G-12G-8G-4G-00G. You should do it the right way, but some people like to go bigger faster like me. I think of it this way, faster you go bigger, then no pain later. So if you need any help a all about gauging or need some good sites to go to for cheap prices you can contact me at Indysk8er87@aol.com, Trust me i know what i am talking about, been there done that. I have 1 question, how long do you have to keep a 00G in for it to never close. If anyone knows let me know.

Thanks

 

Answer by ~*~Chantel~*~
Submitted on 5/2/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Hey people! Whats up? Ok i'm stretching my ears and i'm a gurl.. ppl tell me that i shouldn't cause i'm not a guy.. like wtf lol stupid ppl anyways.. i just started yesterday and i'm at a 14.. i have no clue where to get plugs ..does any1 know where i can get them?

 

Answer by bob marley
Submitted on 5/2/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i'v done a lot of gauging. ..  iv been all the way to a 000g  and it still went back to bout a  14 or 16. . . then i out a 4 in. . . thats what i got now and itz rly loose so im gettin a 0r. ..  a word f advise. . . never use copper.. .  i sed a 22 bullet shell. . . it was bout a 4 g. ..  it turned black on the inside of the hole and woodnt stop pussing. . . then i took that out poured alcohol on it and washed it of. .  it looked normal. .  but still was pusy. . . so i left it out. . the next day. . . . i put a stainless steel claw in(4g) and now itz fine. . .  if ur gunna use sumthin that isnt an earing. . use plastic or sum kinda glass. .  or jus buy sumthin. . . a good place to buy earrings is http://www.bodyartforms.com/index.asp. . .  yup. .  hope this helps u dumb asses. . . peace

 

Answer by mestuppkid
Submitted on 5/2/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Is it okay to go from 14g to 10?

 

Answer by Ryam aim smokeymcpots19
Submitted on 5/3/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Chantel i just came from the mall i saw 10 girls with 00's in there ears its perfectly fine

 

Answer by cacoman
Submitted on 5/3/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Hey guys, i started out at 14g (this is a good number to start with although i guess you can start at any size) and for the beginnings of my stretchings i made my own tapers with wood, i used toothpicks to go to 12g and then i used some wooden sticks and i used sandpaper to get them to the next gauge always getting them smaller at one end and larger at the end. I got to 8g like this but i really don't recommend it, acrylic tapers work better. I bought the 6,4,2,0 made of acrylic on Ebay for a very good price and you can find tons of plugs and tunnels there cheap. Right now I'm at 0g and that was the worst of them cause i did it really fast from 2g to 0g even though i read lots about not going fast! Guys don't rush! it is really bad and hurts, i had my ears swollen for 3 days! Well right now i have a month and a half with them and i want to go to 000g but i am not really sure because of the shrinking thing. Well just as advice, buy tapers which are great for stretching and take your time to stretch at least 3 weeks between them. Stretching is very addictive believe me!

 

Answer by cacoman
Submitted on 5/3/2004
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
How to stretch your lobes:
**************************
**always do it on a well and fully healed piercing**
-First get some tapers of the gauge you would like to stretch to (acrylic or metal device that is thin in one end and thicker on the other, obviously to make the stretch)
-take a good warm shower and massage your lobes while in the shower or just take some warm water in a glass and soak your lobes for 5 -10 mins each for a couple of times and massaging.
-get some lubricant (Dial Liquid Soap is also good)and apply some to you first lobe and some more to the taper, just enough for it to be slippery but not to much.
-**here comes the good part** start by putting the thin part of the taper (for dummies) in the lobe until you feel some resistance (usually on the middle of the taper) now take a deep breath and start to push the taper slowly while exhaling (you will feel a burning sensation, hot) until you get to the thick end of the taper. Clean the excess lubricant.
-Repeat with the next lobe.

And thats it! there you have your stretch!

*If you plan on skipping gauges at least do it not to drastically maybe from 8g to 4g but not 8g to 0g and at least wait 3 - 4 weeks to heal something but better to fully heal!! I don't recommend it but hey its your lobes!
*if your lobe starts to bleed you have just ripped it! I recommend taking the taper out and go back to your normal jewelry or taper and wait for it to heal and try again. DON'T PANIC it happens! Some may want to leave it to heal and you can but it can get infected very easily or not even heal right for many many days, so again its your lobes.

AFTERCARE:
**********
-A great and simple healing product is salt water, just take some water and add some salt (not to much or it can burn your skin) just like ocean water and soak your lobes for some minutes each for a couple of times, do this about 4 times a day.
-clean you jewelry or taper always, don't stick it in dirty or with you hands dirty
**if you don't clean your lobes or jewelry it i can smell like cheese, not good**
-Its good to play with the taper, move it around, from the front to the back, etc.

OK so i think that is a simple and easy way to make a stretch so stretch on!!

 

Answer by 6hol6llace6
Submitted on 5/3/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
guys its ok to strech your ears from atleast 2 sizes and sometimes if u have stretchy lobes then it will be easier to go bigger.... if they hurt alot them put some neosporin in them and leave them alone if u dont then they will get irritated... and for the whole "will they stretch back to normal" thing yes they will and depending on ur lobe strechyness they will go back more...... i know people who have had 1 1/2 in their ears and they closed back up to a non obvious size.. by the way mine r 3/5 and i know mine will stretch back cause i have left them out and streched them back soo that should be answers to all of those lol PEACE

 

Answer by got-weed
Submitted on 5/4/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Hello all, im new to guaging ears, i had my ear peiced and my friend said to guage it. so i did, and i dont know what i have in my ear now its about || in size its a peice of a pen were the ink is stored nothing special. I was wondering if some one could tell me all guages their are. i was also wondering after a day or so my back and front of my ear lob gets crusty from goop and skin from my ear is this normal??? ive only had it guaged for about a week now so i dont know please help.

 

Answer by blacvk_onyx367
Submitted on 5/4/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey my name is derick im 13 years old and i have a 6 gauge in my ear right now i was wondering if i should skip straight to a 0 gauge and if it was safe if u have an answer e-mail me at black_onyx367@yahoo.com

               derick the   pain enflictor

 

Answer by Twitch
Submitted on 5/5/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Hmmm i want to get plugs badly cuz i like em a lot but i dont want to end up having it bleed or be super painful just cuz i want to stretch mi ears and i dont know what gage to start off with considering that on here people are trying to show off by saying they started with like 12 or 8 which would be pretty painful considering the fact that when ur ear is peirced its pretty small so i want a real answer. I dont want to end up  having these huge buldging bloody ears cuz someone told me i should start off with a huge gage s0o0o erm, help?

 

Answer by AbKilla
Submitted on 5/7/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I am going to get my ears pierced for the first time. i plan to stretch to a 0 so i was thinking to give myself a head start i am going to get them pierced at a 10 is that too big to start with or is it ok?

 

Answer by sara
Submitted on 5/7/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i have mine at 8, and when i take them out they look as if i didn't have gauges... but i can put them back easily

 

Answer by Car
Submitted on 5/8/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
"got_weed"
the inside of a pen is aprox. an 8 gage from what I understand, although I've spent a couple of weeks with the insides for a pen and discovered there are like 500 different sizes of pen insides.
yours (judging by your description) seems to be a smaller one in which I would judge to be a 10g, maybe even a 12g. The ones I have in a a fair bit larger insides and yet I have no Idea what size they are so don't take this post to be completely factual that that is your size.

 

Answer by Kappy
Submitted on 5/12/2004
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
okay...I've been a piercer for about 3 years and thussly have had many holes in me of many different gauges (about 15 different piercings total).  I've got a ten gauge septum, a 14 gauge nipple, and quite a few ear piercings currently.  I started with my lobes at 14, then went to 8, which works for my ears, but not for most people..I had had the 14's for quite a while and tugged on/played with them often, so that made the stretch easier.  then from 8 to 6, to a drinking straw (appx. 4) then to 2, zero and 00.  the trick is to wait at least 3 weeks between gauges.  If the plugs are tight enough that you can't rotate the plug, it's not ready to be stretched.  It's not supposed to bleed.  If it does that means that you ripped it and I wouldn't suggest going any further after that or problems will arise.  it's not hard to gauge yourself at home and it is my preference to do so.  tapers and professionals works better, but I like doing it myself...if you twist the plug as you put it in slowly it shouldn't be hard to stretch.  my ears will go back down to normal or at most 14, but like I said, due to my family background and ethnicities, it is easier for me to taper than some people.  everybody's body is different.  also just for the information of those reading, it is very common for one ear to be tighter and harder to stretch than the other one.  although saying this makes me a hipocrite, skipping steps is usually a bad idea.  if you've had the piercing for a long time, you might be able to skip one or two, but when you get to the bigger gauges, don't skip...try to make it easier to gauge by adding some of your smaller rings of smaller gauges into the same hole before you gauge up...when going from two to 0 I put my 8 gauge ring in with the 2 gauge hole and that made it easier to make the progression.  

 

Answer by Kappy
Submitted on 5/12/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
crusties on both sides are normal for a piercing, but are not very normal with a stretching unless it is done too soon.  yellowish puss stuff is regular to have come out of the ear when stretching and is very common with restretchings.  it is a bad idea to use toothpicks and wood to stretch because these are porous and the ear will heal into the pores of the wood.I have known people to do this before and if the wood is left in for too long, it will hurt and may not be able to be taken out without cutting it away.  if using a porous material be sure to rotate this material many times per day to avoid having the skin of the ear heal into the pores.    

 

Answer by SC
Submitted on 5/12/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I stuck 3 fingers in my ear and it rip so I can put an earing in and pull it through the bottom

 

Answer by jay
Submitted on 5/13/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
umm i went from a 18 to a 16 to a 14 to a 10 and i want to go to an 8 but it is throbing alot and it burnsif you got any advise to make it heal i am here

 

Answer by ryan
Submitted on 5/14/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
jay just keep the 10g in an wait till it heals then stick the 8g in an it shouldnt be a problem

later

 

Answer by Dave
Submitted on 5/15/2004
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
Sup how is everyone doing, ok i been stretching my ears for some time know. I know alot about it. I am at a 1/2" know. I know some tips on how to do it, I been through it all. I went from a normal size hole, and that is a 20G. Here are some gauges i went from. (20G-16G-12G-8G-4G-0-00G-1/2". You should do it the right way, but some people like to go bigger faster like me. I think of it this way, faster you go bigger, then no pain later. So if you need any help a all about gauging or need some good sites to go to for cheap prices you can contact me at Indysk8er87@aol.com, Trust me i know what i am talking about, been there done that. I have 1 question, how long do you have to keep a 1/2" in for it to never close. If anyone knows let me know.

Thanks

 

Answer by Jason
Submitted on 5/16/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Hey whats up all, I was really thinking about getting plugs in my ears went to a couple piercing places and they said I could get pierced at A 6 gage to start and work my way down to A 0 ne ways my question is! if I do this what are the chances of the holes closing up completley when i finally do decide to take them out?  and will it be a tiny scar or nasty shrivled up in the inside of the hole? help me out if ya can thanks :)

 

Answer by ghastly
Submitted on 5/17/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Jason I had an inch in my ear an I was going to get a job and if i woulda kept em in i prolly wouldnt have got so now there at regular holes any ear should go back


 

Answer by brittany
Submitted on 5/17/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i have been stretching my ears for a few years... seriously for about a year. i started when i was a freshman with some 14 hoops i bought at pacific sunwear. i stayed with that gauge for 6 or 7 months because i was a volleyball player and i had to take my earrings out for games. since i'veseriously started gauging, i started from a 16/14 to a 12. then 10, 8, 4, 2, and now i'mat a zero.  i did skip 6, but from what i'veheard it's one of the easiest to skip.   i don't recommend skipping, and to all of you who think it's okay to bleed, it isn't. i have never bled while stretching, and the pain is always gone (minus a little soreness) within a few hours. i have done all my stretching myself and i recommend it because only you know how bad something hurts. only you know what your body is telling you.  i recommend gauging, but i don't recommend rushing. if you plan on stretching your ears, you should be planning on keeping them for a long time, and therefore it shouldn't matter if it takes you about 6 months to get to your desired gauge.  check with a piercing professional to see what their opinion is on your stretching and your type of ear.

 

Answer by wannabe
Submitted on 5/18/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey im loking to get my ears stretched but i was wondering what the smallest gague is in tunnels.. cuz i dont like the rings as much... and i want my ears to be able to go back to normal.. or at least 16 gague or whatever.. so yeah i just wanted to know what the smalles size of tunnels was... thanks you rock.. bye

 

Answer by cacoman
Submitted on 5/19/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Hi, hey wannabe i think the smallest tunnels you can find are 10g, ive seen those but not any smaller. And i can assure you that your ears will look normal at 10g and will go back to 16g definitely.

 

Answer by shadowmoses
Submitted on 5/19/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
well. i have always wanted to stretch my ears... but only to a small gauge like 10 or 12...from an 18 or so... i need to know how to go about doing this. should i go to a parlor and get them to do the stretching dealy or what? i have no clue what to do . is the initial stretch a quick thing... do you get a gauge stretched each time you go to the parlor or do u have to slowly do it and wear a horn? please help me because i want to get flesh tunnels or plugs and i have not a clue... ps any good websites for me to do my research would be helpful. thanx.

 

Answer by elaine
Submitted on 5/20/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey i really want to gauge my ears, but i dont really know how. do you do it yourself? do you ahve to get it done? oh and are plugs or tunnels or whatever expensive? thanks!

 

Answer by bob marley
Submitted on 5/20/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
elaine. . .  u can go get it professionally done at any piercing/tatto parlor thingy. .  i did all mine myself. .  itz a bit mor painfull if u do it urself. .  but it is a lot cheeper. . . and flesh tunnels aren't too much. .  it jus depends where u get them from. .  i jus make all my own stuff. .  but if u hav to buy. .  jus order it offline(www.bodyartforms.com). . hope this helps. . . .

 

Answer by Ryan
Submitted on 5/21/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
bob marley you stupied noob you do it yourself and if you do it right and dont skip gauges it shouldnt hurt

 

Answer by elaine
Submitted on 5/21/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
sweet thanks guys

 

Answer by giggle he he
Submitted on 5/22/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey people just do what your ears can take. the biggest gauge u can start at without messing your ears up is a 2g with a pierce and a stretch. dont skip gauges if it hurts to much. oh yeah u will bleed to but its normal ive asked many profesional piercers. i recomend the 1 gauge at a time approach to keep ur ears in good shape though. happy stretching. oh ya im at a 5/8s

 

Answer by alex
Submitted on 5/22/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey, whats up? dont skip, im telling you, do not skip. I went from a 16g right to a 10g and my ear got badly infected. I had to go to the doctors cuz it was so messed...it hurt alot when it was infected!! even though it takes longer to stretch one size at a time, do it right. My ear has healed nicely, but i am lucky..i figured do it right, or dont do it. I went 16g, 14g, 12g, 10g, 8g, 6g, now im at a 4g. Im not going any bigger then that. i LOve them the way they are. Any ways i g2g,

later,
alex

 

Answer by alex
Submitted on 5/22/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey, i havent used tapers, and my ears are fine...im at 4, i just by flesh tunnels and sort of twist them around...thats the easiest way without using tapers

later

 

Answer by Car
Submitted on 5/23/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I've gotten my ears to the larger size of pen, I know I'm going bigger so I don't want to go out and buy plugs and tapers etc. so is there anything that can take me to somewhere between a straw and a pen? Just a regular household-type item...

 

Answer by SUBL1ME07
Submitted on 5/23/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I stretched my ears to a 12g yesterday and  I wanted to stretch them to an 8g but now that I read everyones comments in here...I've completely changed my mind. I think it is best to do it the right way and not skip gauges...that way you wont regret it in the future...and yes, I know for a fact it helps when u take a shower and then stretch larger. =)   **Tay**

 

Answer by converge
Submitted on 5/23/2004
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
Hey, i've been stretching for about a year now. I started at a 14g and then to a 10 then a 6, 4, 2 and then 3 weeks ago i stretched to a 0. I do all the stretching myself and i used a taper. So i put in my 0g glass tunnels and my ears were pretty sore but not to bad. Then 2 days later, one of my ears started to get really swollen and it started to hurt alot. My ear felt like it was going to explode. I really didn't want to have to take out the tunnel but the pain was unbearable so i removed it. Immediatly after i removed it, my ear began to bleed a pretty good amount. I looked in the mirror and the hole was practicaly closed. i thought that it was just because it was so swollen and that once the swelling went down, the hole would be back to atleast a 2 or a 4g. After 2 days, the swelling had gone down a pretty good amount so i tried to put in a 4g plug and it wasnt even close to fitting. the 6g couldnt even fit. now my ear is at about a 8g which doesn't make me very happy at all. i tried to stretch it the other day but once i took the taper out, it got really swollen and i couldn't fit the 6g plug in. my ear is like really sensitive now. i dont know what to do to get back to a 0 when my ear is getting irritated so easily. does anyone have any idea of why this had happened in the first place and also i would like your opinion on how to stretch it back. i have been playing alot with a loop in it trying to stretch it and using a taper but once i remove the taper and try and put in the plug my ear gets to swollen and i cant fit anything in it. please help me and give me some ideas of what i should do and some stretching techniques that you think might help me.
Thanks

 

Answer by Ryan
Submitted on 5/24/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Converge Same thing happend to me and i had to restretch after that happens try to just stay with plastic ear rings and stretch it more slowly an just dont skip gauges I kno its tempting but dont do it and eventully youl get back to a 0 right now im at a 00 and there nice lookin hope I helped


Ryan

 

Answer by converge
Submitted on 5/24/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Ryan, i had the 2g in for about 2 months so they were healed well. after that happened to you, how small did they close up to? and was it hard for you to stretch back to what you were at?

 

Answer by bob marley
Submitted on 5/24/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
whats up with ppl sayen dont skip. . .  it all depends on the person. .  iv been gauging and all that 4 like 3-4 years. . . u can skip if u want. . jus b careful. . kuz if u try to force it in. . it will rip. . iv had mine like halfway ripped. .  then i let it close all the way. . then started over. .   im at a size a little bigger than a 00 now. . my order was. . . 18,12,8,4,2,00. .  and u dont always hav to wait. . b/c mine keep falling out. . and itz been in 4 like a week. . and itz adjusted. . . ppl can call me a new-b or w/e. . kuz i dont giv a f**k what u say. .  peace. . .

 

Answer by Ryan aim s/n smokeymcpots19
Submitted on 5/25/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Converge, They went back to about an 8-6gauge it wasnt hard to stretch it it just took a little more time if you wanna talk to me over aol i/m me my sn is next to my name

later

 

Answer by Car
Submitted on 5/25/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I've gotten my ears to the larger size of pen, I know I'm going bigger so I don't want to go out and buy plugs and tapers etc. so is there anything that can take me to somewhere between a straw and a pen? Just a regular household-type item...
(yes I posted this once already... but I need a response...)

 

Answer by erin
Submitted on 5/27/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
ha ha dorks...i went from 20g to 7/16" in a few months...the pain is worth the reward

 

Answer by -DI-DaGGer
Submitted on 5/27/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
ok well i must say that everyone who just shoves it in and rips it is stupid i mean i did that the first time because i just wanted it in there and everything.....i really wish that i hadn't had done it and everything.....well i have one question ok i went from 20 to 16 then to 4 and then to 0 and when i went to 4 i ripped the hole and  everything but it looked fine....but now i have 0 and when i wore my plug to sleep last night it slipped out a little bit and it was bleeding...i mean this might be because some one hit it but i was jsut wondering if it is ok.....it is swollen and everything and a little red but it isn't that bad.....yes it is bleeding a little i mean if i take the plug out and i don't think that it is pussing but i was wondering how bad it is

 

Answer by Chelsea
Submitted on 5/27/2004
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
Hey I have a question I am at an 8 and I have 8 gauge 2 sided flared plugs and I can't get them... I have tried that whole after a hot shower thing but it didn't work... how should I go about putting them in?

 

Answer by alex
Submitted on 5/27/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey, i went from a 16g, 14g, 10g, 8g, 6g, now im at 4g...it didnt hurt me at all becuz i hadnet skipped...stupid idiots dont skip! im not planning on going any bigger though...i have no questions

later

 

Answer by kevin
Submitted on 5/28/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i went from a 16 to 6 to 0 to 1/2 in in like a week and my ears didnt tear

 

Answer by Twitch
Submitted on 5/28/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Hey whuddup.  Im twitch. I was reading about this dont skip gauges stuff. I really dont see whats so bad about it. Ive been skipping gauges since i pierced my ears, i mean, i pierced them with a 10 gauge needle. Then from that ten in at tha time I went straight to a six then I went from a 6 to a 2 in a space of about 3 weeks, no bleeding, no bruising, nothing..pain...but nothing medically wrong. I would like to know why Im not in a hospital right now for infection or sumthin. LOL...peace

 

Answer by guzznatch
Submitted on 5/30/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
well... i want to stretch my ears and i dont k now how... please tell me. i have standard piercings ( 18 gauge.. i think) and i want to  start stretching and go to a 12 or so.. please tell me how to do so...thanksalot

 

Answer by FourGunsOneKnife
Submitted on 5/31/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I'm thinking about gauging my ears, I have been for about a year now. My question is, is it smarter to spend the extra money to get it done professionally or is that just stupid? And if I were to do it on my own what should I use to pierce my ears first off and all that hoopla!

 

Answer by THEDANWILKES
Submitted on 5/31/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
well guzznatch its ez you can either push the next gauge in or you can order stretchers off line or go to your local piercing shop or hot topic or if you live in the city or something then you can get them basically n e were
                  your friend,Dan Wilkes

 

Answer by penny lane
Submitted on 6/1/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey i have a question- i have 14s in now and have had them for the past week. ive tried putting 10s in, but it just wouldnt go. i have the 14 bars, which work fine now, and slide easily, no pain, but does anyone have any sugg's for 10s? i dont have any stretchers or anything like that, i just pushed the earring in. would anything else work? also im pretty cheap, the ones i have now were 40 bucks and i dont plan on spending much more, thanks...

 

Answer by lastnvmbr
Submitted on 6/1/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
ok fourgunsonknife what you wanna do is get a sewing needle that is about 16 gauge (about the size of a regular earing. take that and a cork or a potatoe if youre that cheap the cork is to put on the back of your ear so when you put the needle through it doesnt stab in to your neck you can also use it to pull the needle through as your replacing the needle with an earing...make sure everything is clean...your hands the needle and the earing...look up after care instructions on the internet...have fun...and oh by the way for all of you talking about skipping gauges and stretching to fast its ok when youre in smaller gauges but dont try doing it when you get up to 1/2 inch or so....i just had a blow out at 5/8 inch and believe me its not pretty....good luck

 

Answer by zack
Submitted on 6/2/2004
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
My suggetion is that to keep good car eof them and ice them and i NEVER SKIPPED A GAUGE ! only once and that was only from a 14g to a 10g but didnt make a diff.

 

Answer by zombie666
Submitted on 6/9/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
90% of tou guys are dumb bleeding is bad but it is all right to skipp gauges as long as its no more than one im at a 0 ordered some 0s and im look ing foward to them and teflon tape sucks it sticks to the inside of yourear use bonage tape is good

 

Answer by PaganDream
Submitted on 6/9/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Hey Yall. I'm at a 4. They look so sick. I'm wearing a spiked plug and it looks oh so nice. I think it's ok to skip ever so often. I just "listened to my body." When my lobes got "used" to the guage, I went up a size. Whether it be a week, two, or a month. My hardest stretches were actually 20-18 and 6-4. Tapers make it happen.

Viktor

 

Answer by flakey
Submitted on 6/10/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey im at a 4 right now and i was wonderin why one of my ears looks good when i take it out but the other one looks like a cats butthole. it doesnt even look big when the tunnel is out, why is that?

 

Answer by JenJen
Submitted on 6/10/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Hey guys, i had my ears pierced about 6 weeks ago and theyre 1.2mm, when will it be ok to try and stretch up to 1.6mm? and also should you go from 1.6mm to 2.0mm to 2.4mm or can you go straight from 1.6mm to 2.4mm?

Sorry if thats confusing, hehe.

 

Answer by zombie666
Submitted on 6/10/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey flakey your problem is this you have to get to about a 2 before you can see through them but about one of your ears i dnt know ask someone im at a 00 in both ears

 

Answer by JJ
Submitted on 6/10/2004
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
I HAVE 1 INCH GUAGES IN EACH EARLOBE. IT DIDNT EVEN TAKE LONG. BUT IT DID HURT. I HAVENT STRECHED THEM IN A FEW WEEKS BECAUSE IM HAVIN TROUBLE FINDING PLUGS LARGER THAN AN INCH. DOES ANY ONE KNOW WERE TO FIND BIGER PLUGS? AND IM ALSO WONDERING IF IM GONA BE STUCK WITH THESE FOREVER, OR WILL THE CLOSE UP.

 

Answer by alex
Submitted on 6/10/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey JJ, if you are at an inch, i am pretty sure they will not close up to nrmal size...they might go to a 2-4-6 gauge hole. Dont worry, they dont look big. I am at a 6 gauge flesh tunnel.they are awsome

cya

 

Answer by PaganDream
Submitted on 6/12/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Well, to say this I will never go larger than a 0 or 00. I think it is crazy to go larger than 1/2 or 3/4 inch. I'm not saying it doesn't look good, it's just crazy. I am from Berlin, Deutschland and no one has them. Good luck!

 

Answer by Stini
Submitted on 6/12/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Ok. When I first got my ears pierced, the right one bled a bit but the piercer told me to clean it, put neosporin on it and leave the earring in. I did and it was fine. About a year or 2 later, I started gauging them. They had both been doing fine until a few days ago. I never skipped gauges or anything and I was at an 8. I got 6s and put them in and it hurt a little but that soon went a way. A day or two later, they were bleeding. Since the earrings were plastic, I didn't want an infection so I took them out. They have scabbed a bunch and don't bleed nearly as much so I was wondering if I should put my 8ga metal plugs in to and just keep cleaning my ears and wait until they heal to go back to a 6

 

Answer by Sarah
Submitted on 6/14/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I don't understand you people.  People on here are trying to help you and tell you skipping is bad then right under their post I see stuff like "Is it okay to go straight to a 6?".  Listen, or don't bother stretching.

 

Answer by just a guy who likes things
Submitted on 6/15/2004
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
yo guys I'm at half inch in both of my first holes and 0 in both of my second holes i got a 4 gauge in my septum and a venom's in my tongue i got 3 holes in each eye brow  a couple projects in my ears and other various pairings like prince Albert and both my nipples up and down and left and right i really like 2 Peirce my body and stretch my body i love pain

 

Answer by david foux
Submitted on 6/16/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
ok i have 2 gauge in right now but im going to a 0 i know it going to hurt so im probly going to stop there do you know where any good plugs that r cheeper that the mall r something

 

Answer by lemonhead55
Submitted on 6/17/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
ok i guess i didn't start off doing this whole gaugeing thing right,  have had my ears pierced since i was little so i was just fooling around one day with some old earing hoops and i pushed the fat end around and woopps i had a gauge i asked my friend about what size she thought it was she said about a 12 so i kept it in then about a mounth later i actually went out and bought a pair of 10 gauges and then 8's and now i have a six.. my point is is that even though i did this the way i was saposed to and i followed the rules waiting a mounth or so inbetween gauges my ears still bleed from a 8 to a 6.  this is the only time i have ever had trouble and i think i am content with the size maybe go to a 4 but i doubt it.  

 

Answer by jorge
Submitted on 6/18/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
im 12 right now and im at a 12 gage.(i know its small) and i wanted to go strait to an eight gage. is that okay? e mail me at ItsDaTECKNIQUE1@aol.com   thanks.

 

Answer by Lana
Submitted on 6/18/2004
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
For those who asked, Skipping gauges IS NOT BAD... It's just better/prefered NOT to.... because you end up tearing ur ear, bleeding, and just gettin' higher risk of infection. When waiting and doing it right  gets you the same thing. But that's just me, it's ur ears. tear them if you like. For me I can't skip gauges, I dunno how the hell you guys are doing that. (some explain that to me please) but I have to go from 16, 14, 12 and put the next size in hoping it'll stretch enough to get it in (I don't like pain that much), and it does stretch, so patience does work people. ~Lana~ (lawn-Uh)

 

Answer by Savior
Submitted on 6/18/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I am at 00's and have been at this for a about a little over a year now. I actually started with some 14's i had shoved in my ear about 4 summers ago when i was 15. I didnt start stretching my ears thought until early 2002 when i went from a 14 to an 8. i went this way doing it every other gauge with my piercer who used needles rather than a taper. I went 8, 4, 2, 0, 00. I was too stoked then to ask any of the questions some of you guys are asking i simply stretched however i agree with some of the more senseless kids on here that there should NOT be any bleeding or a whole lot of swelling between stretches. You should stretch your ears at a guage every other month for it to be done correctly. Also i took my 00's out last july and left them out until this past february and they didnt close to a complete 18 or 20 guage but to a 10 or 12 which is more than i could have asked for and it was only a small hole and looked nothing like a cats butt haha seriously for those worried about how it will close take your time with it and when they are ready to go do the reverse in gauges (ex go 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, etc.) while taking vitamin e and aloe tot he ears will do wonders. also kids using acrylic be VERY careful. they are only to be used temporarily and should be replaced with regular jewelry.

 

Answer by jorge
Submitted on 6/19/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey please someone tell me wut to do?? im at a twelve gage and i got these 8 gage earings that r so cool (well to me) and i wanted to know how to stretch my ear to get that. should i use a taper?  does it hurt if i use a taper? thank you all so much please help!

 

Answer by Lana (lawn-uh)
Submitted on 6/20/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Hey Jorge, i've never used a taper, nor skipped.... but I started with 18, 16, then 14, 12, but I skipped 18, since 16 slid in with no problem... But personally, I dunno how to strech them, I don't like to shove... heh. But maybe you can just go from gauge to gauge, but that's up to you if ur willing to wait. heh. unless someone else has an idea. heh

 

Answer by Chris
Submitted on 6/20/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey Jorge, i went from a 6 guague to a zero with the taper, if u dont mind a lil pain go 4 it.

 

Answer by jorge
Submitted on 6/21/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey guys thanks for ur advice. i got an 8 gage taper from hot topic.i put vasaline on it and i pushed it and it went through so i put in the earing. thanks for helping me!
            ,jorge

 

Answer by Lana (lawn-uh)
Submitted on 6/22/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Hey pplz. Although some people said that you should wait a whole month or so to move up a gauge, you don't have to... If ur ears are the same as mine.. heh... newyz.. I had a 12g in my left ear... I'd only had it in for 2 days, and I took it out to clean it. While I was doing it, I didn't want it to start to close up (since I just put it in) so I put in a 10g pincher, and it fit perfectly! Just a thought to those who don't wanna wait.. heh

 

Answer by cgheese
Submitted on 6/23/2004
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
ur gay

 

Answer by Lana (lawn-uh)
Submitted on 6/23/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Whose Gay? Me? O.O

 

Answer by jb
Submitted on 6/23/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey lana (lawn-uh) person the reason why u could just put in a 10 gage was because a 12 gage and a 10 gage arent a big difference. i did that too. u have to wait months when ur in the bigger gages and ur ears have to heal and get used to the gage.so thats why u could just put it in. u wont b able to do that so easy with an 8 gage if u wanna just stick in the 8 gage like u did with the ten gage it will b really hard u will have to keep pushin the earing and ur ear will hurt until u finally get it through cuz that is wut i did. so u should use a taper and its a lot easier.and thats why u might have to wait a few weeks or a month.

 

Answer by Lana
Submitted on 6/24/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Ok, Thanks JB, I'd rather hear that than someone calling me gay... although, I'm sorry if I sound really stupid, (since it wasn't really called for) I was just so bored that night.. didnt' have nething else to do.... Tanks ~L8rz

 

Answer by sinfulvirgin
Submitted on 6/25/2004
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
i saw someone mention a sizing chart for gauged earrings.

20 GAUGE= 0.813 MM

18 GAUGE= 1.024 MM

16 GAUGE= 1.290 MM

14 GAUGE= 1.629 MM

12 GAUGE= 2.052 MM

10 GAUGE= 2.588 MM

8 GAUGE= 3.264 MM

6 GAUGE= 4.111 MM

4 GAUGE= 5.189 MM

2 GAUGE= 6.543 MM

0 GAUGE= 8.230 MM

00 GAUGE= 9.246 MM

ive found that organics work best for gauging your ears. heals much faster and you dont get stinky ears that metal jewelry is so very notorious for. my personal favorite is buffalo horn. i definitely recommend organic over metals. plus you get more unique jewelry. tata

 

Answer by jb
Submitted on 6/25/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
lana(lawn uh) sorry i waz mad at my girlfriend that day so i was in a grumpy mood sorry bout sayin that crap. i waz really bored that day too well  sorry . ttyl bye.           jb

 

Answer by Lana
Submitted on 6/25/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Okay JB. That's fine... Didn't notice u were mad newyz... heh.. L8rz

 

Answer by raab himself
Submitted on 6/26/2004
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
f**k all u lil c**ksuckers. . .  mine is  28 inches b**ch. . .  

 

Answer by atticus
Submitted on 6/26/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i went from a 20 to 18-16-14-12-10-8 all in one night now its 7 months later and im at a 00g. all using a claw and teflon tape

 

Answer by BabieRia
Submitted on 6/26/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I have a 18gauge in my cartlige. I wanna go to a 14gauge should i first go to a 16 n then a 14 or rite away to a 14. And does your ear hurt wen you get it stretched?

 

Answer by aaron
Submitted on 6/28/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey i got 00g in my ears what size is the next size cos i need bigger cos this is so much fun so any1 whats the next size

 

Answer by Buffneck
Submitted on 6/29/2004
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
I had 2 guage ears, and I took them out for a job. Within 2 weeks they were at 12 guage. I decided I want my plugs back, and Now I have 0's. I don't worry about them no closing, because when I even take them out for a few minutes, it becomes a little tight to put them in. I have had many friends with MUCH larger holes and they closed up. If you REALLY wanna close your ears fast, put preparation H on them. It might sound gross, but that ass cream has a skin shrinking agent in it. It'll shrink your ear lobes the same way it does hemroids.

 

Answer by sinfulvirgin
Submitted on 6/29/2004
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
heres an extended list of the sizes.

16ga  
14ga  
12ga    
10ga    
8ga    
6ga    
4ga    
2ga - 1/4"  
0ga - 5/16"
00ga - 3/8"  
000ga - 7/16"
1/2"
9/16"  
5/8"
11/16"
3/4"  
13/16"
7/8"  
15/16"  
1"  

 

Answer by Lindz
Submitted on 6/29/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Hey guyz, I gauged my ears today from a 14 which i had in my ears for like 2 weeks maybe to a 12, they are not bleeding, and didn't bleed, but they are red and a little swollen as well as hurting.  i know no one really answers people on this, but i was hoping that maybe by chance someone would.  if you don't wanna do it on here my aim s/n is IzntLifeJuicee06 or my e-mail is Crazelilgurly06@earthlink.net  please help me!!!!

 

Answer by Lindz
Submitted on 6/29/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Hey guyz, I gauged my ears today from a 14 which i had in my ears for like 2 weeks maybe to a 12, they are not bleeding, and didn't bleed, but they are red and a little swollen as well as hurting.  i know no one really answers people on this, but i was hoping that maybe by chance someone would.  if you don't wanna do it on here my aim s/n is IzntLifeJuicee06 or my e-mail is Crazelilgurly06@earthlink.net  please help me!!!!

 

Answer by sk8ter.3
Submitted on 6/30/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Hey  i just wanted 2 say my parents arent letting me get it done they say that they will sag and they will have huge holes in them for years please tell me sumthin that will get them 2 change their minds please i want them done SOOO bad also what size should i start with?

 

Answer by Mike
Submitted on 7/1/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i have 10 right now and i can get the 6 taper through very easily but i cant seem to line the taper and ring up. any suggestions to help me do it at home?

 

Answer by PLUGGINAWAY
Submitted on 7/2/2004
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
If your not in a hurry, just wear the taper for a few days. Or just over night. If your gonna put a ring in it, do it right after you take the taper out. Put the ring in but dont wiggle it around alot because you my just wandder around in there and start to bleed. It sounds more complicated than it is. I got peirced on june 15th at a 14ga. On the 25th, I put in 12ga pincers no prob, didnt even feel it, about three days later I went and bought some 8ga pincers and put those through with no bleeding, just a little discomfort. 2 days later I put 6ga talons in, it was sore but not too bad, later that night I put little plugs in but when I did the o-ring channel on the plug made me bleed. Now, last night I put in the same kind of talons but a 4ga. Minor discomfort and no blood.

 

Answer by PLUGGINAWAY
Submitted on 7/2/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey im at a 4ga and i can stick locks in my ares, is this a good idea to do before i go to bed? i heard that my ears will stretch over the nights that i wear them. I know not in one night but how much can it stretch you and how much should i do it?

 

Answer by SpeakFree
Submitted on 7/4/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Whats a taper? I want to strech my ears, i can do it myself right?

 

Answer by joker
Submitted on 7/5/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i have 4G in right now. i went from a 6 to a 4 and it did kinda hurt i noticed a big difference right after 6. after 6G do they really increase in size?

 

Answer by kelby
Submitted on 7/6/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
iv got 5/8 right now and im loving em it is cool to gross people out by putting my finger thgough the hole in my ear!!!haha

 

Answer by dumb ass
Submitted on 7/6/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
TO SPEAK FREE....a taper is a metal or acrylic or whatever rod that has a small side and a large side and obviously you stick the small side in the hole and push it through so the bigger side ends up stretching the hole.

 

Answer by jade
Submitted on 7/7/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
you guys who are using tapers & lube.. just to let you know its better to use something less harsh on your ears than dial soap but at places like steelnavel.com (bodyartforms.com is also a great site for plugs & stuff if you're interested) you can buy gentler soap to use as lube.. they have other aftercare products too. oh yeah, try not to use vaseline.. it can harbor a lot of bacteria.

 

Answer by Car
Submitted on 7/7/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
lemme get this straight, vaseline ISNT good? I was told it was better and I've been using it throughout stretching.  Im currently at about an 8g (so far I just put in paintbrushes i found from when I was younger)
Do you know a place in Canada I would be able to find cheap plugs etc? I'm cheap and looking for a more permanent alternative to the paintbrushes.

 

Answer by barbie69
Submitted on 7/8/2004
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
WELL... me and my homegirl started stretching our ears with a 0g and right now we are at 00g and we don't plan on stoping anytime soon.... (he he) you lames common if i can do it anyone can believe me and it don't hurt that bad i liked how it felt...*

 

Answer by tinsley
Submitted on 7/9/2004
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
ok as far as tapers i carved crayons into spikes to use(im really cheap)..it works pretty good if you lube your make shift taper up really good with neosporin (so it doesnt get infected). im at a 2 gauge flesh tunnle right now that i made form an old radio antenna..but if you have sensitive skin i would recommend doing that..

 

Answer by James
Submitted on 7/9/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
People tend to make a big deal about stretching.  I've read "safe stretching" guides that recommend 1, 2, 3, even up to 4 months between single gauges.  For me, and people I have talked to, this simply is not the case.

I started stretching about a week and a half ago.  Keep in mind that when I started stretching, I had normal piercings for about 10 months, so everything was fully healed.  I started off with 14, and below is the schedule I used between stretches.  I started out by putting the 14g in, and it didn't hurt at all.

14 to 12 - 6 days (this one was smooth, and no pain)
12 to 10 - 2 days (this one was probably rushed, and ended up hurting quite a bit.)
10 to 8 - 4 days (this one seemed like the right amount of time, and there wasn't much pain).

I'm currently at 8g, and have been for a couple days now.  I tried to stretch to 6 this morning, but I couldn't get the plug to go through my right ear.  I haven't used any sort of tapers or anything of the sort, and everything seems to be fine.  My ears bled a little at 10g, and the holes are still quite red, but nothing very painful.

If you're smart, you'll just listen to your body.  A good test for whether you're ready to stretch to the next size or not is whether your ear hurts when you pull down on the plug.  If it hurts even a little, then you probably shouldn't stretch.

 

Answer by aaron
Submitted on 7/9/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
what material is best for gauged ears glass, sergical steel, natural(bone, wood), that would not make my ears smell cos i got 000g lobes and i want to know what is also good for cleaning

 

Answer by ducky
Submitted on 7/10/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
is it posible to get 28" holes i really dont think so cos that 2' 4" and thats longer then the africans do it they only do it about 10"or something like that , only reson i ask cos some 1 on here wrote theirs wus 28" and i want to know is it true can u, look back at it the date post wus 6/26/2004

 

Answer by chrissy
Submitted on 7/12/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey, my names chrissy i just turned 14 and i used to have 10s (hurt like hell)but then they closed up so i could hardly even get an 18 in there! but then i wanted to keep on going so the next week i made them 14s (didnt feel anything)then 2 hours later i made them 10s (hurt a lil)then the next morning i mdae them 8s (hurt a lil)so next week im gonna make them 6s and then the week after that 4s then im stoping! i think lol ....

 

Answer by CrazyBoB
Submitted on 7/12/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Hello I've Been streching for almost a year now. I have an 8g tunnel in my left ear and a 14g right above that and a 14g in my carilage.   jus wanted to share a story for eeryone who skips.  I tried skipping from a 14g straight to a ten.  I did wear a 12 for maybe an hour. It phuckin' hurt and was sore for hours. It was so sore that I took in out and it started bleeding. that one shrank back to a 20 nd i had to stretch again.   ended up stretching the hole below it to a 8g.  So be carefull it isn't really a good Idea.  I used to believe in "Listen to your body" , but now I know better.

 

Answer by candiangel463
Submitted on 7/12/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i wanted to kno how many people have had blowouts from skipping gauges and not waiting long enough, mostly cuz i want to kno how high of a chance i have of getting one

 

Answer by Blaine
Submitted on 7/12/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i been gaging my ears for a year and i am  up to 3/4 last week when i guaged it it got infected at work from insulation and old house crap and it sucks its all the way back to 00 and looking way better i had to go get it looked at the doctors and they  where like i never seen any thing like that o ya mine probaly wont  go back i think i now 00 will i used to have that next to it i took it out a wile ago and i can barely fit a 4 in it

 

Answer by ryan
Submitted on 7/13/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
whats a blow out i have 7/16 and i just did all this gauging cos i wus bored took me 5 months to get this size on both ears no hurt only on 0g that wus it and i wus woundering whats a blow out

 

Answer by Ashley
Submitted on 7/14/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
ive had my ears stretched for about 5 or 6 years. at their biggest, they were about 7/16. i had those in for about 6 months and then went down to 00's for over a year. i decided i didnt want to have stretched ears anymore, so i shrunk them down gradually to about a 4g. i took them out totally about a month ago. my left ear is closing up okay i suppose, its at about a 10g now. but on my left ear there is skin around the hole that is wrinkly & kinda puffy.. but the hole is closing up okay.

what can i do about this skin around the hole? is there anything i can do to help my ears close up faster?? thanks!

 

Answer by ryan
Submitted on 7/14/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
ASHLEY                                         there is use like  preparation H i know it sounds sick but it helps to shrink skin, i used it on my 000g and they went to about 8 or so after about a month. may take shorter for u dont know.

 

Answer by CrazyBob
Submitted on 7/14/2004
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
Hey All If you are actually serious about this stretching I would check out the following sites.  They have good jewlery and good tips and even pics and guides as well as message boards.  I highly recommend them.  The first s www.Tribalectic.com and the other is www.bmezne.com and another is www.onetribe.nu for good organic jewlery.

 

Answer by kale171
Submitted on 7/16/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Hey, I when pierced my ear, i went right to a 14, then after a few weeks to a 10, ten 8, then 6, then 2, and a few days ago i put in a 0g, it still hurts, but it is not swelling. the only time it ever bled was when i put the 6 in, and it stopped in a couple of days. to answer if it will grow back, i have a friend that had both ears at 0g and now you can't tell he had his pierced at all, it does depend on the person though so just be careful and don't stretch them to fast.

 

Answer by Sierra
Submitted on 7/16/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I had my ears at 3/8 and I was gonna buy 1/2 inch but the guy said it didnt look like I had enough gap and gave me 7/16..is this right?

 

Answer by Thrice182Ataris
Submitted on 7/16/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
well i'm gonna get mines strech but i plan to stop at 14 and what are plugs?

 

Answer by Spooky
Submitted on 7/17/2004
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
About streaching, no, bleeding is NOT normal, it is a bad thing. Skipping gauges is bad, and can and most likely will cause damage to your ears. One of your least worries is the "butthole" effect which comes from streaching to fast. Streaching your ears isnt about "how fast you can get that size" It is about the patience of it from the aspect in which it came. Do not streach your ears unless you want them to stay like that, veiw them as any other mod as permanent. Be patient and know what your doing, you will not regret it and your lobes will thank you.

 

Answer by ^Rennaps
Submitted on 7/17/2004
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
Fast stretching leads to lobe thinning, blowouts, excessive scar tissue, "cat butt" and really REALLY ugly earlobes.

What's more important? Being cool or taking care of yourself? Also I think many of you should be asking yourselves whether stretching is really for you. Do you want large gauge ear piercings in 30 years? Stretching should always been looked at as a permanent mod, so if you're concerned about going back to "normal" - don't do it.

 

Answer by haleybelliveau
Submitted on 7/17/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
good call spooky,
guys skipping gauges is a bad idea, you will end up with gross sore ears. doing this results in ripped skin, bleeding, does that sound appealing to you? i would hope not. Personaly i think you should lose this fourm and all these people that have no idea what they are talking about, actually take some time and read something correct do this
right.

http://www.bodyartforms.com/forumsV9/topic.asp?TOPIC_ID=21

there yah go kiddies i even did the work for yah :)

 

Answer by Thrice182Ataris
Submitted on 7/17/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
ok i don't get it you guys are saying that if i strech my ears they will never go back to normal? what about if it's just a 14?

 

Answer by Spooky
Submitted on 7/17/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
No, 14g is still a size that is relatively small. Most people agree that 2g is "the point of no return" for closing them. Altho everyones body is different. Why streach tho, if you have no intent to keep it streached? As I stated they should be veiwed as permanent. Honestly to those saying that bleeding is normal, educate yourself, its not. It's not fine to skip a size.  Poor advice. Bodyartforms.com is not only a great place for jewlery but on the message board a lot of helpful advice, and nice people that know what theya re talking about instead of people that do stupid crap with their ears and claim it is normal. Thanks Haley =)

 

Answer by Thrice182Ataris
Submitted on 7/17/2004
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
well i don't want my ears like that forever thats why i was asking.so maybe if  you go to 2 your ears won't close ohhhh i see so if it bleeds it's not normal?

 

Answer by jorge aka bungholio agogo
Submitted on 7/17/2004
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
hdey guys its jorge again!!!  i had an 8 gage last time. and guess the fart wut. i got a freaKEN 2 GAGE. wut now playa. holla at ya BOYse idaho.  foshiz .  peace  

4 ever           ,jorge wit a heart

 

Answer by j boog
Submitted on 7/17/2004
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
yo wut up its j boog from b2k. im stretching my ears too dogg. im thinkin bout stretchin my ears to an 18 gage. i got 20's in now. i was thinkin bout gettin 18 gage plugs. so im thinkin bout maybe stretching to an 18 gage. cuz i dont want my ears to have a big hole. .like my butt hole   will the 18 gage go back to a 20 if i take it out?   please help              tragic moment          

 

Answer by ^Rennaps
Submitted on 7/17/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
No it isn't normal - it's very bad! It means you've ripped the piercing, when you should only be *stretching* it, not *ripping* it.

The best thing to do to prevent tearing is to wait at least a month (sometimes longer!) between stretches, only stretch well-healed, healthy tissue, use the proper instruments, and plenty of lube. KY Jelly works best for me.

 

Answer by fernando
Submitted on 7/18/2004
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
ohh my god guyz please help please! i got my ear pierced yesterday with a 22 gage. and i just stretched it to a 20 gage. will it ever go back to a 22. im so scared u dont even know. omg  ( im crying) please help me.  my ear hole looks so big. omg. it doesnt look like its ever gonna go down. i used 20 gage taper to get it in.    ( alot of pain ) please help!        , fernando

 

Answer by funny boy (named by my friends)
Submitted on 7/18/2004
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
im  a foreign exchange student from iceland.  i need help. i have a  4.0 grade average so i thought id stretch my ear to a 14 gage. grade gage   heheheh it rhymes ( u dont have to tell me im funny i already know)i dont have my ear pierced tho hehe. i was thinkin bout using a 16 gage taper ( i think)    first   just to stretch it then ill try to shove a 14 gage in. ( the hole looks a lil too big ( i know ) but ima do it so i look different from everyone else.  a 14 gage is a pretty big stretc so please give me advice on how to put a 14 in.     im so scared but im so fartin tough that i know in my heart and my gigantic brain i can do it.                 solute             , edwin aka funny boy hehe

 

Answer by ^Rennaps
Submitted on 7/18/2004
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
Fernando - you stretched what I'm guessing is a gunned piercing after a day? WHY? Of course it's going to hurt! If you're not happy with the size, put your old jewellery back in (preferably after taking to to be autoclaved) and stop worrying.

Can I just take a moment to frown? There seem to be a lot of silly, misinformed people on here. I urge you to RESEARCH at least a few months before starting to stretch - then you won't get so worried about things and get in a flap. Plus it'll stop you doing such stupid things!

Funny Boy - do it for you. Not to look "different". Have a hot shower, soak your ear with sea salt solution (1/4 tsp sea salt to 1/2" boiled water, let it cool) use, lube, and relax. Don't "shove" the jewellery in. You'll tear your lobe and be back here wondering what the hell happened.

Ok people. Bleeding is NOT good. Blowouts are NOT good. Stretching a fresh piercing is NOT good. Not doing research before starting to change your body is NOT good. Doing it to impress other people is VERY NOT good.

 

Answer by Ashley
Submitted on 7/18/2004
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
i think all of you really need to think about how your ears are going to look in the future. i started stretching my ears when i was 14 (i am 21 now). back then, i would shove nails, pens, straws, etc... basically anything that would stretch my ear through my ear. my ears bled sometimes, but i didnt care, because i was more concerned with how they looked.

about 3 months ago or more i started shrinking my ears down from 7/16. when they got to a 4g i took the plugs out totally. my left ear is closing fine (but will most likely never totally close considering how long i had plugs). my left hole is closing also, but there is a piece of skin next to the hole that looks disgusting because i think at one point while stretching it years ago i blew it out.

my only advice to all of you is to think about how your ears are going to look years from now. you're not always going to like plugs. & plugs certainly wont make you look "different" because so many people have them now. don't skip gauges. let a piercer stretch your ears for you with a taper because they know what they're doing. if my ears stay this way i am thinking about getting plastic surgery to fix them. but that's what i get for being 14 & making decisions without thinking how it would affect me in the longrun...

 

Answer by Spooky
Submitted on 7/18/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Thrice, correct bleeding is not normal, it is actually a very bad thing. Also if you do not want your lobes to look like that forever why do it? Well if you want shoot over to the bodyartforms forum, sign up and shoot me some PM'sif you want to know anything further, this place is actually giving me the creeps with these horror storys.

 

Answer by bikini
Submitted on 7/18/2004
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
Hello again. Uh ya i totally agree with what is being said here. Research kids. I experienced a blowout while stretching my ears to 7/8 it sucked hard core, i had to take out my jewlery and let them heal, which took 3 months, then i had to restretch them. TAKE YOUR FRIGGEN time when you do this, be smart about this, it has the potential to be dangerous.
peace<3

 

Answer by bikini
Submitted on 7/18/2004
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
Hint: bleeding NOT good, sign off blowout, which you will regret hardcore. If there is bleeding take out your jewlery and let your ears heal.And the healing process can take  from a month to alot longer. If you are not smart and do not depart your jewlery your ears will look very ugly, its bad enough you have big gaping holes in your ears but do you really want you ears to be big and full of scar tissue?NO. Another thing, no offense but guage 14, 12,10,8 seriously that isnt even considered stretching, thats bull, now the actual stretching is the big stuff like an inch and over like mine are. And mine will not shrink. But in my opinion anything from a 000g will shrink tremendously.ok im out peace <3

 

Answer by jb
Submitted on 7/20/2004
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
eyo wut up peoples. im twelve years old. im a boy. lol .    well  ive  been stretchin my ears for like half a year. and in the beginning i was stupid enough to think that a 12 gage was a big stretch but my cuzin has 0 gages and im not even allowed to stretch my ears but i did any way.  well after the 12 i got the smalles flesh tunnel ever in a 10 gage and put it in then put in a 8 gage. i had to use vasaline cuz it wouldnt go. then i went to a 6 about a week later. (i only have one ear pierced). then a week after that my friend let me use a 4 gage plug and i put it in easily and later that day i just stuck a 2 gage into my ear. and ive had the 2 gage in for a while.

 

Answer by iverside2
Submitted on 7/20/2004
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
I went from a 14 to an 8 and only one of my ears bleed.  You should use the earrings that start out small and and gradualy gets bigger.  

 

Answer by ^Rennaps
Submitted on 7/20/2004
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
*slaps self in forehead*

For the love of God, don't stretch any further for a while, "jb". I'm not trying to stifle you, but even if you think you did a cool thing and it was ok, chances are if you carry on like that you're going to run into serious problems.

</nag>

 

Answer by ^Rennaps
Submitted on 7/20/2004
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
You mean tapers? Stretching cresents? You shouldn't use those as normal jewellery - especially if you're pulling them through a bit at a time over a week or so. Tapers are a one-shot thing... Lube them up, ease them through, NEVER skip gauges. Just imagine how much bacteria and dirt you're tugging through your stretching piercing... No, washing it with Dial soap or whatever won't make it sterile.

 

Answer by lol
Submitted on 7/21/2004
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
I just got my ears pierced..need some information on gaging.and im a girl.like how to u gage?do u gage when u get it pierced?or do u just need to buy a like 16g earing or sumtin whatever and put it in ur ear and stuff,and go from there..(do u need it pierced with the earing gage itself when u get it done??..respond quickly pleasee!!new at this gaging stuff!:)

 

Answer by steve
Submitted on 7/21/2004
Rating:  Rate this answer: Vote
i had my friend peirce my ear (normal size) then a week later my other friend put in a 12 gadge in my ear it killed...then i went to a ten 2 weeks later. I bought a taper for a 6 ga and i put it in in about 4 hours i want to go to a 0.. should i get a taper for a two, or four??

 

Answer by sweetie4Him
Submitted on 8/2/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hello! i just wanted to tell ya'llthat God loves you

 

Answer by anarchist_stretcher
Submitted on 8/4/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I'm 5 years old and as of now i have 1 inch gauges in both ears,here is a few tips.                                                1-dont skip gauges,start at a 18 or 16 and work your way down to avoid a blowout.                                              2-a 2 gauge is a good ending point for those who want their ears to heal up completely.                                                                                        3-stretch about every 2 months.  

 

Answer by shabahambalamba
Submitted on 8/5/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
guess what guys and girls I'm only 13 and i took a vacation to the Philippians and i got bigger holes than any of y'all 8inches long and 8inches across

 

Answer by indysk8er87
Submitted on 8/8/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Aloha, how is everyone doing, this isn't the first time i posted something. Ok i been stretching my ears for long period of time know. I know alot about it. I am at a 1/2" know. I know some tips on how to do it, I been through it all. I went from a normal size hole, and that is a 20G. Here are some gauges i went from. (20G-16G-12G-8G-4G-0-00G-1/2". You should do it the right way, i found out the hard way though, when i did my gauging, it kepted bleeding, thats not normal at all, and it took a long time to heal properly, but some people like to go bigger faster. I did that, nothing really happened, but i was really lucky. skipping gauges is a bad idea, you will end up with gross sore ears. Stretching your ears isnt about, "how fast you can get that size", its.It is about the patience of it from the aspect. Some of your people who think they are hardcore gets there ears done with, example 2 gauge, see if something does not happen with there holes. I have alot of experience with gauge your ears, i help so many people, its not even funnie, i learned a couple years back, its really bad to skip gauges, so on your be half, don't skip gauges do it the right way, so you can really enjoy them, and that pride.So if you need any help at all about gauging or need some good sites to go to for cheap prices earrings you can contact me at Indysk8er87@aol.com, Trust me i know what i am talking about, been there done that. I have 1 question, how long do you have to keep a 1/2", in for it to never close. If anyone knows please let me know. Here all Size chart for people to start gauging with

20g
18g
16g
14g
12g
10g
8g
6g
4g  
2g
0g  
00g
000g
1/2"
9/16"  
5/8"
11/16"
3/4"  
13/16"
7/8"  
15/16"  
1"

Thanks

 

Answer by jonas
Submitted on 8/11/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
tips:
1. use stainless steel tapers; dont ever guage with plastic ones you can get an infection easier
2. use rubbing alcohol to clean you hands, tapers, plugs etc.
3. always soak you new tapers/plugs for aleast 5 miutes in rubbing alcohol
4. i would strongly suggest not skipping guages if you've had previous problems with your ears i.e. infections or arent tolerant of pain
5. if you want to move a bit faster then skip 2-3 guage sizes at a time. going to fast risks infection keloids and other gross problems.
6. if you rip your ear i suggest taking out the guage and letting it completely heal before attempting again. if you leave it in keloids can form around the piercing and that's not attractive. also the more it would puss, and sometimes it smells pretty gross.
7. guage after a warm shower, it softens the ear lobe up so itd be easier to push the taper through
8. if you're planning on wanting your ear to go back to its original size i suggest guaging gradually and size by size
9. wait atleast 2-3 weeks between guage sizes
10. dont go to the next guage if your ear is tender, sensitive, infected, bleeding, swollen, pussing, or realeasing a strange odor. that means you're going way to fast and your ear needs to heal!
11. if you want a beautiful healthy guage follow what im telling you!
[ash]

 

Answer by jonas
Submitted on 8/11/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
WARNING: BLEEDING IS NOT A GOOD SIGN. DON'T LET IT HAPPEN. GUAGE SLOWLY AND SAFELY. IF YOUR EAR BLEEDS, TAKE OUT THE GUAGE AND LET IT HEAL. ITS NOT WORTH THE MONEY AND TROUBLE TO FIX YOURSELF IF YOUR EAR DOES ACTUALLY RIP. JUST TAKE YOUR TIME. TRUST ME YOUR PATIENCE WILL BE REWARDED. THAT'S ALL I GOTTA SAY. PEACE KIDS. [ASH]

P.S. AMATUERS STOP TELLING THE NUBES ITS OK TO BLEED! IM SICK OF READING IT!

 

Answer by idk_tom
Submitted on 8/11/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey im thinking about stretching my ear, i have had it peirced for many many years and its kinda stretched already i was thinking of goin straight to a 6ga....is that ok ? do u think its to fast ??

 

Answer by gamaster
Submitted on 8/12/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i have a 7/16 in my ear and trust me that dosent grow back

 

Answer by ads
Submitted on 8/13/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i  suck COCK

 

Answer by alex
Submitted on 8/14/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey steve, if you want to go to a 0g, put a 2g taper in, but lube it up first...i have 4g flesh tunnels in, they are sweet

later

 

Answer by aaron
Submitted on 8/17/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
what no 1 post here anymore how sad i wus liking peoples stories

 

Answer by screwface
Submitted on 8/17/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Okay, I started with an 18g - 16g, whatever they pierced it with.  Well I had those for around 6 years.  I went to 14g, it was tough getting through my ear, but no bleeding, no discomfort after it was in.  I had them in for a year before going straight to 10g, again, no discomfort or bleeding.  DO NOT SKIP MORE THAN 1 GAUGE SIZE!  Going from 14 to 10 is okay, when using a taper, but make sure it is well lubed and clean.  NEVER EVER GO FROM 14g to like an 8g or a 6g...  Unless you are doing dermal punches or scalpelling.  Which are very expensive, but most shops do them.  I have done all of mine on my own, but never experienced bleeding or tearing, if you do, go see an f'ingdoctor...

 

Answer by tyler
Submitted on 8/19/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
bleeding is ok.....if you like having blowouts on your ears...i guess they look like nipples on the back of your ear....but ok...if you plan on having your jewelry til your like 70 then go fast...but if you plan on healing up ...go slow. you have the rest of your life to wait. why not make sure your body is healthy and "beautiful" depending on what you see as beautiful. blood and bruises to some. ) that's my jist on things ) i have 00's and they heal to 18's all the time ))

 

Answer by Wendy
Submitted on 8/19/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
You do not want to skip gauges, bleeding, bruising, and swelling are not normal. You want your ear you be slightly sore, if the pain is unbearable, you are moving to fast, and either will, or have torn skin. When you tear the skin in your ear, it heels and leaves scar tissue, which will keep your ear from returning to a smaller hole later on. Take streching slowly and be smart about it.

 

Answer by Chris
Submitted on 8/20/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
For about hmmm prolly the last month Ive been stretching my ear lobes. First off....LET THIS BE A WARNING it is extremley addictive....But anyway, I got mine peirced at a 20g and once the healed I stetched them straight to a 14.  I  know its not smart but skipping gauges that early on doesnt really matter.  After that I skipped 12g and went to 10g. After that i found skipping can get alittle sketchy. But ya then instead of buying new plugs everyweek I just taped the jewlery by putting one revolution of medical tape around my 10g every like 3 days.  At that rate its like stretching a gauge a week (depending on the thickness of the tape) and it is alot healthier for you ears. When I first started stretching I only wanted a 10g or 8g......now i have in 2's and am not planning on stopping anytime soon..extremley addicting..specially when they look so pretty....So ya happy steatching.

 

Answer by JeReMySsKaTeRcHiCk
Submitted on 8/22/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I had my ears pierced regular and one day I decided to gauge my ears I went from regular earrings to belly button rings in my ears which are 14guages and I`ve had them for awhile I have horse shoe things in my ears...I want to gauge them to 00`s I`m like addicted now...So after awhile I`m gonna make the jump to a bigger size... 0`s will work but after time I WANT 00`s my email address is EtniesBabe4Ever@aol.com of you wanna talk! <3 ya!! email me!!

 

Answer by Erica
Submitted on 8/23/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I actually have a question! Well.....i have never had gauges and i bought some....i bought an 8 and a 6 and well i was wondering how can i gauge my own ears without having to get materials???? And how bad is it going to hurt??????????? Thanks bye love all!

 

Answer by Bail
Submitted on 8/30/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Yeah Ive had my lobes at a 4 now for a pretty long time so if your a newer stretcher...please guys take your time. And its not supposed to bleed and if you do it right it wont. But if your hurting a lot just ice them all the time and take lots of IB profin. Also warm or hot water helps the circulation in your ears so it makes it a bit easier to stretch. Have fun!!

 

Answer by me
Submitted on 8/31/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Also, I recommend going to a piercing shop to get the stretching done.  However, if you don't, then before you use the taper, put some warm water on some paper towels and rub your ears.  The warm water loosens up your ear lobe.

 

Answer by Ryan H.__sXe
Submitted on 9/1/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i have had my ears stretched since last September.about a year ago.over that course if time i have stretched my left ear to a 2 gauge.i only had that in for a week and i decided to stretch to a 0.i am using an acrylic taper and a stainless steel plug.when i went to stretch it i pushed it all the way through and terrible pain came.it then started gushing blood  nonstop.so i cleaned off the blood and put my 2 back in..........................................can anybody help me and tell me why it bled and when a good time to try again would be?also does anyone know an easier way to get plugs in after stretching,i always have to pop them through with  a little force.

 

Answer by monica
Submitted on 9/1/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey. when i started mine, i went from piercing to an 8. so basically doubled it. plugs too so it was hard to get them in.. now i have 4s in and i plan on going to 2s asap.

 

Answer by melissa
Submitted on 9/4/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I just got my ears stretched to 14 from being a standard size. It didn't hurt at all but I'mworried because the holes are uneven. I had my ears pierced when I was a baby so over the years the holes got uneven. Right now I have hoops in my ears so one hangs a bit more than the other ... will this be a problem when I want to put plugs in? I don't want them to look strange.

 

Answer by speedbump
Submitted on 9/5/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i started from normal piercing right to a 14.Then worked up to a 2 in bout six months.I took out for year and couldn't even tell they been stretched. After a year i could still fit a 10 gage.

 

Answer by Stini
Submitted on 9/5/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Ok. I've been at 6z for almost 2 months and I got sum 4z yesterday. They are eyelets and I can't get them in..what should I do

 

Answer by Dresden Doll
Submitted on 9/7/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i only have a 14 gage in 5 of my ear piercings. the other one is an 18. im taking that one slow. anyway. i think the best way to stretch your piercing is to take whatever size plug you want, hold your breath, screw it in slowly, scream if you must, then push it in really fast. i did that with my cartilage. i thought it would never get in there. but it did. and im happy now.

 

Answer by YelLoWcarD luVeR
Submitted on 9/7/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey everyone!! i have been gaging my ears too and i started with normal size holes (18g) and then my friend gave me sum 14g and i put them in no problem cuz i had had my ears pierced for years, so ne wayz then i kept the 14g 's in for a while and then started using household items i was creative and safe about it tho, then i bought 10g plugs and had them in for a while but then one fell out so i had put like three or four paper clips in that had that plastic like coating on them and they were fine and later i added another paperclip , and i just wore those for a while but i wanted to move on so i was looking around for earing but there were no good places to get some to since my ear holes were getting funny shaped cuz the paperclips didn't make it round it was like flower shaped so i had skinny golf tees in and my dad FREAKED so now i can't gage ne more but i really really want to still and i got mad but  my dad kept talking about how bad it is and that when i get old i will have huge disgusting holes and even tho i tried explaining to him that they close up right away and that minea ren't even big compared to may people he wouldn't listen but all  i do is take normal earings that have a ball at the end and i wear them but i stick the ball in my hole and it looks normal and my dad doesn't notice and then at night when i sleep i put the golf tees in so i am about at a 6g i guess.. so does anyone have ne thing i can tell my dad to change his mind b cuz i stil really want to continue gaging!!:-( PLEASE HELP!!:-)
ps.. I NEVER expierened ne pain , bleeding or discomfort!! i did it gradually over time!

 

Answer by biz
Submitted on 9/8/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
dood. im at a 4 gauge right now. and im sooo gonna go to 0. its gonna be awesome. i like using weights to stretch. they kick ass bro!

 

Answer by Punks.R.Us
Submitted on 9/9/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I havent exactly skipped gauges i had them pierced at 12's and kept them in for about a month then i put tens in for a day came home put 8's in kept those in for two days till one of the balls stripped out un them and then i figured if i was going to buy new ones i might as well stretch so now im at 6's because my mom wont let me stretch any bigger
im only twelve so im lucky i got to go this far

 

Answer by guffster
Submitted on 9/11/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I went stretch crazy when i was 18 and im 22 now and i have really nasty scars. If you are going to do it do it right or suffer the results. i got to 00 and took them out. that was a year ago and i can still put 2s in so be careful and use lots of Vaseline.  

 

Answer by BECCA ST.
Submitted on 9/11/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
HOW LONG SHOULD I WAIT BETWEEN STRETCHES? I AM AT 6 GA NOW AND WANT TO GO TO A 0 GA. THE SIZES I HAVE ARE 8,6,4,3,1 AND 0 GA TUNNELS.

GET BACK TO ME SOON

<BECCA ST.>

 

Answer by BECCA ST.
Submitted on 9/11/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
HOW LONG SHOULD I WAIT BETWEEN STRETCHES? I AM AT 6 GA NOW AND WANT TO GO TO A 0 GA. THE SIZES I HAVE ARE 8,6,4,3,1 AND 0 GA TUNNELS.

GET BACK TO ME SOON

<BECCA ST.>

 

Answer by jonny
Submitted on 9/15/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
how should i go about gettin me ears pierced n shud i strech at home?

 

Answer by Chris
Submitted on 9/15/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I am at a 10 and i plan to get to a 2 in 2 weeks but i also teach lessons at a local gymnasium and i don't know if they would like it but oh well my question is will they go back to normal? if i take then out slowly going down gages and when i get to 14 put 18s in? just woundering
-Chris

 

Answer by crazysocks
Submitted on 9/18/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
ok so if i go to a 2 gage how long will that take to grow back at most?

 

Answer by HollyWood Hunta
Submitted on 9/21/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I have come to the conclusion that guaging is an addiction, In the beginning I was going to go to 16 then I decided 10, then 8 then 6 now I'm at 4 and I am planning on going to 00 or maybe even 000, I have to make myself stop there though, Because I really don't want to go any bigger than that. Its just every time I put a bigger size in I'm like wow this is huge, then the following days after wards I'll be playing with it and thinking, wow this is really small, which in turn causes me to go bigger. Words of advice to newcomers, listen to these people when they say go slow, I can relate to being poor and not being able to afford plugs, I am unemployed and never have more than 3$ at a time which I use for cigarette money anyways, I have stuck many things through my ears, and somethings, there's nothing wrong with, but be careful with foreign objects and use common sense, raw copper wiring is a no-no, bullets are a no-no "lead poisoning" I stuck everything from steel sadder wire to nails in my ears getting to 10 guage, not the smartest thing ever, if i wasn't an idiot I would have thought about straws, my ears got infected twice going to 6 guage, the first time because I used that copper wiring I mentioned, the second time because I used someone else's plugs and didn't clean them properly (yes, i know, spare me),I went to the mall yesterday and bought some 4 guage inexpensively made plugs, which probably cost about 10 cents to produce, but somehow its ok to charge me $16.50, I won't pay that much again for plugs that i am only going to have in a week maximum, I have just decided to use straws until I get to my desired size in which time I will invest in a nice pair. The point of this is you better believe that after 2 infections I am very cautious about what I put in my ears, but If you just use your head and don't start sticking anything you can find in your ears, you can guage safely and effectively without giving Uncle Sam your college fund. Clean everything you put in your ears religiously, I'm talking wash it in dial, then let it soak in alcohol for a couple minutes, EVERYTHING, even straws, trust me its worth it,If you get an infection, you have to leave it out for a couple days, thus, making the hole go back to normal size, thus having you start all over, also don't rush guaging, I had a friend who just recently blew out the back of one of his ears, its not pretty. Welp, I hope my advice helped, I will return to let everyone know how the straws worked out, happy guaging.

 

Answer by bob marley
Submitted on 9/21/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
iv been gauging off and on for like a year or 2. . . i'v had my hole to an inch and 1/2. i had a lil mishap with a cracked film canister. .  and i had to start all over. .  in about 3 weeks it had shrank to a 0. . 2 weeks later. .  it was about a 8. .  i waited 3 mor weeks and nuthin happened. .  but it was healed. .  so i started back again. . once my ear had been that big. . it stretched rly easily. . .  i went from 8 to 0 to 1/2 to inch. .  in like 2 weeks. . . itz all bettet now. .  and i guess im rly lucky. . kuz my ear hasnt fallen off yet. . i rarely disinfect my earrings. .  and ill put random objects in it all the time (like 7 pens. .lol). .  but DONT DO THIS. .  im the most lucky at this stuff. .  iv only had 1 infection. and it was rly bad. . i had a 22 shell fro a bullet in it. .  and it was copper or w/e. . and the inside of my hole turned green and i had black puss. . it was so nasty. . after that. .  iv never had 1 infection. . .  i'v had like 8 blowouts though. . . . the best way to let ur hole close is. .  strecth it maybe a few sizes in 1 day. . it will probably b painfull. . but it will almost deffinetly close. . if u rip it a lil then it will heal faster. .  and preperation H works rly well. .  if ur gauging and u have a lot of pain in ur ear. . make some warm salt water. . and soak it in that. .  that should feel rly good. . . hope all this random $H!t helps.  . .. . . . . . . . . . . .  . . grow it.. roll it.. smoke it.. choke it.. toke it. . .

 

Answer by derekman
Submitted on 9/21/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i have a 2g in my ears i did it my self i started from a normal ear peircing then to a 12-8-6-4-2 and i hope to get to a zero gage but i dont know its gonna hurt! but oh well its worth it

 

Answer by WantedEmoPet
Submitted on 9/23/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Alright, b4 i started gauging i actually asked a piercer, and this is his and my advice combined. Take a hot shower, as hot as u can stand and massage ur ears. After use ur tapers to get to desired size, for lube use KY or ne water based lube (not vaseline.) Make sure u wait 3 weeks - 2 months depending on the gauge (i usually wait a month.) My ears r gauged at 14s,8s,6s on both sides and still going. i've never had ne problems with them.

 

Answer by trianglegrl9
Submitted on 9/25/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
you can skip 2 gadges at a time. No more. I learned this from a professional ear piercer. If you go faster, and they bleed you could get scar tissue and your ears will rot. It's NOT ok for your ears to bleed.

 

Answer by captain insano
Submitted on 9/27/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
why are people all worrying about stretching to 18' and 20's. What the hell is that sh*t? I have 1" and i look in the mirror still and dont think they are that big. And another thing, if you dont want to be in pain, dont do it. Pain comes along with the pride of having it done. Same thing with the results. If you dont want a hole there, dont do it. Dumbasses

 

Answer by aaron
Submitted on 9/28/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
DID THIS FORM die or soemthing grrr i like to talk to people about there ears

 

Answer by DarkestxTears
Submitted on 9/28/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Hey, I have really sensitive ears, but I want to start using gauged earrings..Do you think thats a bad idea? or not? Please answer me!

 

Answer by Jeff98dinanm3
Submitted on 10/1/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
lol, you have 14 gauge, and you feel special.... i must feel REALLY special then, lol http://jeff98dinanm3.tripod.com/sitebuildercontent/sitebuilderpictures/.pond/jbnhfgdsc00192.jpg.w560h420.jpg

 

Answer by blahblahblah
Submitted on 10/5/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I skipped gages while i was doing my ear and guess what no ugly lobes here wow what a weird idea that's crazy isn't it.  I also never used tapers just shoved the next one in go ahead call me an ass I know you want to but its OK because i have the same results as everyone else in less time.  I have to also agree with someone Else post that you have to listen to your body it will tell you what you can and can not handle  Yes you also might experience some discomfort some more then other because everyone is different with the amount of pain they can handle.  My friend is a piercer and he also has skipped gages when your on the small gages it doesn't really matter, when you get to the big ones though its not a good idea.   Oh and yes your ear does bleed when you gage sometimes because you aren't just always stretching the skin sometimes the skin cant stretch and has to rip. Oh and I might add that i have never heard of anyone getting a 20 or a 22 piercing done the standard is 18.

 

Answer by Styles
Submitted on 10/16/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
As Far as fast stretching and skipping gauges go, I had 2's in and took them out, after about 2 days i put a 14 in my left ear but let my right close. I decided i wantd them pierced so i repierced my right ear with a pin and put a 14 in. 2 days later I put in a 12, then a 6 gauge taper and plug, waited a little, and put a 4 gauge in, that night i went to a 2, the whole process form 14-2 took about 2 hours and theyre fine now, i have 00 goin to 1/2 soon

 

Answer by allen
Submitted on 10/16/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i had my ears pierced at a 6 gauge and then had them streched to a 2 gauge at the same time. thers nothing wrong with skipping gauges just make sure you take care of them

 

Answer by carlos
Submitted on 10/16/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
right now i am at a 7/16 and any of yall who say yalls ears r swollen, the swelling will go down after a couple of days cuz thats what happened to me. its ok to skip gauges but i would recomend yall owuldn't cuz u have a better chance of ripping your ears. i gradually went one size at a time so i owuldnt rip my ears.

 

Answer by phil04
Submitted on 10/17/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Hi,
I managed to go from a 14 to a 6 in one day!
It hurt but its fine now (a month later), no infections or blowouts. I am now doing the other ear but im taking this one a bit slower just to be safe.


 

Answer by dane
Submitted on 10/18/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
u all people are wimps trying to gauge very slowly. i went from nothin to a 10 then to a 4 in 45 mins. you guys just need to suck it up go go with it

 

Answer by Ashley
Submitted on 10/18/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hi guys i went from like down to a 14g to a 10g n it hurts really bad i did like 2 holes gauged to a 10 n is it like true if there colored ones cuz i got these at hot topic "morbid medals" n mom said it would poison me cuz there colored or get infected easily cuz there plastic wtf i need ur help

 

Answer by banana
Submitted on 10/19/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
When i was younger, i guess between 12 and 14 i went a 12 to a 6 back to a 10 and so on. I finally stopped. Then when i was 16, i went to a 12, then 10, then 8, then 6. I took those out for a school dance to please my mom. The closed to about a 12 by the end of the night, so i gave up for a while. I am 18 now, and i am pretty serious about my ears now. Any one who says its ok to skip and bleed, and puss is ok is so wrong. I regret doing what i did when i was younger. I have my ears at 4 now, and im doing it slowly and carefully, no bleeding or tearing this time, but i have so much scar tissue from before its harder to do everything, and the pain is so bad sometimes. Just be careful, most of the people on here dont know what they are talking about. Be careful, if this is something you really want and want to make a life long commitment to having larger than average holes do it, if not dont, its not worth the risk of possibly losing your earlobes. Thing about infections, like gangrene, and even or staph. Not fun things to have, and not being careful can potentially lead to these things.

 

Answer by juan
Submitted on 10/19/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Im thinkin of streching to a 16 gage but if i do this will it leave a hole im my ear to were u can c threw it?

 

Answer by LuCkeM
Submitted on 10/20/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Hi, I went from a regular ear piercing size to a 6g then to a 2g. then I let them close. About two months ago i went from whatever size my ear closed up to, to a 6g then to a 4g then to a 2g and then to a 0g in less then one week. I dont think the pain was that bad. I stretched my ears in the shower and I found it helpful by putting neosporin(sp?)on the taper,there isnt as much friction so it slides right in.And in about one week I am gonna go to a 00g IM SO EXCITED!!! O ya and for thoes of you who write and say you have no money e-bay has super cheap tapers and earings you should buy from l_and_h_general_store    That is who I buy all my stuff from its a freat deal and awesome product. I hope my answer will be helpful to someone out there C ya!
p.s. I will write again when I stretch my ears to a 00g

 

Answer by Danny Boy
Submitted on 10/20/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Nothing to 6mm in 3 days... i'dsay thats an acheivement... i'mstopping for a few weeks for it to heel... then going at it slowly for a few weeks until i get to 1cm.

It's a bit swollen and bleeds a bit when i take the plug out, but i'mwashing it 4 times a day with savlon and salt water.

It hurt like a gun shot to my face when i forced the spike through, but it looks sweet now!

We got my mate AJ from 3mill to 1cm in one night... but i wouldn't recommend it.

 

Answer by Danny Boy
Submitted on 10/20/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Nothing to 6mm in 3 days... i'd say thats an acheivement... i'm stopping for a few weeks for it to heel... then going at it slowly for a few weeks untill i get to 1cm.

It's a bit swolen and bleeds a bit when i take the plug out, but i'm washing it 4 times a day with savlon and salt water.

It hurt like a gun shot to my face when i forced the spike through, but it looks sweet now!

We got my mate AJ from 3mill to 1cm in one night... but i wouldn't recomend it.

 

Answer by Doorknoblet
Submitted on 10/20/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
GAH! so yeh i have i think a 12 ga in on e ear now and a 14 in the other... and the one with the 14 hurts like a bad mther and i wated to know if there was something you could buy or use to make it hurt less.. someone i know suggested ambasol, ( that stuff for your gums and mouth) but i'mnot sure what to do, got any suggestions?

 

Answer by i need help
Submitted on 10/21/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hello people i want to gauge my ears to a 00 i'mat a two in one ear and what i was lend to belive was a zero flair...now when i take out the zero flair to go to and zero plug it wont fit i think it might still be a 2 how can i tell and the second thing is when ever i try to put in the 0 guages i bought from hot topic they wont fit into my 2 gauge ears why??

 

Answer by Kiki
Submitted on 10/21/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Hey, I just started stretching my piercing, and i am up to a 14G. Where is a good place to get the plugs, and what is the easiest(and safest) way to do it at home? Please Help...

 

Answer by Brunette Hottie
Submitted on 10/21/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
K i have 2 questions. #1. I went straight to a 14 and i cant get the second one in!! What should i do?? #2. HOW DO U STRETCH YOUR EAR!!! I HAVE NO IDEA!!!

 

Answer by Bran
Submitted on 10/25/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I went from an 18 to an 8, and it only hurt a little, and it didnt bleed or anything, now there fine, i think it just depends on the person!

 

Answer by Lance Ping
Submitted on 10/25/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Damn, i hear all of you with your stories but that aint nothin. I just stretched my tounge ring to a 0 plug and it didnt hurt for n-e-thing but every time i stretch my ears they f-ing rip! It sucks! One time i was desperate so i broke the teeth of my comb and used thoughs but they were square and also if your stretching your ears, i like to use straws. You know like McDonalds, Burger King, Jack in the Box, etc. So have fun!!!!!!

 

Answer by chan
Submitted on 10/26/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i went from a 18 to a 8 then to a 4 it hurt alot i did each jump in a day a it takes is a lot of lube

 

Answer by Skh420
Submitted on 10/26/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Just get a spike (starts at a small point and get gradually bigger) that goes up to whatever gauge you want to have. Try not to go through too many gauges at once, bleeding should NOT occur. If you start to bleed you are doing it wrong. I would suggest not going past a 0, but thats just me. I am sitting at 0 right now, and it will heal.

Just be sure the spike is steril before you put it in.

skh.

 

Answer by C.T.B
Submitted on 10/30/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
go with a 2 it will save you alot of pain i have a little bigger than a 5/8 in my ear rite now and i did it fast and it hurt like hell i went from a 0g to about a 1/2 in one sitting dont skip sizes unless you like extream pain .does  any one know how much my ear will shrink if i take it out?

 

Answer by jack thrush
Submitted on 11/2/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey everyone my name is jack and i went from regular earrings to 18,16,14,12,10,8,6,4,2,0,00,1/2,5/8 and when i went from 1/2 to 5/8 i didnt know there was a size in between so when i woke up the next day my right plug was half way in my ear ouch it hurt so i took them both out after 3 weeks my left is completly healed and my right can still fit a 2 in it. so i just thought id let everyone in here know that even if you have a 5/8 in your ear they can close, if any one has any questions email me at P_I_M_P_I_N_03@hotmail.com

 

Answer by wick
Submitted on 11/6/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
This is the way I went about it.

Gunned holes for 7 years (LOL), I recommend "normal" 20g piercings for 1 year.

1. 20g to an 18g
2. 18g to a 16g
3. 16g to a 14g
4. 14g to a 10g
5. 106 to a 8g
6. 8g to a 6g
7. 6g to a 4g
8. 4g to a 2g
9. 2g to a 0g (tonight)

I waited about 3-4 weeks between each phase. My ear lobes look beautiful and even at a 2g my ear lobe holes are really tiny... BECAUSE I DID IT RIGHT. Trust me people, take your time!!!

 

Answer by Kath
Submitted on 11/7/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I went from a normal size, like 18ga...to a 6ga in a matter of minutes, and about three weeks later i went from a 6ga to a 2ga. and it barely hurt, compared to the first stretch. When i went from 6 to 2 it healed so quick, i used tapers for both stretches. I've only been stretching for about a month, and im ready for 00ga! =) My advice: dont go to slow when stretching, it doesnt hurt that much and its way cheaper.

 

Answer by Monika
Submitted on 11/7/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Hey wen I was like 6 weeks I got my ears pierced at the mall.  This September I gauged them to a 14.  Last week I gauged them to 10.  It didn't really hurt when I went to a 14.  It hurt a lil to go to a 10 but that might have been because I skipped a size.  I seriously don't recomend skipping any more than 1 size and even then, use a taper becuase I have a cousin that went from a 4 to a 0 and didnt use a taper and blew his ear out. Yall should be careful!

 

Answer by herbie
Submitted on 11/8/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey i got a 2 inch ear lobe and i want to go bigger how do i?

 

Answer by cristy
Submitted on 11/8/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i'm at a 14 right now, i want a 0. whats the fastest way to get there?

 

Answer by Cassie
Submitted on 11/13/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
What is a taper?

 

Answer by sam
Submitted on 11/14/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
you can get back to normal size holes from 00s by letting them close for about a month on their own, then gauging up one more size and then letting them close the rest of the way

 

Answer by ptenopus
Submitted on 11/16/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
You can stretch fast if you want.... You can also get keloids and butthole ear when you decide to take them out later in life...

 

Answer by ryan
Submitted on 11/18/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
stretching your ears is gay why do you want a big hole in your ear and be looked at like freaks stretching ears doesnt impress me

 

Answer by kismatik
Submitted on 11/24/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Hey guys my ears are at "1 and my advise is to take it slow use k-y to help put in the bigger jeweley and Wait till it heals some discomfort is normal. and  DO NOT GO THIS BIG IF YOU WANT THEM TO CLOSE UP CUZ THEY WONT!!

 

Answer by *M*
Submitted on 11/27/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I have 16g and I'm gonna do it gradually too, because that won't hurt at all and they won't bleed..I used to have 18g, and when I stretched it to a 16g, I just took the earing I had in out, and slopped Neosporin (not Vaseline!) on my earlobe and the earring, then slowly slid it in, and it didn't even feel like it was stretching because it was so painless. I would recommend doing it gradually gauge by gauge with Neosporin, because that way your lobes won't split or bleed and the Neosporin is an antibacterial so your lobes won't get infected and it also lubricates it for easier sliding. I'm only going to a 10 gauge tho..I'm thirteen and my mom won't let me go farther for awhile. I want to eventually get to a 6, just to keep it simple so it wont look too stretched if I wanna wear regular earrings. And leave the earing in for at least two weeks as you are stretching so it will heal to that size and wont hurt when you do the next gauge up. Splitting isn't good..your lobe will become weaker and might rip through if your plug is heavy (I've seen this happen to my friend, it was NOT pretty and she had to get them stitched up and she's not piercing hers EVER again it hurt her so bad.) So just be careful with your ears..your body is a temple ;D

*M*

 

Answer by skelsoe
Submitted on 11/28/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I went from 8 to a 2

 

Answer by jdlpunk89
Submitted on 11/29/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
is it ok to start out with a 10 guage?

 

Answer by james
Submitted on 12/1/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
what is the next size after a 00? whats the next size after that

 

Answer by jas
Submitted on 12/3/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
ear stretchings gay

 

Answer by tripoutart
Submitted on 12/8/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
ok! right now im at 7/16! i went form a 10-8-4-2-0 when i went to a zero i used plasic material plugs and my ears got super senstive and there was these wierd dryed rips in my ears (did i mention goo?) and i thought it was normal but i found out that if you are alergic to fake jewlery you are also alergic to plasic material (i can only wear like serling siler or gold) so i recommmend that you buy organic, wood, or the metal plugs the o-rings may also irritate it is best to buy flared plugs!!! i hope this helps!

 

Answer by Twinkie
Submitted on 12/10/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Yo I Just Got My Ears Streched And How Long Do I Keep That Thing That Streches It In?????
its my 2nd day having it in and i tok it out and it bleeded iz dat normal?????

 

Answer by Sarah
Submitted on 12/11/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Iv always found it easyer to put horse shoe earings in ur ears after gauging them. They make it heavyer on ur ears and easyer for you to gauge them again. Im at a 4 and there doin fine. I can get a 2 in w/ no problem.

 

Answer by dugan
Submitted on 12/12/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i pierced my ears, then a few hours later went to an eight, then let them go down to a ten then left them out for a couple days then went to six then two then 0 then 00 then 7/16 and now half inch. my ears bleed every time i skipped they ripped hardcore style and when i didn't skip they got all puss filled. personally i'drather rip and bleed then to have that smelly-ass puss. p.s. my ears still close up and i got 1/2 inch

 

Answer by Kirsty
Submitted on 12/12/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Hi everyone. I started out with a 18 gauge. i skipped 16, went to 14 and from there on i stayed on the numbers. But, when i went from an 8 to a 6, it hurt so bad, i dont have a high tolerence for pain. Now, i went from a 6 to a 2, and for some reason, it didnt hurt. Now, in my left ear, i have my cartilage at 14, my 1st hole at a 2, and my 2nd at a 14. in my right hole, i left my 1st hole at an 8... i  couldnt take the pain. i amy eventually get it to a 6... but yea... bye! o yea.. it is cool to show people.. everyone says ew.. haaha

 

Answer by you guys are stupid
Submitted on 12/13/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Are you guys retarded?  You are all doing this to look "cool"??

Don't skip gauges, and wait at least 2 weeks in between gauging.  Wait even longer if possible.  The faster you do it, the less chance you have of them healing like a normal ear.  And the faster you do it, the more likely you are to develop a keloid.

Don't rush you piercing just to look cool as fast as you can.  And no, it shouldn't hurt.  None of mine hurt, and I am at 2 inches.  Just take you time, listen to your body, and keep them clean.  Don't do something now that you will regret later.

 

Answer by EMC
Submitted on 12/15/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Hey i want to stretch my ears. Should i start at an 18g or jump to a 16g?

 

Answer by Jae
Submitted on 12/15/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey, im like, stretching my ears from a 10 to a 4. is that good or bad? it hurts like hell and i cant get it in!!! >.< owww!

 

Answer by chedderfish
Submitted on 12/16/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I went from a 20 to a 10 basically in one day with no problems or pain but i played with my 20s so much they were that open enough to slide the loops through. I can't wear metal and I was lucky enough to find these plastic gradually thickening hoops that work great! I am moving on to a 6 tonight!

 

Answer by climergurl
Submitted on 12/17/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hay everyone. it really dose deppend on the person. one of my ears was all easy i went from an 8 to a 4 to a 0 the other one i had to use every size its funky. so just do what feels right. and if it bleeds and swells dont freak out just wash it like mad and wait it out its worth it ! and running your ears under supper hot watter before gauging is a verry smart idea it helps a hole bunch. well good luck !

 

Answer by climbergurl
Submitted on 12/17/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
to car  hay i love the alternitive guagings   just keep finding stuff around the house. and i use the ends of things like makeup brush thinks, and pencils.  golf tees are also great ideas! good luck

 

Answer by Benjammin
Submitted on 12/18/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I started at a 18g and waited 4 weeks until they were completely healed. I then went from my 18g straight to a 4g and they barely even bled. They ended up getting knocked out while I was at a party and got talked into a boxing match. Anyways they bled a little after that and the next morning they were starting to close up so I stuck my 2g in them because I lost my 4g. Anyways, I'm gunna see how they are after about 3 or 4 days and if they arn't any better I'll just take them out. I'm just wondering if my ears will close back up since I did such a huge jump from 18g to 4g?

 

Answer by Travis
Submitted on 12/19/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Sup guys. If you want to gauge your ears w/ the least amount of pain possible, here is some advice. When I first got my ears pierced, I waited 3 weeks (not the 6-8 they tell you at the mall), took out the studs, and replaced them w/ 14's. It's easy to do b/c I gauge my ears after I take a HOT ASS shower. I run my ears under the water for 10 minutes or so and just tug my earrings slightly while in the shower so it just helps the ear stretch a little more. Then I use Neosporin + Pain Relief so you can't really feel anything. I hope this helps anyone who's a little timid about gauging.

 

Answer by Molly
Submitted on 12/19/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I'm planning on gaging my ears I've had in 14 gage earrings in for the longest time and plan on going to to an 8 or 10. A friend of mine bought a set of plugs that go from 18 to 0 for $15. is that an ok price? i only need to the eight, i was planning on giving the rest to a friend.

 

Answer by Molly
Submitted on 12/19/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i was just wondering what's the biggest item you can fit through your ears? cuz my friend jason can fit DD batteries in his

 

Answer by brandypunk
Submitted on 12/19/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
well, let me tell ya, im gaging my ears to a 00 right now-the jumps from size to size arent that big but when u get to a two the jump to zero is big-it hurt!!!! i went from a 24 to a 8 in one day-it didnt even hurt as bad as 2 to 0!! i jumped from a 8 to a two, it hurt, but if ur going directly to a zero....go to a two, if u wanna wait go to 4 then 2 then 0....it hurts-BAD!

 

Answer by Steve
Submitted on 12/21/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i pierced my ears at a 4 gauge, it was the biggest needle i could get. Now 3 months later I am at 00g and i had a tear. This is just a warning to people who get large gauge piercing, make sure your scar tissue is completely healed before you stretch to large.
It healed fine but it could of been worse!!

 

Answer by gayhippiechild
Submitted on 12/22/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
okay so heres the scoop. i went from a reg. earing to a 16g then to an 8g it hurt a lot but healed up quite nice but the question is if the are pretty much healed but they itch and smell and leave a white residue on my plugs and i don't know if that is okay. i would appreciate someone to answer me via e-mail. (gayhippiechild@yahoo.com) thanks

~Aydyn

 

Answer by rayyan
Submitted on 12/23/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i started my left ear at a 16 guage, went to a 14 a few months later, then after a few months with that in, i went from a 14 to a 4 with one taper.  i recently pierced my right ear with a safety pin, let it heal a couple weeks, put a 14 in it. after a week with the 14 i guaged it with a taper to a 4 in one shot, hurt like hell.  and i just put a 0 taper in my left ear, after having a 4 in for a week, its hurting a lot right now, but i was expecting that.

 

Answer by stretchy face
Submitted on 12/26/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
People learn how to spell gauge not gage , not gadge  its gauge.is it true stretching is addictive?

 

Answer by linkster
Submitted on 12/28/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
it is ok to go to 0s because they will still heal up  but im only at a ten rite now i went from a 18 to a 16 to a 14 to a 12 and now im at ten it took me like 6 months  i didnt wanna move too fast  my ears are in perfect condition rite now and if i keep going the way i am they will stay that way

 

Answer by danny M.
Submitted on 12/29/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey wuts up guys I gauged my ears from 16 to 8 in science class and i'd be lying if I said it did't hurt. My friends made me push the tapers right though.I had to put a 16 in a gain because im in 8th grade and my mother had seen them in. I had just pierced them the day before now I have a 00 in and my mom is still mad at me for puting 00's in because i have only had them pierced for 3 weeks it's about time to put some 000 tapers in so see you later

 

Answer by MTrawker
Submitted on 12/29/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I went from 14,10,8,6 .. now I want to go higher but Im not sure what I should go up to to get a good looking flesh tunnel.. I dont give a * what ppl think but still. I dont want to look stupid.. some ppl think chicks look retarded with them so big.

 

Answer by MTrawker
Submitted on 12/29/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I went from 14,10,8,6 .. now I want to go higher but I'm not sure what I should go up to to get a good looking flesh tunnel.. I don't give a * what ppl think but still. I don't want to look stupid.. some ppl think chicks look retarded with them so big.

 

Answer by Shawn
Submitted on 12/31/2004
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i have never gotten my ears pierced before and the parlor that i go to recommended that i go ahead and start at a size 4...is this ok?

 

Answer by Sunny
Submitted on 1/1/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
If you do decide to stretch your ears from a 14 to a 12 or to a 10 (but no smaller) do it in the shower.  I stretched mine from a 12 to a 10 and I did it in the shower and it went in fine, because the steam stretches your ears like crazy.  it works really well, and it's a lot less painful!

 

Answer by squid19
Submitted on 1/1/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Whats a taper?

 

Answer by JackSkellington
Submitted on 1/2/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
When you stretch your ears you should be patient and let the hole heal or you may get problems, like infection or later you may get scar tissue build up. I have successfully stretched my ears by using tapers(00 gauge). I found it quite easy using them. I suggest using graduating(stretching) crescents, because they are tapered, and then after putting that through the hole, remove it and place your plug/ring/flesh tunnel or whatever into the hole. You need to clean the hole every day to make sure that infection doesn't happen, and when you are stretching listen to your body, because if not you are up for some painful stretching. You should NEVER skip gauges.

 

Answer by meangreen249
Submitted on 1/2/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I went from a 6 to a zero pincher, didn't hurt to much, stings a little now and then, but not to bad

 

Answer by Penguin.
Submitted on 1/3/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Well, I have a question. Do you have to do each step like one at a time? For example. Are you supposed to keep them in for like a month each, or can you just change them in like two days. Because I'm at a 12, but when I tried putting in 10 after like 2 days, it's not going in. Is at normal? Or do I have to take more time with having them in and slowly progress and stretch to 12?
Thanks.

 

Answer by danny
Submitted on 1/5/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
you should get tapers to a 2ga if you want to get them that small when I first gauged my ears in 4th grade I whent fron 16ga to 8ga in my science class then a month later I streched them to a 6ga then another moth to a 4ga. streching when I was that young it hurt. but I had to take them out later in 5th grade.

In 7th grade I streched them the same way i did before. it did not hurt at all. im in 9th grade now and I have a 7/16 every body stares and no body has pulled them, yet. but, my friend gauged his ears to 7/16 to and a wana be gangaster pulled his and he kicked his ass. he went to the office after that and got a towel for the blood and it was bad. the kid got his ass kicked many times after that from the same thing.  

 

Answer by pollshark
Submitted on 1/6/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I am stretching my ears.  Is it alright to start with a 10 gauge from a stud?

 

Answer by Ville Valo
Submitted on 1/6/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey, you guys know those spool like earings that instead of having the screw on backs they have the rubber O-ring and in the front it curves up to keep it from falling out? yeah well....the front ripped through my ear backwards and it hurts really bad...what should i do?!?!?!?!

 

Answer by snowman
Submitted on 1/6/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey i just streched my ears to a 8 from a 16, almost the taper I got is slanted to a 8 for less than a half inch then the rest is all 8 I just cant seem to get the last part of the taper that gets bigger in because it slantes so much, and it is so small.

 

Answer by StrykerX
Submitted on 1/7/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
A couple notes about stretching for all of you with questions.  

Make sure that the piercing you are going to stretch was pierced properly in the first place.  Go to a professional piercer and have them pierce you at a 14 (they can also pierce you larger with a bigger needle or a punch but it is more permanent and won't shrink back as much), and don't get it done at the mall with a piercing gun; it will heal slow and be hard to stretch.  Make sure your piercing is centered; an off-center piercing is more likely to thin out and split at large gages.

Use A PIERCING TAPER!  I have read multiple posts of people sticking golf tees and knitting needles in their ears.  Use a Stainless Steel or Acrylic Taper, and put some anti-microbial soap on it as a lubricant (don't use oil-based lubes on acrylic, like Vaseline, it will dissolve it).  Using a taper will make your stretch ten times easier.  Absolutely do not try and force blunt jewelry through your piercing, you will traumatize your piercing and make get blowout on the back of your ear.  Go slow with the taper, it could take a couple hours to work it all the way through.  Once it is at the end, butt the jewelry to the flat side of the taper and gradually work it into place.

DON'T SKIP GAGES; this is the easiest way to screw up your ears.  You will split the fistula in your piercing and cause scarring and migration.  You may also get thinning, blowout, or scarring.  TAKE YOUR TIME and wait for your piercing to heal before attempting to stretch again.  Usually 6-12 weeks depending on how fast you heal, longer at bigger gages.

Very slight bleeding or bruising is normal.  Your ears will probably be tender for 3-7 days after you stretch.  You may get crusties for a week or two.  Keep your piercings clean with a good anti-microbial soap like Satin or Provone and you will be fine.

Some of the problems that can arise from improper stretching are:

Blowout - This is where the fistula on the inside of the piercing is pushed out the back of the piercing.  This results in a discolored lip of skin around the back of your piercing.  If you catch this early enough, immediately downsize your jewelry and your body should reabsorb it.  If you wait to long it will heal like that and you will need to go to a piercer to have it cut or tied off.

Thinning Lobes - Lobe thinning can result from stretching too fast or too large.  The lobe will not be round, but will look flat under the piercing in early stages.  If the thinning progresses your lobes could thin to the point that the skin dies (necrosis) and they split in half!  If you see thinning it can be fixed, downsize your jewelry and let it heal, then stretch again.  Repeated re-stretching will grow more tissue and fill in the lobe.

Keloids - Keloids are over-healing the body begins to grow scar tissue and doesn't stop.  The result is a large knob of tissue in the place of the healing.  This deformation is permanent and surgery is required to remove it.  Cartilage and lobe piercings are prone to keloids, especially when over-stretched.  Also, some African-Americans seem to be especially susceptible to keloids.

The best way to stretch is to have a professional piercer do it, but if you want to do it yourself you can, just use the proper equipment.  If you need tapers, jewelry, anti-microbial soap or other supplies, you can find them at your local piercers or online.

A good site for equipment is www.BodyArtForms.com

If you want more information, try www.BMEzine.com

 

Answer by Trix
Submitted on 1/7/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
"Don't skip gages" everyone is sayin it wont hurt if you don't skip. WELL heres some news for ya, I've been stretching my lobe for a week and a half, going up a gage at a time until it felt uncomfortable (this is called LISTENING to your body, you people should try it some time!)
but I've just got an 8ga plug, got I got an 8ga hole, and it won't even go in, every time I try it it hurts like hell. So there's what happens if you don't skip gages. I listened to a piercers advice, cleaned regularly, massaged my ear, took the rings out so my lobe could breathe, and I'm STILL in pain!!

 

Answer by Steve
Submitted on 1/8/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I have 00's in my ears, and i screwed up some of the guaging process. i went from a 6 to a 0, which is NOT a smart idea. before that i went from a 14 to a 6, which pushed out cartalige. then guaging to a zero, i pushed out more. i went to guage to 00 and realized i had already been at 00(from pushing out so much).

from pushing out that stuff, my doctor says my ears will never heal up completely, if i take out my 00's the hole may over several years shrink down to maybe a 6, but never lower. i also killed the nerves in my ears, so i litteraly feel nothing in my ear lobes(meaning i can guage as large as i want)

so moral of the story is: dont guage too big too fast, take it slow. in guaging too fast it hurt A LOT(try imagineing someone stabbing ear ear 24 hours a day for 2 weeks)

 

Answer by dannik
Submitted on 1/8/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I went from a 14 to a 6 in one shot, and I did it myself with a spike in the shower. It was hard to push through and it did hurt, but it worked very well and healed pretty quickly. I would definetly suggest gauging in the shower, it slips through much more easily than gauging dry.

 

Answer by danny
Submitted on 1/8/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
why do the answers take so long to post on this stupid Q and A?

 

Answer by Jessie
Submitted on 1/11/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i was at a normal 18 and i put in a 16. 5 minutes later i put in a 14 and then 2 seconds later i put in a 12. am i going to fast? whats the worst thing that could happen while your streching them?

 

Answer by Corrie006
Submitted on 1/12/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Some of you are crazy. Gauging is not suposed to cause any bleeding and only hurt and are a bit red for a few hours if even that. Some of you are not going to want these someday and you're not going to be able to get back down to a normal size w/o surgery because you went to fast. I personally know because I tried to start with a forteen and my ears got infected big time. Now that I have waited for them to heal, I started again with 16's waited two weeks and went to a 14, then a 12. Now I'm ready for 10's and my ears don't hurt, aren't red, and aren't bleeding. It won't kill you to wait at least two weeks before going to the next size. Think about your ears or you'll end up paying later.

 

Answer by newFayth
Submitted on 1/14/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i've started gauging me ears in one of the best seasons (spring) cause your tissue in your ears relazes and you have an easier, maybe shorter time to stretch.  in the winter months it is almost impossible to stretch. if you rub your ears and pull on them then that will speed the healing process.  skipping gauges is ok for 22-10. cause.......taht's not really a stretch.  but below 10 to 5 inches you need to be carefull and take your time...or your ears will look like CAT ANUS"S<<<<for real =( but that's if you take them out for good.  my gauges are at 1/2 and inch and they have never been ripped....small amounds of bleeding form sleeping on them the night after stretching but nothing serious...just the soft tissue expanding and its quite sensative for the first few days....clean them as much as you can and you can't go wrong....cause the STINK if you don't... there's some help for some noob's to gauging and i've been there...what? what? what will happen? but this should help O))))) PEACE OUT ALL

 

Answer by bloodyjew@hotmail.com
Submitted on 1/14/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey, i went from a 16 gauge to a 4 gauge in a day and sure it hurt, but no bruising.  after like 2 weeks, i went to a 0g, and a week after(now) im at 00g.  im going to keep going until i find something else on me to pierce that i havent already

 

Answer by Stretch_that_motha
Submitted on 1/14/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Ok, when stretching you can only stretch as quickly as your body will allow.  Actually you can stretch faster but the risk of a blow out, keloid, or other undesired effect.  It is not natural for your ear to bleed when stretching.  Ripping your ear will damage it.  Damaging your ears is bad.  Jumping stretchs is not reccommended but again, everyone is different.  If you encounter a blow out the best cure for it is to downsize the piercing and then restretch correctly.  Another thing a blow out is not ejecting a pieced of skin.  Its when you stretch to fast and the fistua (the actual name for a pierced hole) rolls out and creates an ugly disc on the stretch.  A cat butt effect mosty occurs when you are closing a big stretch.  When I say big stretch I mean one that is past the bodys natural healing limit.  From what I have read from BMEzine.com (the site for body modification) is 00ga.  If you want to help increase healing time rub lotion that is fortified with vitamin E, which helps regenerate cell growth.  Currently after strething for a year and a half I have perfect 7/8th lobes with no blow outs or any unsightly damage.  Also my 4 ga septum has healed quite nicely

 

Answer by matt
Submitted on 1/14/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I've been gauging my ears since the beggining of the school year. This is how I did it...14,10,8,6,4,2,0.
The 0's were extremely difficult for one of my ears which is always tighter. Solution...find an object that is between the size 2 and 0...sterelize it and use it. I used a bic papermate smooth pen...kept it in for an hour..and then put the 0's in...they did bleed...alot...but my ears are fine now.

 

Answer by isabbbellla
Submitted on 1/15/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
good god, my ears hurt RIGHT NOW i started with a 16..went to 12 today and yes the sanmm day 2 hours later which is now i am trying to shove a damn 6 in my ear..but i think im gonna get in thwe shower doesent hot water stretch you ear lobes skin or w/e I DUNNO HELLP!

 

Answer by HotJeordie
Submitted on 1/16/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I have heard from professional piercers that you should not gauge your ears too quickly (in fact, they said only go up 1 size every two months!) because it can rip and that is not good, but who wants to wait that long? I have also discovered that it is easier to gauge your ears right after you get out of the shower.

 

Answer by crabshaft21
Submitted on 1/18/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey everyone iv been guagin my ears for awhile and i went from a 22 to 12 to an 8 to a 4 to a 0 and it only hurt a lil bit except for the stretch to a 12 that really hurt but my ears never blead the were a lil sore but thats all

 

Answer by Jon
Submitted on 1/19/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Hey Ive just had my ears pierced and i really wanna stretch them but i'm not sure how 2 start or how long 2 wait before i start after the six weeks i wanna get flesh tunnels eventually like tom Delonge i've heard this is a 4mmm stretch is this right? thanks xxx

 

Answer by spunkybotox
Submitted on 1/20/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
they'll heal up.. i had like 1/2 inche's in and when the one gotinfected i just took it out and withing a week.. i was back at a 6.. just make sure when ur gauging push it thru little bit little and spin it once and a while.. cuz if u just shuv it thru ur most likely gonna tip the ear and it will bleed. and thats how infections start

 

Answer by JenniPoo18
Submitted on 1/21/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
when i first started gauging my ears i decided to skip which left them all bloody and sore as hell but as long as you take them out everyday and clean them and use soap and some kind of healing cream like neosporin they'll be fine! I promise you that.  I also let mine close up over the summer i was at a zero and by the end of the summer i was at a 10....Nice huh. They also say that if you want to help the closing process you can also use neosporin I guess it works for everything. But as of now im back at a zero but when i plan on closing em up im gonna follow these steps!
No need to worry, but if you are then maybe this isn't for you!
*~*~*Jennifer*~*~

 

Answer by beckals
Submitted on 1/22/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I had my ears pierced at a standard 20 gauge piercing gun size for about 12 years.  I started my gauging by going from a 20 to a 14 which wasn't hard at all.  I then went from a 14 to an 8 gauge, and that kind of hurt.  I'm now trying to go to a 2 gauge, but I figured out that it gets harder to skip gauges when you get to the bigger sizes.  My ears have never bled, but they do tend to swell up when I gauge them.  I think it's natural though.  And as far as household items that can double as earrings... regular earrings are 20g, safety pins are 20g, paper clips are 18g, and I just found out that standard straws are 2 gauges.  Lol.  Something that helps gauge your ears is to use lotion or neosporin on the rings.  It helps them slide easier.  I hope at least some of this has helped you with your gauging issues, and have a lovely day.

 

Answer by lisa
Submitted on 1/23/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
im wanting to start and stretch my ear, an i no this sounds dumb but do i go to a piercing studio to get it done, or do i buy a plug and do it my self? ive found reading all ur posts interesting, an helpful. please answer soon! cheers guys and gals!

 

Answer by CamO
Submitted on 1/23/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Hey guys im goin from a 8 to a 6 and for somereason i got one in but the other wont go in...and its healed and ive been playin wiht it like crazy...lube isnt workin eather...any tips???

 

Answer by Jay
Submitted on 1/23/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I Pearce all my friends ears i have ten of my own, I started out with just simple ear rings thin gaging them all the way down too 9/16 in about a half of a year, i allso got 0g in my septum right now, and among other things. Allso never think you can pearce  yourself sll alone,it took me a while to learn overything for a proffesional

 

Answer by poop poo brain
Submitted on 1/24/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
can i gadge my prince albert?

 

Answer by Nadia B
Submitted on 1/24/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
gauge your ears after your ear has healed from initially piercing it. i went from a normal hole size to a 14, then from a 14 to a 10 and that is where i am right now. i put the 10's in yesterday, its still sore but it will feel allright in a couple days. then im going to shove in some 8's and find some flesh tunnels and plugs =).

a tip for you all. gauge your ears right after you come out of the shower, they slide in so easy with a bit of pressure. it still hurts but its quick =).

also. i dont think gauging more then 2 sizes at a time is good for you. i went 14 t0 10 and from the 10 im going to an 8. you might rip your ear and bleed =\

 

Answer by Frank
Submitted on 1/25/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I pierced my ears like a month ago and I'm already at a 4, and its healed up already. all of u guys are wimps

 

Answer by jaclyn
Submitted on 1/26/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i have normal size piercings in my ears right now and im thinking about gauging them to 14. will it hurt if i buy some 14g earrings and just put them in my ear? is 14 a good size to start at?

 

Answer by when_stars_fall
Submitted on 1/28/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i was wondering if it is ok to jump from a 14 to a 8 in one day...i went from a 16 to a 10 last year, but my mom wouldn't shut up about them so i took them out...i started stretching my holes yesterday morning and by last night, i had the 8's in...they hurt a little bit...they didn't bleed when i pushed the rings through...i was wondering if they will turn out ok...someone please let me know...thanks a bunch

alkalinlll@yahoo.com

 

Answer by Sara Bailey
Submitted on 1/29/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Well, I don't now what ur talkin about when you say that it's alright for your ears to bleed when gauging......CAUSE IT'S NOT!!! I'm sure that someone has heard about what's called a funnel effect. It's when you go from one gauge to another that is way too big for the existing holes, and the force that you use to get that humongous gauge in forces the tissue in the ear to be pushed back wards, causing this extremely unsightly funnel effect. That is sickly to look at and is not beautiful in any way, shape or form. Not to mention the horrible scar tissue. Now it is fine to skip gauges but only if you can get them in without having to practically rip your head off, which sounds a lot like what some of you are doing. Now you don't have to take my advice, there's no way I can make you, so you just go ahead and rip and tear your lobes. And when one of you end up with this deformed ear email me...just so i can say i told you so.....although i don't expect you'd want to share it with me, just because i've warned you.

 

Answer by Lucky*
Submitted on 1/29/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Wow Steve, that's not very smart man, you are guaging your ears way too fast! each size you go to, you should wait ATLEAST 3 weeks before resizing, even then that is too fast, the premium healing time is 4-6 weeks. are your ears bleeding a lot? have they bled before? if so. . .that means you ripped your ears, and this will cause scar tissue along with other problems, so now stretching is just gonna be that much harder! let you 6g's heal for a long time, probably 4 weeks, and keep them clean and healthy! they you should buy 4g tapers, and do the same thing, then 2g's, and eventually 0g's! have fun with that. . .and remember.  .let you ears heal! or you'll end up ripping your ear really badly and are going to have to downsize, or. . .you will get a blowout, and those are nasty and painful!

 

Answer by Lucky*
Submitted on 1/29/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
ATTENTION ANYONE WHO WANTS TO OR IS STRETCHING THEIR EARS!
-Hello there! I'm a body piercer and have my ears stretched twice on both sides to 5/8"(bottom) and 00g(top). I cannot stress enough how important waiting for your ears to heal is! every time you resize your ears, you should wait atleast 4 weeks until you stretch them again! Reasons for waiting this long-1)you won't have any rips or tears in your ears, which means you won't have any scar tissue 2)you won't have any blowouts 3)if you wait this long, chances are that your earrings are starting to fit loosely, and this means that your next stretch should be fairly easy, and less painful! 4)if you keep your ears clean, healthy, and in good shape(i.e. no scar tissue, no blowouts, no rips) then in the future if you want to downsize, they will downsize faster and look cleaner, without a bunch of scars or bumps.

 

Answer by kimbo
Submitted on 1/30/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I have a question.

I had 16 for a while.. and it seemed pretty  much pointless because i'd had my ears pierced for a very long time, so it was already really stretched. I wanted plugs. So i figured if i skipped down to a 12 plug it would be fine. But i cant get the plugs to go in at all! Does anyone have any tips or anything? I really want my plugs =( haha

 

Answer by Liley
Submitted on 1/31/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
don't have an answer.have a question though.
my parents wont let me streach my ears but I'm a do em a+e ways.I have a pierced ear what size should I start with?

 

Answer by Liley
Submitted on 1/31/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
don't have an answer.have a question though.
my parents wont let me streach my ears but I'm a do em a+e ways.I have a pierced ear what size should I start with?Also how much will it hurt?any body know where i could get a good deals on a taper package?

 

Answer by Liley
Submitted on 1/31/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
don't have an answer.have a question though.
my parents wont let me streach my ears but I'm a do em a+e ways.I have a pierced ear what size should I start with?Also how much will it hurt?any body know where i could get a good deals on a taper package if so post.By the way i also have 3 other piecings will the streached one interfere with the rest.I know i ask to mny ? Just don't want to rgrt ths decision L8r n lfe

 

Answer by daner
Submitted on 2/1/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Hey there! Advice for anyone who has LOST a plug and isn't in a position to get a new one: get a straw. Cut it up the middle, put another straw inside, tape. Do that for as many as will fill the hole. Should hold you 'til you can get your earring back in. Might want to put a rubber band on either end to keep it there.

 

Answer by liz
Submitted on 2/1/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
yes your ears will close up. i currently have 1/2" gauge plugs and my right ear got infected so i took out my plug. in about 2 days it closed back up to about around a 10 gauge. luckily it healed up, and i got it back from a 10 to a 00. the pain wasn't even as bad as when i first stretched it. it was actually rather easy.

and to those that are skipping sizes, you could easily blow out your ear. i almost blew out my ear stretching from a 00 to a 1/2". that was the stupidest decision i ever made while stretching my lobes and luckily i was smart enough to take them out to heal after i soaked up an entire napkin full of blood from just one ear.

you shouldn't be so proud of the fact that you skipped gauges because that could be the most idiotic thing you can do. it's just asking for an infection or for your ear to blow out on you. i don't think you want to go around with your ear all scabby and people continuously asking what happened to your ear.

i'vebeen stretching my ears for a good...maybe 2 years now and i'mgetting rather sick of them. i'vebeen thinking of just taking them out for good, but not for sure just yet. my mind tells me that i want to stretch them out, but buddha ears? no thanks.

 

Answer by joey
Submitted on 2/4/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I was at a 22 gauge and went to a 2 gauge in the same day.Then four days later I went to a 00 and my earlobes are fine.What do U people out there think about that..? I was just wondering..

 

Answer by Bradley Thomas
Submitted on 2/5/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I NEED TO KNOW IF I CAN GO TO A 00 AND THEN TO A 1/2" GAUGE? WILL IT HURT? E-MAIL ME BACK AT Bradley_Thomas30@yahoo.com.

 

Answer by Mike Chendes
Submitted on 2/5/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I started at an 18 then 16 now to a 14 planing on going down to a 8 but what i do no from experience is then when your ears do start pussing and bleeding wipe them of and put the earing back and sleep on it because it's going to feel so much better and it should be healed up by morning and skip gauges isn't a problem it just goes along with your comfort level

 

Answer by guest
Submitted on 2/6/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
o god people... for those of you who said bleeding is normal... ITS NOT... you should never bleed from stretching... if you do start to bleed... then you're doing something wrong.

 

Answer by T
Submitted on 2/7/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Without using a taper can you gauge your ears with the earing? I have used the earing before but it was the kind with rubberbands on each end. I got something different this time, like the part I would have to put in my ear is a circle and the part that would be in the earlobe is thinner than what I would have to force in. If anyone can understand what I mean, please tell me what I should do?

 

Answer by Alex
Submitted on 2/8/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Hey, I'm 14 Years Old, and at 1/2", and if you people are wondering if it will ever close up...depends what size your at..i say that from a 1/4", it will close up, but further then that, it will be nothing but a medium sized hole.

thanks, Later.

 

Answer by Brian
Submitted on 2/9/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Im at 5/8 when i was at 2g i went almost to 00g by cutting a circle out of dry sponge then getting it wet and putting it in my ear over night. In the morning it will be slightly bigger from expansion

 

Answer by lalalauren16
Submitted on 2/9/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
well i just started streching and it doesnt really hurt but the only thing that kinda bugs me is the SMELL! dont you think it kinda smells like cheese!

 

Answer by dreamsickle_07
Submitted on 2/13/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i have a 4, which i want to heal back up...about how long will that take until i can get back to at least a 14? i have job interviews, and i have short hair, people notice them a lot, so i want to look presentable for this matter

 

Answer by necrosh
Submitted on 2/13/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey im 15 and got my ears peirced at 18g i just got the from 10g to 8g it hurt like hell but it did not bleed i was wondering should i go to a 6g or 4g and how long should i wait ???

 

Answer by lifeline
Submitted on 2/14/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey, i just gauged my ears with a 10 and they were fine with the tapers but they bled when i put the plugs in, and then i had to change to regular 20 gauge earrings constantly because my dad doesn't know that i'vedone it but i suspect my mom does and she wouldn't mind anyways but they bleed every time i change them so i just soak them in alcohol and they're fine, they've even stopped bleeding but YES!!! they do shrink back! and quickly too! i have to re-taper them a lot from changing so often

 

Answer by corey
Submitted on 2/15/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i started at a 18g. I'm at a 12 now. Would it be  to go to a 8 or a 6g

 

Answer by Liz
Submitted on 2/17/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hello, im Liz, im a 16 y/o and have had a few percings, my belly,and ears. i no nuthing special but, what can ya say? Ive had all my percings done profesianly, and would never do them my self. im just wondering how you guys find the self courage or "guts" to do it your self? i kno this is more of a question than answer but whatever lol. i would love a responce so here from u soon!

 

Answer by Tay-Tay
Submitted on 2/19/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Okay, I just re-pierced my ears for the 10th time, and i have safety pins in right now, i bought some 6g stretcher spikes, and some 8g horseshoes. is it okay to skip gauges or not? there is about 50% of people on here say it is okay while the other half say it is dangerous. will someone tell me the truth?

 

Answer by Ruby
Submitted on 2/19/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
It is best to start out with a 14 gauge when first starting. And also it is best not to skip sizes, some people can take it, but unless you did it before my advice is don't skip. It can end up hurting extremely bad and the throbbing don't stop until you down size. It is not normal to bleed! it is called stretching because the skin stretches, it is not called ripping, it bleeds because the skin is being ripped which can cause pain or infection.

 

Answer by Jordan
Submitted on 2/20/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
It really isn't that good for your ears to bleed...my ear was pierced a 22 or a 20 and I wanted a bigger ring, so I went down to a 14, my sister helped me because she knows a lot about it.  She pretty much had to cram it through slowly...it hurt, but not terribly.  It didn't bleed, but a hurt a little bit for a few hours...I couldn't really touch it or sleep on it either.  But if you need help with it, piercing places can usually help you do it or how to do it and the right way.  Your ears shouldn't hurt too bad, they shouldn't bruise, and they shouldn't bleed...yep.  Sometimes it's ok to skip sizes, but not from something like a 14 to a 8, that's a huge jump...

 

Answer by ___Kandie
Submitted on 2/21/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Wow, like people before have said, you guys are really screwing up your ears. If you want to gauge them, do it slowly. You have your whole life ahead of you to get those big beautiful lobes. If you intend on stretching them, why get it gunned to begin with? Why not spend a few extra bucks and get it done at a decent (14 or so) gauge by a professional piercer at a <i>clean, reputible</i> piercing parlor?
Again, go SLOW. play with your CBR's, or plugs, whatever. Use a taper, or better yet, get it tapered professionally. If you -must- do it yourself, and do it now, make sure you clean everything. On that note, don't try to clean acrylic with alcohol. It will shatter.  Wash your hands. And for gods sake don't stretch with neosporin. Use a water based lubricant, that way it can wash off if you have to much on. Don't clean your freshly pierced/stretched holes with alochol or peroxide either. It's bad for them. Use a sea salt solution (similar to saline for contacts)
But again, take it VERY SLOW.
And as one other person said, if you need help..
www.bmezine.com
They have quite a bit of free stuff you can look at and learn from, just be careful.

 

Answer by Leslie
Submitted on 2/24/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i just recently took out my 0s. i went 18-14-10-8-6-4-2-0. my holes are now closed up to a 16 and i have the slits. Are the slits going to stay there forever? if so, i will continue my stretching and go for the 1/2. If you can handle skipping sizes go for it, i just don't like excessive pain. my conchs are still healing.

 

Answer by matt
Submitted on 2/26/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I pierced my own ears myself and went straight up to a 10. Those are the easiest to get in and you don't even need a taper or anything to stretch it. You just have to push it through. After i had 10's for like 4-5 days i went to 8's. I just popped them right through also. I had them for about 1 week and i decided to go up but nobody i knew had 6's but they did have 4's and a taper for it also so I skipped 6's and it hurt a little bit but it didn't bleed at all. I had the 6's for about a week and a half then one day at school some friends dared me to stick a pencil through my ear (0 gauge size) so i went ahead and did it and it hurt a little bit and it didn't bleed at all so then i decided to go up to 0's. I had 0's for a week and a couple days and my friend that has 00's persuaded me to go up so I went to hot topic and bought 00's. I found a taper-like pen that was smooth and gradually went up that was perfect 00 size and so now I'm at 00's. My left ear is all healed up but my right one is still getting there. And I think i might have ripped my right ear in the back a little bit but its not a huge rip. So I went from not having piercings to having 00's in probably 2 months. I was wondering if I were to take them out in a year if they would still grow back cuz everyone has different opinions. If someone can get me true proof for an answer that would be great. Thanks

 

Answer by Allie
Submitted on 2/28/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I am troubled. I tried 3 days ago to go from 14g to 12g. I was a wimp and only put the ring in about half way making it go to probably 13g. So the stoppers in the back of my ear were too big and wouldn't stay, so I used regular clear backings from regular earrings. Well they were a little sore the first day, I cleaned it with peroxide then the next morning they hurt SO bad it was unbarable, I took them out now they are scabbing and healing. So my question is did they get infected because of the cheapo backings I used or was I too much a wimp? Also, I wanted to go slow that's why I pushed the stretchers half way, should I tough it and shove them in all the way to a 12g? HELP!!! PLEASE

 

Answer by chris
Submitted on 3/1/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I started out my obsession about a year ago, 11 months actually.  I was pierced at a 0 gauge, yes thats right a 0 gauge.  It was a custom job and the piercer who did it is amazing, I love you Christy!!!  Since then I have moved up from a 0 to 00 to 1/4 to 1/2 to 3/4 and I am now on a 7/8.  I am obsessed with stretching my ears but I think I have to stop here, professional reasons.  Anyways the reason I mention this is so that everyone knows that EVERYONE is different.  My g/f had 1/4 plugs in 6 months ago and took them out.  the hole closed to about the size of a dot. It looks like a normal earring hole. I however took out my 1/4 plugs one time for almost 3 weeks and didn't get any closure at all.  The best way to know is to find out for yourself and for god sakes leave the stretching to the professionals.  It's not worth the pain and agony of an infection.  Oh also the way that i stretched was by buying every single size plug and stepping up by 1 size every week.  just be sure to have advil on hand if you plan to use tapers.

 

Answer by Confused...
Submitted on 3/1/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Um... I got my ears pierced for the third time because i think they got infected so i decided to try again. The lady who pierced my eras did this with a needle and it's thicker than a normal earring she pierced it with um a hoop so if i want plugs what gauge should i start with and what are some things to compare to plug sizes

 

Answer by pantera4756
Submitted on 3/1/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I went from a 10 4 2 0 00 000 in a week. no problems here.

 

Answer by piercieng sean
Submitted on 3/3/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
what can i make at home to take my ears from oo to 1/2?

 

Answer by ross
Submitted on 3/3/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
im at a 4 gauge and one ear i can see perfectly through it and the other is all weird and has no hole when i take it out to clean it and it bleeds what is wrong with it?

 

Answer by wooHOO
Submitted on 3/5/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i got my ears pierced at a swap meet at a 20g about 2 weeks ago n today i just pushed a 12g circular barbell through . felt js like getting it pierced . no pain just a burning sensation X1  peas

 

Answer by jet
Submitted on 3/6/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
can anyone help me im a kid jus starting to stretch my ear, i got a 4 mm in and i want a bigger one what is the biggest step to go up at a time? i really want a big hole.  
another thing........... anyone have any home made ideas of ear stretchers eg pens etc?

jet s xxx

 

Answer by kheebl
Submitted on 3/10/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i have 10g in right now an i just bought 8g today, but i cant get the 8's to go in there. the 10's are really loose, but just wont go in.

 

Answer by dance kill mosh
Submitted on 3/11/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
still complaining about pain dont do it if you cant take it. people do it for the wrong reasons, such as it looks sick and they get alot of attention,  you should do it for yourself.

 

Answer by im a large penis
Submitted on 3/13/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
wow i have a 0g in my penis and its hot i can pee from both holes now its damn right cool

 

Answer by has_been69
Submitted on 3/14/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i am at 10 gauge right now i was at 6 g. then i got my earrings ripped out i am planning on getting them punched to 0 or 00 and you can see through your ears at 10 g. i can anyways. EAR STRETCHING RULES! keep on keepin on man

 

Answer by ashxdee
Submitted on 3/14/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
14mm is the way foward!

 

Answer by Amanda
Submitted on 3/14/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I don't have an answer, but I have a question: my ears are at a 4g right now(they have been for at least 6 months), and I bought some saddle plugs that are 4g.  The problem is that since saddle plugs are flared at both ends, the ends are a heck of a lot bigger than the middle, which is the 4g part.  I've tried angling them in there, but they aren't going in, so my question is, does anyone know of a technique to put saddle plugs in?

 

Answer by jiolent
Submitted on 3/14/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
in a month i went to a 2g

 

Answer by has_been69
Submitted on 3/15/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
WHY NOT SKIP GAUGES? its alright to just as long as you dont go from normal to like a 0 pincher or taper. i went from 10 to 2 today with a plug and after an hour i took it out and like 2 hours later i checked it in the lunch line at school and i could only get my ten back in there! my parents were totally against me stretching my ears so i did it anyway. i am not telling you to go against your parents but im just saying i did. LATA PLAYA'S R.I.P. TYLER MOLITER! WE MISS YOU

 

Answer by britt
Submitted on 3/19/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i have my lobes at an 18 gage right now and i have my cartilage pierced.  the ring in there is about a 22 gage but i want to put an 18gage in.... i know cartilage doesnt give like earlobes do and i was wondering how bad it will hurt and will it shrink back to normal?

 

Answer by jaymee
Submitted on 3/19/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
im at a 8 guage now and my ears smell like ass...does anyone elses?

 

Answer by Jennifer S.
Submitted on 3/20/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I got my earlobes pierced at 10 g. about a month ago I tried to use electrial tape to gauge them more , but it wont go through all the way , should I shove them though????

 

Answer by h the goth
Submitted on 3/21/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I put my ears from a 18 to a 6 gauge with a pincher in one step, and it didnt hurt very much, and healed over fairly well.  But since i do most of my piercings myself i am used to pain. So i would say not to gauge your ears, or even put metal through your face because it makes it harder to get a good job, and you end up like me, working in the back of a factory for 4.50 an hour.

 

Answer by Jozey
Submitted on 3/22/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I was just wondering if the 18g or 16g are the same size as any other earing..I'm planning maybe small plugs...tx

 

Answer by jeff_barbree
Submitted on 3/23/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey i have 0g's in and i went from normal piercing to 0g's 2 weeks later, well i was wandering if my ears will go to normal cause i need a job and i don't think that a boss will accept them.  and if u can email me a answer @ dracula200021@yahoo.com

 

Answer by Kate
Submitted on 3/24/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Yeah, they'll shrink down. My ear is 7/16" and I took out my spacer because it was itching (part of the healing process; usually the next feeling after pain) & I went to sleep... obviously forgetting to put it back in. The next day I could barely get a two in it. So I went back up... & The best advice (since I've done this over and over and over since about seventh grade-I'm in eleventh now) is to go slow... It shouldn't bleed if you do, and if you give it patience, you have a better chance of healing, etc.
Blah, I'm all talked out.

 

Answer by Chase
Submitted on 3/26/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Hey, im 15 and have 0g's. I went from a 14 to 10 to 8 to 6 to 4 to 2, and it only hurt when i went from 2 to 0. Does the increments get higher?

 

Answer by Mikey
Submitted on 3/30/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i went from a normal piercing to 00 in a little more than a month..i stretched my ears a new bigger guage every day...it didnt really even hurt that bad but i wash them 4 times a day and put cream on them all the time.   Is it normal to stretch that fast or did i just mess up my ears badly? please answer.....sumbody!

 

Answer by FxYxIxE
Submitted on 3/31/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
My first stretch was a 12g straight to 0g and then 0g to 1/2"  it didn't hurt as much as people said. it stings a bit but yea will they ever shrink back because of the big stretches i took.\??

 

Answer by Grate ful dread
Submitted on 4/2/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
You dont have to wait a month to go further with your process I'm only going to wait two weeks...thats what was reccomended to me

 

Answer by Jenna
Submitted on 4/3/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Alright. So yesterday I went shopping & decided to get gages, they're 16g. & I was wondering how long I should wait to get new ones, and when I do get new one's, what size should I get ?

 

Answer by Megan
Submitted on 4/3/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Hi...Umm I just started gaging my ears..I went straight to a 12g I really wanna go to 10g....I was just wondering is it ok to like lube the plugs before I put them in...and whats a really good way to insure there will no infection?

 

Answer by scooter
Submitted on 4/3/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i have an inch in my ear, and this is the second time i have gagged my ears. so it doesn't really matter how long you have them in or how big they are, they will eventually grow back

 

Answer by l0velessAnd Dead
Submitted on 4/5/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
yea, I had 1/2 inch in my ears, they close up perfectly fine, I suppose it all depends on how long you leave them in there.  I went from 20 Gauge to 2 Gauge in one night, and the next day I jammed in 1/2 Bearings from skateboard wheels..pretty sick huh?

 

Answer by _shAnit420_
Submitted on 4/8/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey i have a 10 gauge in my ear right now but i havent pierced my right ear yet (i figure ill just reuse all my old guages in my right ear when I'm done with my left ear) but anyways i was noticing that above my gauge it feels a little puffy..you cant really notice it by looking at it but when u touch it it feels a little more bigger than my right ear...i was just wondering if thats like bc my skin has no where ot go so its just getting a little puffy or if its infected or if its like a ball of puss in my ear that wont come out lol...alright well thanks for the help...peace

 

Answer by Jen
Submitted on 4/11/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey i think i am gonna gage my ears so want do i get and should i start at 14 and if u want them to close up can u still use regular earrings

 

Answer by Liz
Submitted on 4/12/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Hey, I'm Liz i started guaging my ears months ago. When i started I played volleyball, written rule is no earing's, but i managed to keep them in. Eventually i had to take them out during games and stick them back in during breaks. i decided to take them out, but i missed them to much...so i went to a 16 to a 6...plus it was infected, didnt hurt that much. Now im at a 4 and going to a 0, hopefully it will work: / haha

 

Answer by robby
Submitted on 4/13/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i did mine from a 18 to a 10 and they only bleed very minimal and they don't hurt and its only been 2 days

 

Answer by caley
Submitted on 4/15/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey ya-ll i went to the mall with my friends and i started at a sixteen which isn't anything then i just put in belly button rings which are fourteens then i went to a twelve then to a ten and now i want to go to an eight!!! i was wonder in how far i can go and be able to take them out and my ears will go back to normal!!??

 

Answer by The Mastermind
Submitted on 4/17/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i got my ear peiced three nights ago, and im not sitting at a confortable 10 gage, i hope to go up to a 2 or 0 gage by next week, am i stretching too fast and can it cause damage

 

Answer by bob
Submitted on 4/18/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I have a 00g's in and my left one got ripped out and now i have a ugly pink scar going down my lobes.  IT SUCKS!

 

Answer by derek
Submitted on 4/18/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
sarah with the golf tees i suggest using the round tapered earrings...they get bigger in the middle so you can gradually push them through

 

Answer by BReana
Submitted on 4/19/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
ORIGINAL POST:

ehhh. i lost my 0g plugs, and my ears only shrunk to a 4. they easily guaged back. with pain. I guess it depends on the person, and how long they are at that guage.

STEVE:

do it slowly, TRUST ME! do 4 then 2 and so on. if you guage to fast, it can really mess up your ear. Like rip the flesh, or get collaflower ear. ew.

 

Answer by Roxanne
Submitted on 4/20/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i had regular earrings, then i put a 14g in. then like a week later i put a 8g in. Then about a month later, i put a 2g in. Then i went from 2 to 0 which didnt hurt at all and then i went from a 00 to a 000 but i put 00 plugs in, and as we speak, im stretching to a 000. My 00 stretched ears will NOT close back completely. NOT close back, you hear? itll go back to like...an 8 which isnt that bad, but when i take them out, u can see through my ear.

<3

 

Answer by Cat
Submitted on 4/21/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i was reading ure stuff ppl and yalls crazy bleeding is not normal at all and puss does not mean they r healing it means more than likely they r infected and u dont wanna use dial soap its too strong and can make it worse a really good thing to do is take a t-spoon of sea salt and dissolve it in about 8oz of water and try to hold ure ear or what ever ure stretchin in it for about 10-15minute it takes all the infection and stuff out another thing is its not good to use acrylic for along period of time bc the chemical and dye in it can irritate it organtics or glass is best to use if ne one has ne  more questions feel free to email me at itsmine169@yahoo.com

 

Answer by a;slkdfj
Submitted on 4/23/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
go to www.bmezine.com for answers.

 

Answer by jess-o
Submitted on 4/26/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I have stretched my ears to a 0 ga. about 6 weeks ago... if I take my plugs out for a few hours will the hole close up a little... and if it does and I have to put the taper through it to get back to a 0 ga. will it feel like the firs time I stretched to a 0?

 

Answer by Mitch
Submitted on 4/28/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
anyone know how to reduce the size of scar tissue?

 

Answer by scene in da boonies
Submitted on 4/28/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i just started gaging, im at a 16 right now. how should i stretch them?

 

Answer by Dan borderline
Submitted on 4/28/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I have 9/16 in right now, but I plan on going to a 5/8 that is the next step up. I don't think my ears will go back to normal.

 

Answer by deadtoyou
Submitted on 4/29/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i got me ears pierced about half a year ago and i got them pierced with a 12 g needle. i waited about a month and stretched them to a 8 i skipped 10 its not bad to skip one size if its not that big its a waste of money to buy tapers and plugs for a size that your just going to get rid of in a week from 8i stretched them to 00  it took awhile but i didn't skip any sizes and my ears haven't bled at all i just went from 00 to 1/2 and i skipped 7/16th cause i didn't want to spend more money a plugs and tapers cause I'm just going to make them bigger. stretching your ears is fun.!@!

 

Answer by Kyle
Submitted on 4/30/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I have a 4 gauge now but before i got to this point I had a 6 gauge and that got knocked out and within about 3 days the hole was almost to the point were I couldn't a 14 gauge in. So yes the holes close up fast until you go to a 0g or bigger.

 

Answer by BA
Submitted on 5/2/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Its best if you use the hoops when stretching to a new size, its A LOT easier to get them in.

 

Answer by ff
Submitted on 5/4/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
fffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff

 

Answer by sykes
Submitted on 5/7/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
do you just buy a earing and then stick it in? i want 16 gauge

 

Answer by jonny rotten
Submitted on 5/8/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
sop ppls i went from a 14 to a 6 then let it heal up to an 12 then strech ed to a 00 now im back to a 0g my advice dont skip the gauges unless you can take the pain so good luck

 

Answer by wutupfoo
Submitted on 5/9/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Umm guys, it is NOT NORMAL for bleeding to occur. I have started out from the standard 16g stud peircing, (with the gun, i did it when it was trendy for guys to only do the left ear)well, i used a tooth pick to get it to a 14, then put a 14g single hoop in there. months later, i realized, wtf, people have huge holes, ima do that, so i went to a 12g horse shoe, then 10g single hoop. after i did the 10, i got my right ear pierced, thanks to metro, 10g peircing with identical hoop was 32 dollars, then a month later, went to an 8, 2 days later a 6, then a week later a 4, then a week after 2g holes, then a 0 2 weeks later, then 00 2 days later, well, to make a long story short, i am at a 1 and 1/4 inch hole, but i have never had bleeding or blow outs, go a size at a time, AND TAKE OYUR TIME it will be fine...

 

Answer by Zach W
Submitted on 5/11/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I went from a 3/4" and it closed up in about a month.  I restretched it out again in three days.  Dont listen to people who tell you anything else.  I am now moving to 1".

 

Answer by Stellarize*my*eyes
Submitted on 5/11/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Um... i have zero gueages... i think i want to go past 00 though...  i want to know the reasoning everyone gauges their ears?...i know people do it just because its a trend or whatever..but i actually have a personal/spiritual reason for doing it... i "metaphorically" believe that by gauging my ears... i am opening up my mind/hearing which enables me to hear more of the worlds perspectives on life...or it makes me more able to intake information...its not that i literally believe it..its just having them shows that i am an open person to talk to and will listen intently to anyones views... because if we just listen to people instead of talking all the time..we will learn more... anywho... haha does anyones ears smell of the exact scent of ass?...mine do... lol... check out my myspace... http://www.myspace.com/12665924

 

Answer by Xtopher
Submitted on 5/12/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Boys and girls, it's simple. Skipping gauges = Unnecessary pain, lobe tearing, bleeding, and most importantly, infection. In case of infection, you can do two things. 1) Leave it in and clean the hell out of it, ALL THE TIME or 2) Take it out and clean the hell out of it, ALL THE TIME. Notice something similar? If it gets infected, if you feel a bubble, or if anything abnormal happens, you must clean it much more than you normally would to prevent long-term damage to your lobe. Trust me, surgery is expensive...

 

Answer by kat
Submitted on 5/12/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey.....PLEASE PLEASE PLEASE ANSWER ME!!! but....I HAVE JUST HAD MY EARS PIERCED AND HAVE NORMAL EARRINGS IN THERE....I WANT TO START STRETCHING....WHAT GAUGE IS THE SMALLEST TO START WITH? PLEASE PLEASE ANSWER IM DESPERATE......<3 peace out luv Kat <3 xXxXxXx

 

Answer by LiZZiE
Submitted on 5/12/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
strech in shower.. while your in the and streching have your head actually under the water, make sure you've been in the shower for atleast 10mins though, it makes the cell's more active meaning your skin will beome more strechy!! and strech slowly and only go up gauge'severy month, or else you can have blow outs and have to back-step. if your ears bleed, take the plug, taper, or what ever out straight away and put your old earing in, then wait another month and get a smaller size and try agian!
:):) BE SAFE PPLS!

 

Answer by Amanda
Submitted on 5/13/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i went from a normal sized 18g, and in my right ear i have a 16, and in my left i have a 14, no it didnt hurt, my right ear did only bcuz its been ripped b4

 

Answer by baby
Submitted on 5/15/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i went from a regular piercing (whatever size that is) right to a ten, and that was yesterday and they dont even hurt. they didnt bleed at all. yay. just thought id share

 

Answer by Mad Max
Submitted on 5/16/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Alright, I have a 14 gauge in right now and I want to go to an 8 or 6 gauge and then stop. I know i should not skip but would it be okay to go to 10 from a 14? Just wondering your help would be appreciated.

 

Answer by Dante
Submitted on 5/17/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Hello  there, I have a 14 gauge in (very small) and I want to go to a 10 gauge. is that to big of a leap or should i go to twelve first. I need to know so if someone should help that would be very nice of you, what is the risk of that also, if you wouldn't mind.

 

Answer by elise
Submitted on 5/17/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey,
im lookin into to gaging my ears for the first time and i need some info on all the things that could possibbly happen when i start and what the best way to gage is. i just need lots of info on it to convince my old man that gaging is ok. so hit me with whatever u got. e mail me at URGIRL92@myactv.com. or i-m me. kk. bye

 

Answer by Bryant
Submitted on 5/19/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i have my ears guaged to 3/4s on an inch...

 

Answer by Rae
Submitted on 5/19/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
my ears shrunk back from 5/8" in just a few days

 

Answer by clare
Submitted on 5/22/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i made the mistake of trying to ram an 8mm through a 5mm hole so i got it REALLY badly infected but its ok now, the answer to any stretching is to take your time and do it properly unlike me. :P

 

Answer by cj
Submitted on 5/23/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i dont know y sum people r compling about how much there ears hurt from gageing or if its ok for them to hurt.i pieced mine with a saftey pin n put in a 10 then just a 0 n with my second holes i went stright to an 8. my cartalige is a 4. they all hurt i guss but just do it before bed n then they wont hurt. i did mine during study hall in school . bad idea then they bother u the whole day.

 

Answer by jstagel
Submitted on 5/24/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
how bad does it hurt to skip gages. i want to go from an 18 to a 12 but i wanna know how bad it hurts...

 

Answer by hvy_mtl_hed666
Submitted on 5/25/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
You could go from a 6 to a 0 if you get the long ones and gradualy slide it through (over a few days) the size i went from a 4 to a 00 like that and im going from that to a 1\2 inch the same way. it saves money. Yes, i know im a cheap bastard

 

Answer by amanda panda
Submitted on 5/27/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I just started to gage my ears. I am starting out on 16's and then moving down slowly. My friend said that I could do 14's, but I wanted to take things slow with this. hell my ears hurt from 16's. I think they are quite nice though. it's kind of fun messing with them.

 

Answer by andy
Submitted on 5/28/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
SLOW DOWN

 

Answer by stickit
Submitted on 5/30/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
gezz all u lil kids i have 5/8ths inch lobes and a 2 gauge tongue ring and a 8 gauge tongue ring! nothing wrong with skippin gauges and nothing wrong with bleeding its all normal..what u think was gonna happen when u put a bigger thing in a little hole? whell have fun and don't be scared cuz it looks awesome and u guys kick ass for supporting this!

 

Answer by currAnxx
Submitted on 6/1/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Hey guys,

I got my ears pierced when I was 12 (I'm 15 now.) When I was 13, I wore eyebrow rings in my holes and then moved to bellybutton rings. On my 15th birthday I bought an 8g for my right ear. It wouldn't go in at first, so I put it in as far as i could with the rings around it. The next day the hole was a bit bigger but the stretcher wouldn't go on. After putting Triple Action Polysporin all over it it went in. I did this right before bed. When I woke up there was a bit of (skin?) at the back but it came off right away. At first it was hard to turn it or take it out, but everyday I took it out, cleaned my ear with the anti-bacterial liquid I got then I had my helix piercing and I put more Polysporin on it. I waited about 2 weeks to stretch it again. I bought a 6 from a piercing kiosk and it went in really easily. I also bought a plug and I still cleaned it (the plug) and my hole daily. The left ear was a bit harder to do, but it finally went in. Unfortunately it got pulled out and I lost the O-ring and the hole ripped a bit. I went to Cedar point and my stretcher fell out and the hole closed completely because it wasn't healed. I'm going to a 4 this Friday, after having the 6 in for about a month and I'm going to redo my left ear - slowly and safely - like I did my right.

Moral of the story - don't be stupid. take your time. If you stretch them really fast with unsanitary objects and you don't clean the hole, then your ears probably should fall off.

Much love,
currAnxx

 

Answer by xjuliex
Submitted on 6/2/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
is it ok to gage your cartilage b/c i have both my ear pierced up there, i have a 16g in it put i can fit a 14g in it.... also does it hurt to get a industrial and your tragus pierced??

 

Answer by goober
Submitted on 6/3/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Take it slow. I am and it is not normal to bleed. My ears have never bled, and in a little over a month I have gone from the regular to an 8 gauge. Play with whatever you put in your ears for a few days or a week and it won't hurt as much when you gauge up.

 

Answer by For_The_Punx
Submitted on 6/5/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
u should go to 4 gauge. BTW u should never skip gauges, i ripped my ear badly once by going from an 8 to a 4. i have 00 now, but after i got to 4, i didnt skip gauges n e more. But to my question... Ive heard that 2g is the "point of no return" when speaking of it closing, well, i've also heard that its 00 gauge. i cant choose what is right. can someone give me what they have to say about your stretchings closing?

 

Answer by ElTrentz
Submitted on 6/8/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
on my left ear i went from a 10 to a 0, and on my right i went from a 16 to a 0, it didnt hurt that bad or bleed a lot until after, i just had a head ache for the day, i did both in like 10 minutes lol, that was a head rush, talk about sweating from pain.

 

Answer by ElTrentz
Submitted on 6/8/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
on my left ear i went from a 10 to a 0, and on my right i went from a 16 to a 0, it didnt hurt that bad or bleed a lot until after, i just had a head ache for the day, i did both in like 10 minutes lol, that was a head rush, talk about sweating from pain. but ive had them for half a year now, and they are fine, i plan on goin 2 sizes bigger, because theres more plugs,tunnels and other jewelry that i like that only comes in sizes 0 or bigger and they look better bigger, i plan on keeping them forever, my jobs gonna be guitar building, so i dont have to worry, im 17 now, and will start my job as a luthier(guitar building) in about 2 years, i was just wondering if anyone thats experienced with stretching knows if buffalo etched jewelry is comfortable, cause they have cool designs, but they are possibally uncomfortable, thanks, lou

 

Answer by mykala
Submitted on 6/8/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey i just started i had regular earrings then i went to a 14 and if u put them in while ur in the shower then its easier and if its ur first time dont try to push the earring in  just do it slowly in the shower get hott water on ur ear and then push it in slowly

 

Answer by Rae
Submitted on 6/9/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
well im at a 2g and it i take mine out they dont close up they shrink alittle but not much

 

Answer by sLipKnoT
Submitted on 6/11/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Im new to this gaging stuff too i dont know lotts o stuff -> like what order to gage , can i go straight to a 12 ?

  Thx
              
                         SLIPKNOT
                               ROX

 

Answer by no_one_knows1188
Submitted on 6/12/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey,
    im 15 and have been thinking about stretching my ears for a while,i dont want to go to to big but i was wondering if it was ok to start with a 14g?


 

Answer by no_one_knows1188
Submitted on 6/12/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey,
  i was wondering if it was ok to go from a 18g to a 14g...and if it is how long should i wait before getting it to 14?

 

Answer by powerchordmasterguitarist
Submitted on 6/14/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
has anybody seen Travis Barker's(blink 182's drummer) gauges? how big are they? they're fkn awesome

 

Answer by Robert
Submitted on 6/14/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Your should not skip sizes and you want to let your ear get used to a size before moving to a large one. In most cases you can do this every 3 weeks or so (from my experience) until you get past 00 size. I have been leaving mine until they loosen up enough to fall out with a slight touch before going to the next size.

In less than a year I have gone from 10 gauge, double pierce on each ear to 9/16" fronts and 00 backs on both ears with zero issues.

Keep your ears clear and soak in warm water and sea salts to sooth for a few days after you gauge them up. It will keep them clean and make them feel much better.

Don't share jewelry with your friends either, gross!!

My 2 cents

Robert

 

Answer by akhdak
Submitted on 6/14/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
dang you guys are selfish, you guys dont answer other peoples questions and dont be lazy and read everything, you guys ask the same question 20 times

 

Answer by ragahagon
Submitted on 6/15/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hiya everyone, i am just wondering how you start off a flesh tunnel, i have a normal ear piercing that i want to stretch but i dont know how to go about it, can anyone help me??

 

Answer by kalli
Submitted on 6/17/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i started with a 14,about a week later i went to 12 and the next day i went to 10. Using tapers is a GREAT and SAFE way to move between sizes in ORDER but thats about it. Skipping sizes can rip your ear and cause scar tissue...BE PATIENT!!! 14,12,10,8,6,4,2,0 ETC...

 

Answer by Nicole
Submitted on 6/18/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
It depends on how sensative your ears are. Mine are pretty damn sensative. Right now ima 6G. and i have tunnels. Plugs dont work for me.Im gonna be a 00 tho.

 

Answer by kaj
Submitted on 6/20/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey, ya i have 00 and they will close up and pain is normal bleeding is normal... don't take  your taper or plug gage or flares out. keep them in only let them close up when  you see puss

 

Answer by E
Submitted on 6/26/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I went from 18-14-12-10-4-2-0-00, and now I am trying to close them up. I've had them out for a few days and there's not much of a difference. Any advice?

 

Answer by Nicole
Submitted on 6/28/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Why would you gauge so fast? There are so many risks! Not only that but why would you want to go through all that pain just to have beautiful ears? I am an extreemly impatient person but still am slowly gauging. I started when I was 16 yrs old. I had gotten my first piercing when I was 5, so I figured that it would be safe to stretch (it was). I started with 16's and moved on to 14's. Then when I went to get 12's, that's where I made my mistake. I purchased a pack of gauges from a store in the mall (there were 3 pairs- 14,12,10). Apparently I had forgotten about the 10's. So I went and put in the 12's. They were great and didn't have any issues. I then figured they must've made a mistake. I then put in the 10's and my ears started to bleed. That's when I tried to suck it up but it just didn't work. I put the 12's back in for awhile. Then after that I just got sick of the earrings falling out (they were just metal bars with the black bands on both ends). Several months later I went to put in my 16's and they wouldn't even fit! So I put my 18's back in. Just three weeks ago I stretched to the 16's (which burned- didn't bleed) and just about a week or so ago I stretched to 14's. I'm not rushing on the gauging. I'm just listening to my body. So it has been going great lately and I hope to eventually get to a 4 or 2..? I just want to let everyone know that gauging quickly isn't the answer. For me, my stretching/gauging has never hurt (except the time explained above about accidentally putting in 10's). A gauge should never hurt or bleed. The worst that should happen is swelling, a burning sensation or a slight pain (but not bad enough to take aspirin/Tylenol!)

 

Answer by Mingo
Submitted on 7/4/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Yeah... I know this is really bad NOW but about a week ago I gauged my ears from normal 18's to 4's in one night... well actually in about 30 minutes... they bled and hurt alittle but not too bad... and I just wanted to know how bad I messed up my ears...

 

Answer by Jenna
Submitted on 7/5/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I decided one random day to gage my ears. I started from having my ears pierced when I was little, bought a taper to a size 8, like 2 weeks later forced a 6 plug in there (IT HURT) and then a week later forced 4ga plug. I had them for like 6 months n loved them! They tend to smell bad though n got lazy of cleaning so I let them close. I could wear regular earrings but dangly ones pulled down a little on the holes. I'm going off to college in the fall and want to go back, but this time to a 2ga. I started with the taper again and found that my ears shrunk to about a size 10 (not too bad, better than I thought, and got to prove to mom they WOULD shrink back lol). I'm not going to force plugs in to get bigger, buying a taper I think is the best way to gaging bigger... do it slowly, comfortable and PLAY with it...dont let them bleed is the only real advise I can give, scar tissue will form and they will shrink less than if u let the skin s t r e t c h!! Good Luck to me and anyone who wants to gage their ears!

 

Answer by Mal
Submitted on 7/6/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I had my ears at 18g and I just shove the inside of a pen (8g) through, Yeah, it ripped, Yeah, it bled, but It still rocks.

 

Answer by Shaly
Submitted on 7/8/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I've had my ears peirced for about 5 years and probably about a month ago I decided I wanted to stretch them. I first went to a 14. One ear went in really easy, the other one was slightly more difficult but there wasn't too much irritation. Unfortunately, the jewelry was plastic instead of steel because I simply don't have the money for steel jewelry, so I was just careful to clean it often and it seemed to heal just fine without any scarring, etc. Then last week I went to an 8, using a taper. It didn't rip or bleed at all, it was just a slight amount of pressure and already seems completely healed as there is no pus on my jewelry, etc. I was a little bit worried about skipping so many gauges, but my body seemed ok with it. Despite them seeming healed I think I'm going to wait a few more weeks before stretching anymore and only go up one size at a time now that I'm getting to larger sizes. I'm also hoping I can actually afford steel jewelry next time. I don't want any nasty scarring so I'm trying to be at least semi careful. I may not be doing everything super carefully, but my ears aren't bruised or bleeding and I'm not sticking golf tees through my ears, so I guess I'm doing better than a lot of people on here.

 

Answer by Matt
Submitted on 7/8/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I had my left ear pierced in 6th grade, then in my freshman year went up to a 10g, then an 8 after a few days, then a 6 after a while, then a 4 cause my friend bought me one.  Then the next year I pierced my right ear with a safety pin in 4th period the next day went to a 10, that night to an 8, the next day to a 4, then 5 days later a 2, in both ears, less than a week in my right.  Then a while later I put both to a zero where they are now, all of them hurt and swelled and bled, sure it hurts but pull yourself together, pain is a normal part of life.  It kinda sucks though because I wanted to go to a 4, then ended up at a 2, now at 0's and every time I get new ones they look small, and I just like making them bigger.  I like the look and feel but it never feels like I'm finished.  When should I stop?  I'm only 16 and if I keep them in for a while, say 20'ish and want to get a job, will they go back after that long if I want a real job?  My friend who gauges could go fast cause his ears were stretchy and mine were tight everyt ime, then again I kept using plugs not pointed ends, do you think my ears being tight like that will affect the growing back either?

 

Answer by alley
Submitted on 7/10/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
can you gauge your ears if you have keloids??

 

Answer by Nick
Submitted on 7/10/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I have 9/16's right now and keep continuing.  A word of advice to everyone.  TAKE YOUR TIME STRETCHING YOUR EARS!!!  For most this is just a fad and in a year or so you'll probably take them out.  If you did it too fast or skipped sizes odds are your ears will be messed up.  If anyone has any questions, comments, wants to talk or buy my old gauges my AIM is: Nickisa0

 

Answer by forgotten_souls223
Submitted on 7/11/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i started with a 14..then went to am 8 with no trouble..i found the best thing to do it use weights..i hung keychains off my cbr'swith sum added weigt fer an hour er two n that stretched it easily and without pain..rite now i have a 4's in and am goin to a 0 soon..soo use weight it works

 

Answer by badassbmxer
Submitted on 7/12/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Ya well ive stretched my ears perfectly tapers and no skipping and they still bled and they dont hurt i can take them out and put them back in and my ears are at 4s right now im going to 00 but i have gauged my ears before now and blew them out so now i do it by the book

 

Answer by Missy
Submitted on 7/13/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey i have been reading all your messages and i wanted to tell you about my ears well i started out with a 14 like you guys did about a years ago and then i started doubling my earings at the end i had 20 earings in my ears and my holes were the size of dimes. so i bought my plug and it felt better it  didnt bleed anymore and in my other ear i have my plug in my first hole and in my second and have a 10 and then a 14 i guess i;m starting my old ways again cause  only have 3 holes i did it my self  it hurt for a little while. but i think that no one should be doing what i did. my ears were so effected by it i would take them out and i would curse my head off cause they would bleed so much. so good luck with your ears.

==Missy,rock on man

 

Answer by ash
Submitted on 7/13/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i think that you went to a 18 to a four to a 0 that so rad.

 

Answer by lexx
Submitted on 7/13/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Okay alot are wrong here and many of you are bull******** by saying you went from an 8 to a 0 or your 12 and you have 0's in.Your ears will eventually close up it all depends on the weight of your plug, the size of it, how healthy you are plays a big factor also. If you skip gauges you have less of a chance in them closing or if you had a dermal punch.Most pierce studios dont do dermal punches because of the fact that your ears will never close up again.If your ears have gotten infected then take your plugs or earings out let them heal before you continue strretching.Also if you are gauging down you might want to put in the smaller gauges for ex. 00-0-2-4-6-8-10-12-14 etc.That is the best way and if you are not happy with that then there are many doctors that will sow it then give you some wrinkle and scar cream.After it is healed you can get them re pierced if you would like to do so.Hope this helps also check out our studios website www.pierceology.com

 

Answer by Lexx
Submitted on 7/13/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
This is just a follow up on some of the dumb things i heard people say.Bleeding isnt good and puss isnt either it means your ears arnt fully healed enough yet.Dont bother reading the people that say ive skipped gauges like 16 to a 6 that is impossible with out scalpelling your ears which there is no way to make it go back to normal.Oh and whoever said when you stretch it pops skin out thats NOT true it simple tears micro cells in the skin to fit the plug in.Dont listen to the people on this site when they say that stupid stuff.Also no piercer is aloud to taper or stretch your lobes unless they are healed takes about 3 months to fully heal.DONT PLAY WITH A VIRGIN PIERCED EARLOBE this will cause infections and most mall booths say too dont listen to them at all!Salt soakes heal your ear faster if you use them right.And for the people who dont know anything about piercings go to our studios site www.piercology.com or go to www.bmezine.com they wouth give loads of information.

Hope it helps,

Lexx from piercology in columbus Ohio

 

Answer by Kelsey
Submitted on 7/14/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I'm guaging my ears to hopefully a 4, 2 or maybe even 0. I just put in my 14 guages after a week of my 18 and 16. the 18's i bought were bearly even enough to make me feel stretching and the 16 *were from a different company* so they were the same size as the 18. Last time i guaged my ears i went to a 10 and i would usually wait two to three weeks. one week for the stretching feeling to go away and one/two weeks to "heal" . Dont people understand its actually really dangerous to guage your ears, you could RUIN your ears...

 

Answer by Tim Brandt
Submitted on 7/15/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
uh is it safe to go from a gun peircing  to a 12 gauge?

 

Answer by brandon
Submitted on 7/15/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
ok all you with lik 6 gauges and 8 and 10 ur all wienes thas not even stretching its just lke a big earing thats stupid dont post on here any more. and jb wtf no one believes u u twat

 

Answer by justin
Submitted on 7/16/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i got my ear peirced 2 weeks ago. I had my freind gage it from a stud to a 14 then from there i went to a 10 and it hurt like hell but it feels good know im thinking about an 8 but it looks so much bigger and i know it will hurt any one have any suggestions on how to get an 8 in eazy

 

Answer by chaos
Submitted on 7/17/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
To Steve,  i skipped 4 and tapered to  a 2  gauge. I failed to do research and did not know that plastic(acrylic) is extremely pours and causes infections. i advise you to skip 4 and go to a 2 by either using glass or metal tapers. it also depends on your pain tolerance and if you 0 gauge plugs(or whatever) have flares i also highly recamend a 0 gauged taper.Cause the first time you put that flare in it is going to either be hard to put in or HURT!!!!!

 

Answer by gauge girl
Submitted on 7/19/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey whats up say i keep my 2's in for a long time like a year will they still close

 

Answer by Brandon
Submitted on 7/22/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Hey im gonna get some plugs whats the smallest size you can get?

 

Answer by Dee Dee
Submitted on 7/22/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey i was wondering i put in 14 gauge to get started and it went threw fine but my other ear it wont go threw at all what can i use  to get it to go threw. Also my mom doesn't know i'm doing this so what should i do!!

 

Answer by maygun
Submitted on 7/23/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
dont stretch fast. and dont skip gauges. you people are seriously stupid. your ears should not bleed when you stretch them. you should wait about a month or two until your ears are completely healed, and soak them in sea salts twice a day.
and if you go from 18g to 0g in a week, that seriously sounds impossible unless you have huge blowouts and just refuse to downsize.
gross.
and i have a question as well.
i am at 0g right now. i plan on going up to 00g but one of my friends told me that it wont ever shrink back. i'm almost certain it will someday but i just wanted another opinion on it.

 

Answer by Girl Robot.
Submitted on 7/23/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Yeah. I've got two sets of plugs.

the bottom are 1/2 gauges and above that are 2 gauges. I tried forcing the 5/8" into the 1/2 but it isn't working. Didn't want to buy an extra set of tapers so, yeah. I guess I'll just jam those muggs in.

 

Answer by heidi
Submitted on 7/23/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Hey everyone...i had my ears pierced at regular since forever! and i just recently went to 16's, then 12's i waited four days and i put the 12's in. it didn't hurt at all! felt a little strange, but no swelling or bleeding or anything. my only question is that how do i know if i have "scar tissue build up" or a "blow out" i've never heard of it before which is strange...and how do i prevent thining...because i'm aventually am going to go to 10's maybe 8's i'm not sure...but when i make up my mind i plan on doing it all next week. thanks

 

Answer by Adeline
Submitted on 7/24/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Steve, you should actually reconsider not spacing like that.  Even with a regular ear piercing you need to give it time to heal which is usually about 6 weeks.  And when you gage you should wait at least two weeks before going to the next size.  If you don't the risk of tearing occurs (Which might have been why your 12 gage hurt so much, and the fact that the original piercing hadn't had time to heal yet) or it can run the risk of forming scar tissue which will kill when stretching to higher sizes, make the hole look bad, and have other difficulties.  If you have 6ga in now you should next go to 4, but wait for them to heal before doing so.  

 

Answer by Eddy
Submitted on 7/25/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Hey,
I bought a set of tapers,
but the first 3 guages i didn't really need,
they were so small and my earrings were pretty big anway.
well
i went up to a 2g in about 2 weeks it was fine.
it hurt but, not too much and it only bled once as i took the stretcher out too soon.

 

Answer by Tye
Submitted on 7/25/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
sup guys never skip sizes, i went from an 18 to a 4 in one day and it was no fun after that i did'ntskip any more and now i have a 3/4 in one ear and a 5/8 in the other. peace guys

 

Answer by Greg
Submitted on 7/26/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey i got like a 8 or a 6g now and I have a plug thats a 4g and I don't have a taper to stretch it to a 4 so i was wondering if there was any house hold items i could use to use as a taper?

 

Answer by Pashleigh
Submitted on 7/26/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i havent had any problems with stretching my ears until now. well  my left ear lobe had always been a bit harder to stretch but its been okay. i have had 0's in for quite a while. i bought 00's and my right ear stretched fine but my left one just wouldnt go. my ear was hurting a little from trying to force it. so i got a taper and put that in for a few hours. thought i could just slip my 00 plugs in. but when i removed the taper i saw that i ripped my ear. so i thought that i'd just push the 00 in, which wasnt working. i put neosporin on my 0 plug and put it back in.  does any one know if maybe i should let my left lobe close up and pierce it a little higher (the original pierce on my left was lower than on my right)  idk if that'd make it easier to stretch or just be a pain in the ass.  any one have any input on what i should do?

 

Answer by jaime
Submitted on 7/27/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
a lot of you guys are talking about "cat butt"...i just stretched from normal peircing size (16?) that i'vehad for about 12 years to an 8g...is that fast enough for my ears to look nasty when i eventually take the earrings out?  they kind of hurt but didnt bleed or anything

 

Answer by cid
Submitted on 7/28/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hows it be all? i now have 5/8 in holes. i went from an 8 to a 4 and my ears were fine. ocorse it hurt. but whats good that dosent

 

Answer by Dani
Submitted on 8/1/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Alrighty... I'm at a 10 right now, and I have some 8g's to get in... except, I can't get them in.  >.<  I've had my 10's for more than a month now, and I don't know if I should just shove it through or what... gah.  It's confusing.

 

Answer by pez
Submitted on 8/4/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
if you get your ears pierced DO NOT stretch it soon afterwards. You have to let your lobes heal untill you can stretch. If you do not let them heal you will cause infections and royally screw up your lobes. I have 1 inch lobes and i started at a 10 gauge. Its best to go size after size after size instead of jumping to 3 sizes etc..after your ears are at 00 they tend to stretch on their own..well mine did atleast. the way i stretched was i went to a local piercing shop and got them to make me some ebony plugs. they can make them any size you want.

 

Answer by creepin boo
Submitted on 8/6/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
umma dunnga rubber ducky flander man... i ate too much acid.  plus my ear lobes are hugmungus. i think they are at a 00, but that with the shrinkage. i was at 3/4 and goddamit i wish i hadnt gone that fart!

 

Answer by _death_
Submitted on 8/10/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
wen u put a strether in your ear if u take it out will it close up like a normal ear piercing?

 

Answer by Ryan
Submitted on 8/10/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Yo man im at 5/8" right now and I aint havin no troubles yet finding plugs just go to your local body shop

 

Answer by Peygan
Submitted on 8/10/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i'm at 00 and i'm soo afraid they won't close after.  anyone know what i could do if they don't?  like can a doctor cut and stitch or something?

 

Answer by kris
Submitted on 8/10/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey people im a girl. im planning to stretch my ears but i don't know how so could someone tell me please.

 

Answer by Carli
Submitted on 8/10/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
My ears are at a 2 right now and the only size that I skipped was a 12. I did this in about a month. The thing that helped me was using the tapered gages and doing them before you go to sleep then when you wake up you can put in the ones you want. Also I used Vaseline on my ears and the gages before i put them in, it helps them slide through. They don't really hurt they just burn for a bit. I'm a tiny girl so don't be scared if you're tiny too and you think they will look weird ... they wont. And you can always take them out if you decide they are too big.

 

Answer by Danny_monkey_dude@hotmail.com
Submitted on 8/11/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Ok um i have my lobes at 00 right now and i'm reading this and hearing things and some people are saying your ears will not return to small gage after 2 and some say 0 and some say 00 so will some please respond or email me soon because i'm really worried

 

Answer by trish
Submitted on 8/11/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I have 12s in right now but i am wanting to go to a 10 and i can fit a 10 in one ear but the other is not even budging...what can i do?

 

Answer by Ash
Submitted on 8/12/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Hey, I'm 15, and have been stretching my ears for a while. Currently I'm at 14mm, but I really don't recommend skipping gauges, however smaller gauges are okay to skip.. Just BE CAREFUL.. and wait at LEAST a week in between stretches. Make sure you use PLENTY of lube, and clean them as often as you can!.
My ears tend to bleed when I stretch, but if you downsize a mm or so when they do bleed, they'll stretch better, and your lobes will be much thicker.
The best way to stretch is with tapers, as just forcing a bigger plug or tunnel in doesn't help, as they're blunt, and can cause thinning, and all sorts of bad news.
The most important thing is to LISTEN TO YOUR BODY. Just because your friends ears healed in a few days, doesn't mean you will.
If you want to save money, wrap your tunnels with some Teflon (plumbers) tape. It'll only set you back about $0.60 cents a roll, and saves you buying plugs for every size up to your desired gauge.
Massaging your lobes is EXTREMELY beneficial for you!.. Use a little oil (be careful which type) and rub your lobes without the jewellery in, for about 15mins every night, and your lobes will stretch much easier.
Never stretch your ears by just adding more and more sleepers or CBR'sin at a time, or using weights. This WILL ruin the shape of your ear hole, and weights especially can cause nasty tears in the lobe.
Lobes will close up until you get to about 12mm.. but remember, it also depends a great deal on how fast you heal, and your skin, so just make sure you know your body, and listen to what it tells you!

 

Answer by Ryan
Submitted on 8/14/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I started by shoving to 10's into my ear at school in grade during math class,nor previuos piercings...I eventully moved on to 4 guage blue a crylic talons about 2 weeks later(ouch) and my mom got really mad at me and through them in te toilet and flushed,so I started shoving random things in my ear,but she threatened to kick me out and cut off my mohawk if i didn't stop,so now,im going into grade 9 and im stuc with these crappy 8 guage sissy black acrylic claws wich my hair now covers...

 

Answer by matt
Submitted on 8/14/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i was just wondering wut size stretchers tom delonge has... thats as big as i want mine n i would like to kno wut sizes i would hav to buy n how long i would need to work on it to get them that size.... n wen u first get ur ears pierced, wut type of ear ring du u hav to leave in ur ears for 4-6 weeks cuz i am a guy n goin bak to school soon n i relly hope they arent girly lookin things...like is there ones that look more guyish that u can leave in for 4-6 weeks or is it basically gold studs which look queer

 

Answer by LaceyGayle
Submitted on 8/17/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I'm at a 1/2" and plan on staying there.
I'm a very small girl and honestly I think if I tookout them right now they would close up.
They say if you don't pass 1/2" they will close up to around a 10 or so.
My sister had a 0 and hers is closed completely now.
My friend who is a bigger guy had a 1/2" and he said his only closed to a 2. I guess it depends on how your body reacts really.

If you have any questions email me: abstracteyess@aol.com

 

Answer by luna
Submitted on 8/18/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I had regular earrings then, yes I admit I used plastic teeth of a comb after I boiled them and dipped them in alcohol then I went to a 6g with the ones that should be used, now I just went to a 2 g and this is where I am staying they don't hurt, but it is a little uncomfortable kinda like a burning feeling but that is it and mine haven't been bleeding but the first few days it is a little crusty, as long as you keep it clean and take your time at letting your ears heal before stretching again you should be fine

 

Answer by jake
Submitted on 8/18/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
wat gauge is 5.o mm thanks xx

 

Answer by Chris
Submitted on 8/19/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Hey Hey, What do most ears get pierced at?? and say you get your ears pierced at 18 gauge can you fit a 16 gauge in easily?? please answer on this site or to christopherrolfe_01@hotmail.com

 

Answer by Emogurl
Submitted on 8/20/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
this site is real helpfull you lot seem to know what you're doin'
ive just stretched my ears today they are real small, like, 3mm, i did it in one day without any bleeding, its just slightly bruised. i got a 4 mm plug today and it wont fit :( so im playin safe and gettin a bigger gauge, i know i wont want this when when 30 so im doing it by the book :D
good luck, let me know how all your ears are doing :P
hello6_5@hotmail.com

 

Answer by moofay?!
Submitted on 8/21/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i stretched with an 8 right away and i went all the way down to a 2 in 3 days.

it will most definitely close no matter what size you put in. my friend had 9/16s and he took em out and they closed in two weeks.


the best way to shrink your ears is to put in the next size down. ie; if you have 00s, then put in 0s and so on. i think that works the best.

 

Answer by Dorian
Submitted on 8/21/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i went from a 20 gauge to an 8 gauge. ow it hurt alot because i had to push super hard. and i gauged it like ten minutes after i got them peirced. smart move by me. but the actually turned out fine

 

Answer by Dylan
Submitted on 8/22/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Just to quiet all of the rumors and the myths on this page about the subject that you have to stretch gauge by gauge.  I was stretched from an 8 to a 00 and if you have a properly trained piercing artist you can use a taper and stretch up to 6 sizes at a time, until your ears go past 1" where the variable of tearing the lobe open becomes an issue...  Use Tea Tree oil and Jojoba oil to keep the skin supple as well as the soap your piercer prescribes you.  Yes bleeding is normal when you jump gages, and will stop quickly with pressure of a tissue (just go home and watch a movie and keep the tissue with applied pressure on your ear) and, voila you have a beautiful new body candy to sport.  Happy trails everyone...

 

Answer by Nikki Horror
Submitted on 8/23/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Hey all, I'm stretching my ears and I've learned a few things through the process...

Wait at least 3 weeks to a month in between each stretch before moving up to the next size.  Never any sooner!  Guaging your ears involves inserting a foreign object into your body, which it has to get used to.  The tissue around your ears gets traumatized every time you stretch.  Give it time to heal!!!  Your earlobes should NEVER bleed or become bruised.  Rushing it is NOT worh it in the end. Doing it the RIGHt way goes faster than you think.

Every day, take out your plugs gently and clean your ears, o-rings, and plugs with Bactine (in the white and green bottle) and a cotton ball.  Bactine doesnt have as much alcohol as other products and quickens the healing process.

When you and your ears are ready for the next size up, you'll be able to tell because they'll slide right out the next time you try to clean them.  When they start to do this, wait another week until they're perfectly healed up.  Once they are healed, your new plugs still won't go right in.  (How aggrivating!) Before you try to put the new plugs in, leave the old ones in and stick 2 18g earrings NEXT TO the plugs in each ear. Leave this setup in overnight(at least 8 hours).  Time will ensure that swelling has gone down (it's practically impossible to insert a new plug when your ear is swollen)and the earrings will have stretched your ear to the next size!  

In the morning, take everything out and clean it all REALLY well.  Put some skin-sensitive soap (just a little!) on your ear lobe.  GENTLY wiggle the new plug into place.  In a couple hours your ear will have formed to the new plug and you can take it out and clean it and your ear with the bactine.

Hope this helps!
<3Nikki


 

Answer by Donny
Submitted on 8/24/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Hey im 14 and stretching my ears that havent pussed at all yet. im at a 12g and going to a 10g on my b-day which is in 3 days.It's not good if it pusses either cause that means its ripping im stretching mine on my own(just one size at a time). It hurts like the first day but then it feels fine. Spin it around some to make it stretch more i'vehas this 12g in for three days i went form an 18 to a 14 and now to a 12g in like a week and a half i think im stoppin at an 8g!!!! By the way how old are u ppl!!!!!

 

Answer by Becca M
Submitted on 8/25/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i was wondering is there a limit to how long you can keep 00g in before your ears wil no longer shrink back to original size? email easy_tiger8@hotmail.co.uk thanks x

 

Answer by Katie...
Submitted on 8/26/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I wana strech my ears... but i'm wondering about in my "older years"... will my ears go back to normal?

 

Answer by SO-CAL_SaReBeaR
Submitted on 8/26/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i have another ? about stretching ears i havnt got them yet but r u soposed to put them in  by your self or should u go sum where or should u have sum like your friends do them!?!?!?!? :s And iM guessing i should start with a 14

 

Answer by Lalala
Submitted on 8/26/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote


So I had a normal piercing with a gun
when i was very small and just recently
I bought 14g claws and stuck them in without
a problem. now i can put belly button
earrings in and it looks really good with
the swirly hoops... anyways ...
i really want to get to 2g and i know thats really far away from what i have now but im determined to do it... so should i keep
going done gauges with claws? im scared to
get my ears tapered, i hear its pretty much
reallyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyy painful.

 

Answer by radiohead
Submitted on 8/27/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
im so confused...some people are saying that they have a 14 and its huge and other are saying that 2's are huge...please explain and if you have regular piercings are 14's good to start out with?

 

Answer by whitrl_08
Submitted on 8/29/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i started stretching about a month ago.  i didn't even have my ears pierced yet when i decided to, but i wanted to do it so bad after seeing my brother's and his girlfriend's. plus I'dbe the only girl with them in my high school.  so, i started out with a regular size ear piercing, like an 18 and went to a 14, then 12, 10, 8, and now I'mat a 6gauge.  I'mprobably just going to stretch to a 2 but i don't know cuz it's pretty addicting even though it can hurt like hell.  but still I'dtell anyone to do it, but it helps to know someone with jewelry you can borrow or else it can cost a lot.  :)

 

Answer by stretched_kid
Submitted on 9/1/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
im a 0 gage at the moment iv had it bout half a year.iv done a lot of research since i ant to be a peircer someday. for one for most people a 2 gage is the point of no return, two bleeding dous happen to stop the bleeding just keep in the new jewlery and put ice on it, finally stop fighting people will make their own mistakes we all did even me i went from a 4 gage to a 0 in about a week and it bled alot, thats how i know what to do for the bleeding so learn from your own experience

see ya (by the way im 12)

 

Answer by shell
Submitted on 9/3/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
if your ears start to bleed
i suggest you take out your plugs IMMEDIATLY
sea salt soak them

i cant believe you went down three sizes in one stretch!!!!!!!

you could get a tear or blowout
who are you trying to impress by stretching so quickly?

YOU ARE CRAZY

 

Answer by aiden
Submitted on 9/4/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
most of you are stretching way too fast.  i'd hate to see your ears.  skipping sizes is not a good idea.  it can cause rips and tears.  when you rip/tear your ear, it causes a lot of pain, and it lowers your chances of getting your ear back to a normal size if you ever decide to stop stretching.

i think most of you are using a method called "dead stretching", which is just forcing a plug through without a taper/lube/anything.  this is not good.  

use a taper, and lube it up.  you can also you a method called "taping".  you add a layer of tape around your plug once every few days.  this takes a while, but it will keep your lobes way healthier than shoving a plug in them.

i'm currently at a 2g, and it've been stretching upwards of a year.  i can say that i've never had a blowout, bleeding or pain.

when you stretch, it's not supposed to be horribly painful.  it's not supposed to bleed, either.  

take your stretching slowly.  it's not about finishing the "race" first.  it's about patience.  

i'd rather have healthy lobes that took years to get, rather than unhealthy, bad looking, smelly, bleeding lobes that took me a month.

take your time with stretching.  you'll kick yourself later if you don't.

 

Answer by Alex
Submitted on 9/6/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
wait...until they dont hurt.

 

Answer by Tori
Submitted on 9/6/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I have 00' and i went down pretty quickly. Im now a certifyed piercing artist, its expected to have bruising and bleeding when you go down quickly. But there could be damage to the carlige, this may cause it not to heal up completly when you do decide to take them out. It may cause a pukering effect. But you should space days inbetween ur gaging prosess. Becouse of the damage it could cause and you ears could rip. Just be carful and trust your bodily instincts. If anyone has any questions on piercings my email is Heavens569@hotmail.com

 

Answer by julian
Submitted on 9/7/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
iv streached from 18g to 00 i used stainless spikes  to get it 10 4g then i used a paintbrush handle that got sum very strange luks and sum strong words

 

Answer by julian
Submitted on 9/7/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
iv streached from 18g to 00 i used stainless spikes  to get it 10 4g then i used a paintbrush handle that got sum very strange luks and sum strong words lol

 

Answer by nyx
Submitted on 9/7/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
oook i just went from 8g to about 4 (i used something i shouldnt have lol) is it a bad sign if a layer of bloody skin comes out on the plug?

 

Answer by nyx
Submitted on 9/7/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
oook i just went from 8g to about 4 (i used something i shouldnt have lol) is it a bad sign if a layer of bloody skin comes out on the plug?

 

Answer by jon
Submitted on 9/8/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hi a few weeks ago i started stretching my ears it hurt a little but not much..a few days after it was through i took it out and it started bleeding..but i diddn't feel any pain? then i put it baack in is that alrite? because there was no pain or anything its only about 14 gauge

 

Answer by BrOoKiE
Submitted on 9/8/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Okay Well I am new at this gaging thing...right now i am at a 14...i actually stated at a 14...so I am just wating a wile so then i can bye anouther size.....what size do you think i should get next???

Thanx..Brookie

 

Answer by Angelica
Submitted on 9/11/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
what is the best things about ear gauging and what are the worst things?

 

Answer by Nestril
Submitted on 9/12/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I Had a 14g and i bought a 10 gage and i pushed it through and my hole blew out the back. I ended up with an infection and lost All the work i did stretching my ear the first time and a bunch of money from having to go to the dock to fix it up. My point is don't rush it its not worth the money or the pain. just take it slow 1 size at a time.

 

Answer by Nestril
Submitted on 9/12/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I Had a 14g and i bought a 10 gage and i pushed it through and my hole blew out the back. I ended up with an infection and lost All the work i did stretching my ear the first time and a bunch of money from having to go to the dock to fix it up. My point is dont rush it its not worth the money or the pain. just take it slow 1 size at a time.

 

Answer by salty
Submitted on 9/12/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
yo.watup.two days ago i went from a 16 to a 12 in one day.The very next day i gauged my left ear from a 12 to a 8.It hurt so bad i couldnt even do my right one.2 days after that i gauged my right ear to a 8and it still hurts like hell. i recomend gradual stretching unless u enjoy alott of pain.

 

Answer by Evergreen Terrace
Submitted on 9/13/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Please everyone go slow with the gauging,you will build up scar tissue on the back of your ear and it'll be wicked hard to gauge larger or close up. I currently have my first holes to 3/4 and my second to about a 2. Mine did bleed before only cause I was a doofus and tried shoven huge ass things in.  

 

Answer by potsmoker420
Submitted on 9/14/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey i when from 14 to 12 to 10 in one day the 12 did not hurt but the tens did im waiting two weeks then going to eights in two more days

 

Answer by me
Submitted on 9/18/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey guys...i wanna try and move my cartilage up from an 18 to a 14. can i do that?

 

Answer by spill
Submitted on 9/18/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
is using Vaseline to gauge your ears bad for them or not. will it increase the chance of getting infected please help

 

Answer by Drew
Submitted on 9/18/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
This is a question not an answer...
#1 I can get a 12 & a 14g. OR 3 14g. in my ear how big do u think that is??...
#2 my girlfriend can get 3 12s in hers how big do u think that is?

 

Answer by my real name is cory but they call me plugs
Submitted on 9/18/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
look people im gonna give u a good warning stop gaugeing ur ears while u still can cuz it becomes an adittedion and another thing quite saying omg it hurt so bad when i went from a 14 to a 10 ok try this go from a 2 gauge to 3/4 of an inch ok trust me it hurts soooooooo much more than u can ever think just trust me stop while u can i have an inch and 5/8 now. STOP WHILE U CAN

 

Answer by disasterpiece
Submitted on 9/19/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
ya i got about a 7 in my ears but they hurt all the time i take them out to shower and they close to about a 10 but i strech them back out the reason why i take them out is because all my other rings rusted in my ears and cuased an infection

 

Answer by rinnnn
Submitted on 9/19/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I'm trying to stretch my ears, i want to eventually get to an 8, but i have no clue how to get started. everyone is telling me different ways to start, i've tried putting 14s in but they won't go in. what should i do?

 

Answer by Dirt_Monkey
Submitted on 9/20/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
ive currently got a 4mm in my left lobe. going up to 8mm (0g) slowly over time. its fine to go up slowly, and itl heal over fine if you do. i completely advise slow and easy. 1mm or 1g every other week. this is how mine went- 1.6mm to 4mm in one sitting (painful and not worth it), 4mm to 8mm again in one sitting, i didnt learn. blood and lots of it, just dont do it that way. took it out, went back to 1.6mm. did it properly, went to 2mm easy. then to 3mm which was again easy and painless. then to 4mm, again, painless and easy. that doesnt mean ill ever push it again and go more than 1mm at a time

 

Answer by cora
Submitted on 9/20/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i want some but i don't know where to get them i only have 5 bucks i want to start with a 16 to about a 8 where can i get them?

 

Answer by brotha
Submitted on 9/21/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
yo i went from a kilt pin to a 4 in like 5 mins it didnt hurt that bad it just felt awkward gettin my ear lobe stretched it bleed like a motha when i took it out but its cool now

 

Answer by Mandy
Submitted on 9/23/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I went from a normal, to a 14 gauge,in my right ear, and a 16g in my left. I've not got a 12g in my right, and a 16 in left. Cause I stopped cause they got all screwed up. And yeah. I'm gonna go to a 2g probably.

 

Answer by the person
Submitted on 9/23/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
okeee...i really wan to start stretching my ears but I don't really know where to find 16-18 gauge plugs and tapers!!! Please help!

 

Answer by Aimée
Submitted on 9/24/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
okay right so i bought a claw today and some plugs. i think its 2mm. so i started to stretch it but the claw is only half way through and it well hurts lol...i think ill wait till tonight to put it all the way in and then put my plug in. i have a really crap pain barrier.any tips? someone told me to use olive oil. that helped a bit but not much.
thanks
x

 

Answer by animal1978
Submitted on 9/26/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I stretched my ears to 5/8 in 3 months and there were no problems

 

Answer by Jenn
Submitted on 9/27/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i had an 18 guage... then went straight to a 6. mine are fine and im hoping to get to a zero in a few weeks :]

 

Answer by pineapplerum198
Submitted on 9/27/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i got my ears done at a 4 gage and just stretched them to 2 gage anyone know a good place to get black 2 gage dubble flare tunnels?

 

Answer by huh!
Submitted on 9/30/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
HOLY!!! Some of you children are very naive.. Shoving big object in you're ears really fast can cause "Blowouts" Meaning nasty keilods, and having to most likely have surgery to remove them.
Streaching takes time(YES even if you want to have those hot 1" plugs in you're ears right now). I've been streaching my ears for a couple years now, and I'm at 1/2". Call me a wimp, but really I'm just listening to my body. When it hurts alot, I stop, wait for it to heal completely and then continue(or not depedning on if I'm happy with the size at the moment). Bleeding IS not a good sign, You're body is telling you it doesnt like it!
As for closing up when you're older, it really depends on you're body. I've heard stories where 7/16" have closed up and stories where there were problems closing up as small as 6 gauge. Make sure you know that you wont regret what You're doing later.
I started at a standard (18/20??) And went to 14. It was easy most likely becuase I'd had the peircings since I was a small child and they were pretty loose... I then went to 12. Then 10- Then 6 - Then 4 - Then 2, Then 0 -- Then 00 -- Then 7'16, and at this point I started slowly raping electrical tape around these plugs, until I eventually got to where I am now 1/2". For now I am very happy with the selection of plugs around my city for this size of gauge, and I am not sure of weather I will streach them again or not.
All I can say to you naive streachers, is beware of the consiquences you are dealing with.
Good luck streaching.
x
Peace-Love-Freedom

 

Answer by Mikey
Submitted on 9/30/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i see you guys are saying its bad to skip gauges and yes it is....
but i got my ears pierced and stretched to a 4 imediately,
and if you want to stretch fast,thats the way to do it, through your piercer. Because if you do it imediately the tissues are ripped so it doesnt matter,it hurts, and if i could go back,i might just do it slowly just because it honestly just sounds healthier but i just wanted to say i had mine pierced at a 4 ga and mine were as healthy as can be, no problems at all!

 

Answer by jay_X_core
Submitted on 9/30/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
right ive gone from a 1.6 to 5mm well i didnt my mate did it in my sleep and it bled and it swollen what shud i do?i wanna keep it but it hurts and its swelled twice the size of my ear lobe

 

Answer by Mary
Submitted on 10/3/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Ok, hey everyone... Im up to a 00 right now I have had no problomes....did it myself too......um I gusse if all you people are doing it yourself that would probly be why it hurt, (strong pain thresh hold) anyway!, anyone feel free to IM me at swtwakrgrl6868 on AIM! ! ! ! !
3>

 

Answer by Sweetjewishgirl92@gmail.com
Submitted on 10/3/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Im going to start streching i have a 8 and a 10 should i go from a 18 to a 10 taper??? is it bad?

 

Answer by Katerina
Submitted on 10/3/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I Have 6g in my ears now and I Love them  im going up tp 00g as my goal... anybody that has good tips  Plz answer back or i.m. me on aim AquaStilletosHOE

 

Answer by j.j.
Submitted on 10/4/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I've got my ear at 1/2" right now, 2 cm, I've never took it out for too long a time before but it closed from 18mm to about 12mm last summer when i had to go without the plugs. It's getting hard to find plugs big enough now though so be careful!

 

Answer by bleedswhenshot
Submitted on 10/5/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey whats up everyone? i started out at a 16G it hurt alittle but thats because i have sensitive ears! so yea about a week later i went straight to a 10G hurt but not that bad the pain went away in about 30 mins or so....also i went to ozzfest and my 16G in my left ear fell out so that closed up and i had to get that repeirced and a week after that i went straight to a 10G aswell...im looking to go to a 6G then to a 2G then so on and so on....my left ear is alittle swollen still and puss comes out so i know its healing!!!!!! but i only bled when i stretched it...def. looking forward to getting to 00's!
purevolume.com/afallaffair
myspace.com/afallaffair

 

Answer by Mona
Submitted on 10/5/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
um so i just stretched my ear to a 2 gauge, and now its swelling up soooo much. is this normal?? does it mean im allergic to the earing or something... and should i take it out or let the swelling gradually reduce??

 

Answer by suckit
Submitted on 10/7/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i bought some 00 plugs and they wouldnt go in because i had 0 and i was wondering what is the fastest way to make my lobes bigger because i really wanna stick in my 00.

 

Answer by Tom
Submitted on 10/7/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I blew my ear out going from a 0 to 00.  Trust me, it's not worth the headache.  Go to a professional.

 

Answer by Gerald
Submitted on 10/9/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i had my ears pierced i let them close up though when i get them re pierced i am going to stretch them to 2 gauge i think that is the perfect size for anyone

 

Answer by judeee
Submitted on 10/9/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
my ears were at a 6 and i tried putting in my 4's tonight, but it hurt alot more than normal and the pinchers wont go in all the way. what should i do?! oh&how long should you wait until you go up a size?

 

Answer by jeff
Submitted on 10/11/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i just pierced my ears 2 days ago. the piercer pierced my ears with a 10 gauge needle. it bleeds here and there is that normal. and when i soak my ears am i suppose to stick my ear in the cup?

 

Answer by donnie
Submitted on 10/11/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
yeah you should prolly by some 4 gauge earings/ tapers. 4-2 hurts a little so do it fast, also make sure youre ear is warm and use some water based lub.

 

Answer by josh
Submitted on 10/11/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey, I just went from 10's to 6's with a taper and it bled, and one of the holes looks kinda funny. will this heal ok? because i've heardthat it's normal, and i've heard it's bad. anybody had this happen?

 

Answer by Madison
Submitted on 10/12/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
heyy i let my 0gs close up to a 14 in a week

but i want to regauge them

if i regauge them will they close up jsut as fast if i want say in a couple of years or so?

 

Answer by Pixie
Submitted on 10/13/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I've been stretching my ears for the past few months... I started at an 18 ga and never skipped any gauges. Now, I have 12's and am trying to move them up to 10's, but for some reason they absolutely refuse to go through... Any suggestions??

 

Answer by Stretching help.
Submitted on 10/15/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Okay;
so, I had me ears pierced on the bottom for as long as I can remember. I've worn 14 gauge horseshoes for like 2 years, and then I found out about stretching.
I thought it was just about the coolest thing ever.
So, I started out with some 12 gauge plugs; they were quite hard to get in, and after about 2 weeks, I got 10 and 8 gauge earrings.
So, I put the 10 gauge in one ear, and it slid in with no pressure! So I wanted to see the difference if I put the 8 gauge in the other, and well, it slid in easily too. So I took the 10 gauge out of the other one and changed it to an 8. Beleive me, I knew if I would have had to put pressure to get the 8's in skipping the 10's I would have not done it, but since it went in easily I didn't see any harm.
So, now, attempt 2.
My friend bought 6 gauge stretchers... She's only at a 12 and lent me hers greatfully.
I'm trying so hard to get them in, I've tried everything, and they won't even go in barely half way! I don't know what's wrong, But I feel a strong burning sensation, but it doesn't look like most do, So I'm trying not to stress my ear to much because I do not want to cause a tear or blowout.
I really need some help with the 6 gauge!
PLEASE help me if you have any information that may help me!
I plan on going to 2, and I know after a while I may want my holes to close up to wear normal earrings.(When I'm older.)
Also, does the style of earring help.
I found the horseshoes went through easier then stretchers/tapers.
Please help anyone!
Add me to msn or e-mail me if you want to help me!
Jill_MacDonald_2@hotmail.com

 

Answer by Will
Submitted on 10/16/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hi, what is a "g" and is it ok to go straight from a normal ear piercing, to a 5mm hole?

 

Answer by Caty
Submitted on 10/17/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I've found a place selling tapers from a 14g to a 4g and I was just wondering if it was a good idea to stretch that much in one go, surely it cant be that bad or they wouldn't sell them?

Thanks

 

Answer by blaze
Submitted on 10/17/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
wussup poeple. right now im at 5/8's and im stretching to 3/4 inch next. i started from 12 then i went to 6, from there i went to 2, and then 0, then 00, then 7/16, and now i just went to 5/8. ide have to say that the easiest way to stretch is to either use a taper, or pop um in right after you get out of the shower while your ears are still wet. if you know they are about to split when you are stretching them you have to make one of two decisions. either you can keep going untell they are all the way in there and just let them heal after about 3-4 days, or you can stop. and wait a few days, then try it again with a different technique. & for all you poeple that say your ears wont close up after 00' you are wrong, i had half inch plugs in and i took um out and in about 3 months they were 14 guage again. anyways anyone have any questions jus hitt me up at anewnlitenmnt420@yahoo.com    peace- blaze

 

Answer by tray
Submitted on 10/18/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey when i got my ears pirced with a gun i gaged them a week later to a 16 know i got them at a 8 i had a lock in my ear for a while but i gaged my ear with one of the teeth off of a comb i was at school and a girl pulled it out of my ear an made it a 6

 

Answer by bryce
Submitted on 10/19/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey i have a 0ga and want to go to 1/2 inch but still want it to be able to close up oneday will it close up and how long will it take??

 

Answer by little legs
Submitted on 10/19/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey does any one know where you can get thoes gages that look like nails thanks email me back at littlelegspcb@yahoo.com if you dont mind

 

Answer by Jonny boy
Submitted on 10/19/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey guys and girls!
I'm proud to say that I just got my eras pierced with 14 gages right away at my local tattoo/ piercing store. Its only been 4 days since the piercing, and the CB RS are moving around side to side crazily, it that a good sign? I haven't bled yet surprisingly! Should I start to put like small pad locks on them to stretch? or is it WAY TOO EARLY? Should I buy 2 tapers and stretch it myself, or go down to the store and get them to stretch me ears?  please add me to your msn i need some information! thanks  here it is: living_death1@hotmail.com

 

Answer by s-man
Submitted on 10/19/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i started with a 10 to save myself some time, and there is no real big difference between a 12 and a 10

 

Answer by jacob W
Submitted on 10/20/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
im going to gauge my ears but i dont know how long to keep the plugs in. can anyone help me?

 

Answer by amy
Submitted on 10/21/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hi i was just wondering if anyone knew of a good store to buy gages on-line. my boyfriend has inches and it's really hard to find any!

 

Answer by Endz
Submitted on 10/21/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
guys, when stretching, take a hot shower or soak your ear in hot water. The skin will naturally stretch easier if it's heated. I found it better to stretch two sizes at a time, but for me it was only about three days between stretching. I bought cheap plastic tapers. It's a cheaper, less painful method. Also if anybody is using wooden plugs, put them in the freezer and they shrink, so you can fit them in a smaller hole and when they warm up they stretch your ear a bit.

 

Answer by Emily
Submitted on 10/22/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hello I'm only 11 i went to a 16g to a 14g then strait to a 10g.i want go to a 8g or  a 6g.do u  think I'm to young to go to a 6g or 8g?

 

Answer by Skat
Submitted on 10/27/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
how do i start stretching my ear ?

 

Answer by Sandra<3
Submitted on 10/28/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Um I just bought some 8mm plugs and I've always used tapers but these are flat and I cant get em in the size I had before was a 6 mm so what can I do?

 

Answer by magicalCHROME
Submitted on 10/29/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
HI THERE!
I just went from a 14 to a 10. Yes. It did hurt.
But they are ok now.
And the fun part, was how I did them both in the time frame of one of my classes at school.
Blood was every where AND I had flesh hanging off my ear. It was gross but AWESOME.
I totally shot out my original hole. I created a new hole with a 10g.
That is pretty darn good.
Well, that's my story. When I'm ready, I'm gonna go to an 8g and so forth.
I'm happy about them.
And the best part is, I'm 15 and my mom hasn't noticed yet.

 

Answer by hollow
Submitted on 10/30/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
The truth is, you should always taper and never skip gauges. Sure some might brag about stretching their ear out to a 0 gauge in less than a month but in the end they will be regretting it. All it takes is a little patience, and in return you save yourself the trouble of the pain and risks of stretching to fast. I speak from experience when I say that it is a bad idea. I stretched both of my ears out to 00 and in that time I was skipping gauges and not using a taper. Not a smart idea at all

Below is a whole different topic, it explains the methods that I used to get my ear back to normal, read on if you wish.

After a few months I decided to take them out and they would not close. They shrunk down to about a 4 gauge so I ended up just leaving those in until I found out about a little trick. Now this is ONLY for those who are sure that their ears will not close the rest of the way on their own. I actually figured this out on accident. I decided that I would stretch my lobes back out again so I went into the old jewelry box and found the 2 gauges. I only left them in for about a week until I wanted bigger. I went back and got the 0 gauges and put them in. My ears bled and hurt a lot but I was used to that. I finally came to my senses the next day and realized how stupid that I was being, so I took them out to just let them heal back to a 4 gauge and be content with that. To my surprise they healed much more, all of the way in fact. I was actually very happy but still very surprised. About 2 weeks later they were both completed closed with no scabs. There was still a problem though, the scarring. I say there was still a problem because that problem doesn't exist anymore. I found out about something called "Cocoa Butter". It is a lotion used to treat permanent scars, usually for things such as stretch marks after a woman gives birth. That along with some Vitamin E tablets, which I took orally and cut open to use directly on my ear lobes, rid my ears of and scars. Here I was thinking that I would have to deal with holes in my ears until I could save up for the surgery, when this simple and effective solution came along. So all in all it is simple, if you are down to your last resorts on trying to get your stretched ears to close, taper them about 1-2 gauges bigger than your ear is now and don't put and jewelry in them. Let them heal completely then begin to apply Vitamin E and Cocoa Butter (or anything that you might have in mind, I have heard Emu Oil works just as well) to them and watch the scars disappear.

I hope this has helped, just wanted to share my thoughts and experiences. I plan on piercing my ears again and maybe even spacing them out again, but I will definitely use the safe and slow process this time, the risks just aren't worth it.

 

Answer by tmak
Submitted on 11/1/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
lol u guys r funny.... ok look .... 1st off.. ya it hurts.. i mean common .. ur making a big ass hole in ur ear.. u think its gunna tickle.. 2nd.. it may bleed a lil.. but nothing 2 worri about.. just clean ur stuff with alcohol b4 you use it.. and if it hurts sooo bad u cant take it .... take ur gauge out.. w/e it may be ..l et it close.. and try agian its not that big of a deal, im at 00' and i got this big in around a month and a half.... real fast.. but i feel that ever 2 days or so u can jump up.. even if its just a little.. just wrap a layer of elec. tape every day that it dosnt hurt and u should b fine.. have fun fukers!

 

Answer by whxremoans
Submitted on 11/3/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i started stretching my ears slowly. i had 16 gauge normal size earrings, and i then put in barbels, the hoop ones that connect with the little ball.. cbrs? anyways.. which were 14 gauge.. now i have two barbels in each ear.. so its about a 12 or 10 gauge.. they are sore.. more like a burning feeling in them, which i also had when i stretched my 18 gauge earring in the upper part of my ear to a 14.. so i guess it is normal. i have those taper things that i want to put in eventually.. i can't wait for my ears to get bigger.. i want to go about a 6 or so? maybe a little bigger. but yeah. i love the idea of it, it is really cool.

 

Answer by lets zussamen
Submitted on 11/3/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i went from 16-14 and it hurt like hell then i went from my 14-10 and it didnt hurt at all it just kinda sliped right in it was kinda weird i think

 

Answer by Claire
Submitted on 11/4/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Hiii, I REALLY want plugs, but not HUGE ones..probably the size of my ear lobe, but a bit smaller...I don't even have my ears pierced yet, which I'm going to have done really soon. i know nothing about stretching, so PLEASE help me!! What size of a stretcher thing do i need to get what I want?? and how much does it hurt?? please email me for your advice!! (clairexcore@hotmail.com) THANKS!!

 

Answer by ace777
Submitted on 11/5/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
OK, bleeding not that serious... it'll just dry up and cure itself... in my left ear i went from 10 to 14 to 8 to 2 to 0, 00, 7/16, 1/2, and now I'm at 9/16... now in my right ear i went from 18 to 16 to 8... it might hurt a little but get over it pain will go away... the best way to gauge... get graduating earing (go from small to big)... i have never used a tape... DON'T LISTEN TO ME... most of this is about pain tollerence... i have learned that PAIN GOES AWAY so no matter how bad it hurts it will go away... just do it...

 

Answer by lolo
Submitted on 11/5/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
if i have normal sized piercings right now and i want to start off with the smallest gage, then what is the smallest size that i can get?

 

Answer by amy
Submitted on 11/5/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey im up to a 14g now i wanna go to a 10g anything here at my house that i might use to help me go to a 10g? i use alcohol to get everything clean

 

Answer by seagull-meat
Submitted on 11/6/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Just wondering why the hell anyone wants to do this to their ears anyway? Is it for attention? Is it because of low self esteem? Please don't tell me its a form of self expression, and if it is, please explain why you choose this to express yourself. Are you trying to show off how tuff you are? Are you mad at society? What? Just wondering, because I find it very unattractive and I can't help wondering .... why?

 

Answer by Richie
Submitted on 11/8/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i took some pain killers last night and we took this stretcher and took my ears from a 10 to a 2 in one shot...it was pretty hardcore but not for the faint

 

Answer by jill
Submitted on 11/9/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
well im on my second time gadging my ears, and the first time they closed up all the way so that a 16 wouldnt go in. right now im at a 8, and i cant get a 6 tunnel in. if i force it, will i have a harder time closing up my hole when i dont want it anymore?

 

Answer by Sara
Submitted on 11/9/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I have 18g ears right now, and want to gauge larger what size should i start with?

 

Answer by C-Murder
Submitted on 11/10/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I'm at 7/8. So i'vebeen doing this for a while. And to everyone who's afraid of them not growing back, Your ears will grow back completely up to 1inch. Any further than 1 1/4" and you'll have to get it surgically closed. But most of you guys are far from 1inch. I have friends that were at 1inch and it took close to a week for them to close up to a 00, but now they're completely healed over.

 

Answer by Tyler
Submitted on 11/11/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey im going to a 16g to a 10g how do u get it in do u let it just rip and bloob starts comin cus that wat i did but i took them out because i thot they would get infected or somthin wat should i do just shov them in

 

Answer by partygod
Submitted on 11/12/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
sup pplz i went from a 18 to a 14 to a 10 in 3 hrs but if theres pain for u stop cuz every other hommie out there is different if i bleeds stop puss and a lil bit o red around the ear is aight its a sign of healin take your god damn time pplz

 

Answer by Mir
Submitted on 11/12/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Alrighty, I decided to gauge my ears (For the first time) about a year ago. I started with a 12, it kind of hurt but it's all good. Then I went to a 10 then an 8. I stopped there, and let them go back to a 14 or so. Then I put them back into 8's but I also did it with my 2nd piercing in my ears. Then I decided I wanted 6's for my main hole. Got some pentagrams off eBay, and when I was putting them in (they were tapered, but a the the wrong ends to stay in, yeah big mistake) my right ear tore, so I had to have a 6 in one year, and an 8 in the other. I could not get this other 6 in for the life of me. I ended up skipping from 8 or 4 in one ear without a problem. I am currently at 2's but going to 0's and stopping (hopefully, it's addicting!)I have 6's in my 2nd holes, and I have a 14 in my cartilage. Happy gaging!

 

Answer by d-rock
Submitted on 11/14/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I'm at 1" now after about 6 months of gauging starting at a 14. from experience with me and my friends one of whom has inch and half it is normal for your ears to bleed when you stretch with tapers only stretch with tapers up until 00 because you don't want to build up to much scar tissue from ripping them- it will make it harder to stretch. after 00 just tug on them everyday and twist them around and if you can wrap electrical tape around your plugs to make them the size in between because nobody wants to buy brand new 20$ earings every time they go up a size. never stretch into most wood plugs because it will dry out your ears and could get pretty ugly they will be almost impossible to twist and hard to take out. and last but not least if you decide to go very big say 3/4 or 1" don't put the plugs in until you have tugged on them and stretched them out enough for a pretty smooth fit because it is much easier in the bigger sizes to blow out your ears which is where the inside skin touching the bottom of the plug actually gets twisted out the back and is really nasty and is very hard to get healed.

 

Answer by Steven
Submitted on 11/15/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I streched my ear from a 16 to a 4ga it hurt but i delt with it so i'mgetting a 00ga when i get the money and i nkow its going to hurt but i want to strecht it cause i think its cool and u know i'monly 14.

 

Answer by Miss_Indie
Submitted on 11/15/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Gauging is great! just as many others have said, DO NOT make your ears bleed. It's okay to take the process a step faster than suggested but do this at your own risk. For instance, choosing a guage larger than expected won't kill you, it just depends on how fast you wish to go. NEVER skip more than one guage. Always keep your hands clean, and use metal to begin with.  Pushing several studs through your ears will not work.  I personally prefer a smaller hole, about a 10 guage does it for me.  But we all have our preferences.  Hope you guys have fun gauging.

 

Answer by Mychal
Submitted on 11/15/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
wel idk i went in two days from not haveing my ears pierced to a 0 gauge in to days i did it cause im not a very patien person and i just wanted them done i pierced them with a holo needle and there fine nothing worng with them in the first day i went to a two and the second day a 0 so idk

 

Answer by themagicseagull
Submitted on 11/16/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Hey, I was just wondering, I currently have 8 gauges in, but I only put them in two days ago. They are fine, a little sore but nothing unexpected. I really would like to put these 6 gauges in that I got but normally I wait a while before I got to the next gauge. I'm pretty much with all the people who say its bad to gauge from like 14 to 00 in a week, and bleeding isn't a good thing, but what do ya'll say about putting these 6s in, inthe next day or so? (I tried last night and I only got it hurt a lot and I don't want a blow out or bad ripping).

 

Answer by oh boy..
Submitted on 11/16/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
well basically i gauged my ear' (plural,but my key does not work)from a 16 to 14 to 12 to 10 to 6 (on account of my friend told me they were 8 but really they were 6. i will admit that it was not pleasant putting them in. but it wasn't too bad.)to a 4 and currently i am a 2. i completely agree with the kid(plural)who tell you to go 'low, my ear had to be completely okay and not hurting before i put the next gauge in..
and hopefully by next wed. i will be at a 0 or 00.

good luck and happy gauging!


 

Answer by blahhh
Submitted on 11/17/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hi ii went from a 14 to a 12 to a 10 and waited 2 weeks between the 14 and 12, and then 5 days between the 10 and the 8 just because i heard your supposed to wait 2 weeks.. with it being safe for me ears still how long do you think i should wait before going to an 8 ga.???

 

Answer by youlovexcomandervenus
Submitted on 11/18/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i started off with a regular gun pierced ear yesterday [well its been pierced since i can remember] and today i am at 2mm which would be a 12g and tonight i am planning to get up to 6mm which is a 2g or if that is too painful, maybe 4mm which is 6g. i reckon it will be fine. my friend did hers from a regular piercing to a 0g in one day. and it was ok.

 

Answer by quinton
Submitted on 11/18/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i have my ears at 00's and when i got locked up for 11 months they had only gone to 0's...and now there back at 00's...and i wanna go to 1/2 inch.

 

Answer by uhoh
Submitted on 11/19/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i'ive had tongue rings in my ears for about 2 years and 2 nights ago i doubled it up and put another tongue ring... right now i currently have 3 tongue rings and one eyebrow ring in the hole... tomorrow i will replace the eyebrow one with another tongue ring.... this way i can get my 2 gauge in there for monday.. is this a bad idea? it hasnt hurt until now and its barely bleeding??? what's all this im reading about scarring and all? i need an expert to tell me my ear wont be amputated

 

Answer by kyle
Submitted on 11/19/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
my plugs are 3/4 =)

 

Answer by Ash
Submitted on 11/20/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Well,I decided to go from a 14 to a 2 in about 5 minutes.It definately hurt and I'm also wondering if i were to take if out,will it grow back?

 

Answer by Marlee
Submitted on 11/20/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
when i gauged my ear's i went from normal to 12,8,4,0 in 2 month and the only time i bled was from a 4 to a 0 because i didn't have a taper if you tapper your ear's you will be fine just don't go from like a normal percing to a 00 my friend did it and it blew out his ear it looked like gut's where hang out of his ear and actually it depend'son the person's type of skin i didn't have my plug's in for a week and they didn't grow over my ear's probably wont but if you want them to grow over what was the point of doing them in the first place? to be a hardass i stretched my septum parents found out i had it and had to take it out but my hole is still there so it really just depends

 

Answer by ktbeans3
Submitted on 11/20/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
what do you need to stretch your ears i want 8s but i have 12s now how do i go about doing that?

 

Answer by callie
Submitted on 11/20/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
here is a question..
I'm stretching my ears from 14-2.
and I'm using tapers.
how slow should i do them?
email me please, cause i want help
callie69@gmail.com

 

Answer by matt n.
Submitted on 11/21/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
noone in my town sells 12g. so i went slow from walmart gun peircings, completely healed. to a 14g with some vaseline , no pain at all.  let that heal. when i oculdnt find 12g, i just used 3 assorted sized wood nails (new in box) .cleaned them w/ peroxide and alchohol. cut off about 1/2inch from the tip and they went in real nice and just held them in with rubber bands from some 10g's. the tapered tips make it so much easier, and they say metal heals better than plastic.  this way instead of a big stretch from 14 to 10g. i have 3 different sizes between.        i guess i don't see the need for discomfort and bleeding and scaring.   when i'm done my lobes will go right back to normal without complication.       im in no race.


conclusion: if you're poor, go to lowes. nails are sold by gauge. a 14g nail is the same size and material as 14g jewelwry.  just cut off the excess length with wire cutters.

someone tell me if this is a bad idea.

 

Answer by andy
Submitted on 11/22/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
are you guys retarded? stretching your ears to a certain size isnt that hard. you can skip every other two gages and you would be fine and t would be nearly painless. i have  a half inch in now and they could close up all the way if i kept them out. its not a big deal. get a life and stop posting on this damn forum or what ever it is.

 

Answer by SAINRIHMC
Submitted on 11/22/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I started out with a few months ago(august) and it is november and i went to a 2 and i was waiting to go to a 0 and my ears got infected and i had to take em out. how long do ihave to wait to redue them?

 

Answer by nicki
Submitted on 11/22/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
ok well heres a safe tip when gaugeing ears...
when u get down into the 6,4,2,0 region..
put vaseline on them b4 u put them in .. they go in a lot easier and its a lot less painfull you'll feel it for maybe a minute then the pain is gone...
and if u can.. go to a professional peircing place... and get weight earing gauges for them.. they help stretch the ear so when u put the next size in its easy and painfree b/c the weights already stretched them to the next size
<3 nicki

i.m. me
stfu  fgt  xx

 

Answer by 3.sec.notice
Submitted on 11/25/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
after getting your ear pierced how long should you wait till' you start stretching?
and could i skip a gage and go from 14 to 10 or should i get a 12 first?

 

Answer by 3.sec.notice
Submitted on 11/25/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
do acrylic tapers work fine or is there anyproblems that i might get with them?

 

Answer by AsiLay
Submitted on 11/27/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I've got a 6 ga. right now in both ears, soon to be 4 ga.  i started at an 18, and over the course of about a month and a half have went to 6...i have never skipped a ga.  my ears stretched  w/ only minor discomfort and once i got bigger than a 10, they stopped bleeding altogether.  DONT STRETCH FAST!  if you do when you heal them, you'll have big bumps where they close up,     i'vestretched w/ pinchers because of the tapered ends, and they've worked w/ no problems....

 

Answer by Allie
Submitted on 11/27/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
steve: you're a madman.

I had 16g/14g from a regular piercing that I've had for about 12 years, then I skipped to a 12g and that hurt pretty badly. I've had the 12g in for about 2 weeks. I've just recently skipped to an 8g. Am i at risk for a "blowout"? my ears haven't bled at all, and it's been a relatively easy process. just wondering.

 

Answer by Malisa
Submitted on 11/28/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
What the hell is all of your guy's problems? If you're going to gauge your ears you need to research it and not just do it right away. Yes gauging is a beautiful thing but if you're not going to do it the right way, don't do it at all.

www.myspace.com/jordancheater

 

Answer by Andi
Submitted on 11/30/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Okay guys..... I'm not a professional piercer, however, I have taken several anatomy classes, physiology, and have been a fan of piercing since I was 15 (and I'm 26 now). Now: for my advice.
If you are stretching your lobes quickly- ie from a 14 to a 10 then a 6 then a 2 in 3 weeks, your body will tear. Tearing is not good. Stretching is the idea here. Contrary to what many people here seem to think, pain when you are stretching isn't good. Pain is your body's indicator that something is wrong. If you have been at a...say 8 g for about 3 months (one month minimum to heal- I'd advise at least 2-3), and then go to a 6 and repeat, your stretches should go flawlessly and easily. If you go quickly, your ear will tear and then re-heal (unless it gets too infected, in which case you may have to have surgery to correct your mistake.). This means that stretching too fast means it's not just bad for your body, but will likely make it nearly impossible to get your ears back down to a normal size should you ever wish to. If you stretch down slowly, you can size back up the same way- I've had a friend go from being 1/2" to an 8 g in about a year- but then, she tapered down slowly. So- I really advise that you DON'T use a taper bar to go from a 12 to a 6 or an 8 to a 2....even if it's done in a shop, many piercers don't know how to stretch properly. Their job is to poke holes in your body- not expand them...usually. There's a good guy over at Body Manipulations in Berkeley- give 'em a call and ask if you have questions- they specialize in stretching. (No, I don't work for any of these companies, I've just been doing this a while)
If your ears hurt very badly after you've stretched, and they are bleeding, you need to go back down a gauge or two and take care of your ears. Make sure they are TOTALLY healed before you attempt the stretch again. Whether you're healing or not, I advise washing the piercing with Dr. Bronners (great stuff!) and then rubbing in some vitamin E oil or collodial silver. Both are excellent for healing. The C silver has healed me of many an infection. Salt water soaks are also good. Once you've reached the desired size, it's best to take your jewelry out overnight so that your skin retains it's elasticity.
When you are ready to stretch properly, the best method is to get a taper bar (most are pretty inexpensive), sterilize it, and then slowly stretch your piercing. After the stretch is complete, you can slide the jewelry right on in like an extention of the taper bar. If you're encountering alot of resistance, DONT force it! Get yourself a set of talons and slowly use them to stretch up. This could take a few weeks, and yeah, you'll look a little wierd- but just think how bad you'd look with red blisters and pustules all over your lobes (or wherever you're stretching!) Not to mention how crappy you'd feel. This is supposed to make you feel good about yourself- it's not self-mutilation- it's celebration!
Also- some people are fortunate enough to have resiliant bodies so they can bounce back from shoving a 2g taper into a 12 g hole. They are the EXCEPTION- RARE at that. NOT the rule. Don't risk it.
Any other questions, feel free to ask me at MrcnBty@aol.com. Again- I'm not a professional, but I've been doing this a while.
THE MOST IMPORTANT THING: When you pierce, stretch, or otherwise modify your body, you are a part of a legacy that stretched back at least 4000 years in the history of mankind.(More for tattooing) Don't undertake it lightly. Look up what your body mod means and incorporate it into your life. It's all very well to look 'kewl' when you're 16, but when you're 45, you need to be able to go out in public and be proud too. Best of luck to all!
-Andi

 

Answer by soulfullyraging
Submitted on 11/30/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i got a question... i gaged my ear up to a ten about... 3 or 4 days ago , my ear isn't red or swollen or anything , but when i take the gage out , there is a bunch of greenish goop on it, any idea what the hell it is?

 

Answer by JR
Submitted on 12/1/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i went from an 18 to a 4, then i went to a zero a week later, from there i stuck in a chapstick lid and now im at a glue stick lid, did i go too fast?

 

Answer by reject
Submitted on 12/3/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
wooooooooooooooooahhhhhhhhhhh
guys its common sense not to use pens and straws and stuff to stretch
my advice is start with semi circular barbels
and change them every 2 weeks
then move on to tapers
it shouldn't bleed or hurt that much
go slow be calm
and lubricate the jewelry!


 

Answer by marcus
Submitted on 12/4/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i put an 8 gauge in my ear last week and i was just wondering how long i should wait to put my 6 gauge in and how will i no wen its the rite time to gauge?

 

Answer by marcus
Submitted on 12/4/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i put an 8 gauge in my ear last week and i was just wondering how long i should wait to put my 6 gauge in and how will i no wen its the rite time to gauge?

 

Answer by Alice
Submitted on 12/5/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i have been stretching and i have been using just big and bigger barbells and stuff and now i am going to start using plugs...but i don't completely understand how to put them in...the lil black things are what i dont understand...some one email me at bored2death2008@hotmail.com i reall want to do this because no one else in my school (or town almost) has done something like this

 

Answer by shane44775785
Submitted on 12/5/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
shane4445577: alright so i got my ear pierced this summer and a friend had his gauged so naturallly i liked it. I went form and 18 to a 14 then i went to a 10 from ten i just started sticking and shoving stuff through alot of bleeding and gook.  A few weeks ago i had stuck a christma s light through becaus eim cheap.  Now im at a 4g and wanting to got to a 0.  My mom say im gay but i like it. I suggest not doing it my way because it hurts real bad and my ear swelled but there lots of cool styles check it out sumtime

 

Answer by EARSTRETCH
Submitted on 12/5/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I am streching my ears... i started at an 18. and i think I'm at a 14... i am using the spiral binding from my note book .. is this ok? .. (as long as its clean) ?? Whats the next step?

 

Answer by Jerm
Submitted on 12/6/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Thanks everyone!!!!

 

Answer by Sarah
Submitted on 12/6/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I just got my ears stretched to a 7/8 inch... you are never s'postaput neosporin on a piercing.. all that does is reduce scarring, and you want the tissue to scar and dry out.. otherwise the piercing won't heal... and also, you should refrain from playing with the piercing, it delays the healing time, if you want stretching to be easier, wear captive rings and add weight to them.

 

Answer by meisfly
Submitted on 12/7/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Ok the answer to all of these questions will be very different. Gauging your ears is something that can go pretty fast for some and pretty damn slow for others it all depends on how you deal with pain, how you care for them, and how long your body takes to heal. The only thing that I would tell all of you is that if you are gauging your ears it is always a good idea to let them heal before going to the next size and yes it is ok to skip sizes if you are comfortable with it just watch the ripping that could occur.

 

Answer by Darko
Submitted on 12/7/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Hey,i have a 2g in my ears now and
I tried to gauge my ears to a 0g, but one of them wouldn't go through. The right one went in with ease the other had a problem and started to bleed, what should i do to get them to a 0g?

 

Answer by jmannn34
Submitted on 12/7/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
well im 14 i have 1/2 ive bin gagen for like not even a year ive skiped some gages it hurts but i like them there like a part of me and im not planing to take these babys out im someone thatz into gagen n just cuz u tihnk itz nasty or gross im not goin 2 stop thinkin about the longrun dosent rlly bother me like well w/e i went preaty fadt i gage mi ears like every week im outie peacee

 

Answer by Big D
Submitted on 12/7/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Man i just went from a 16g to a 12g and it hurt a little bit but they look tight and in about a week ima go to a 8g

 

Answer by Pariah
Submitted on 12/7/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Hi, :) May seems very random, as i haven't ever posted on here before, however, I find that gauges are quite attractive, I started out with a piercing from claires ( I know, sucks...) And now I'm down to 00g buffalo horn plugs. Like a lot of people say; Take it slow, Don't skip gauges, It's a good way to learn patience. Good day, and Happy stretching.


-Cellmate Pariah

 

Answer by Manda
Submitted on 12/8/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I've got a question, how much does it cost to stretch? im thinking about... 4-ish gauge...
so i'dbuy 16/14/12/8/6/ 4

 

Answer by merlinguy
Submitted on 12/9/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Yo listen people, i when i fist stretched my ears like 4 years ago, i went form a 14g to a 00g and they bled a bit but were perfectly fine after 4 days. I now have in 1&1/2" wooden tunnels that are great. If your ear is bleeding after you stretch it and you get worried, don't mine got infected all i did was leave it in for about a week, and everyday i would turn them to make sure my ear didn't heal to my spacer, but metal tunnels or plugs work great for a healing ear.

 

Answer by marty rapture will take you DOWNTOWN.
Submitted on 12/9/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
answer to 'lol'
I would wait about six weeks, and then start at an 18 or a 16, keep them in for a week or two, then gauge normally.
I'm at an 8 right now, and I'm keeping all my gauges as I go.  What's the smallest size of flesh hoop made?

 

Answer by 1 inch ears
Submitted on 12/9/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
if you want to stretch your ears but still want them to close, it all depends on how your ears and skin are most people can go up to a 0 gauge and still get it to close but if u want to be safe then sorry only go to a 2 gauge and once you want to take them out they will take 2-3 months for them to close but if u have them at a 2 gauge for like a year then it can take up to 6-7 months for them to close entirely

 

Answer by Amanda
Submitted on 12/10/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hi i have a question... i just gauged my ears for the first time to a 14. the right one annoyed me cuz i was running it under hot water and i was pushing and pushing. eventually i put my thumb on the back and just pushed until i felt it. i didn't run the left under hot water, but it took like 5 minutes. anyway the thing that annoys me is the backings. theyre small and wicked easy to lose. i cant get them onto the earrings, my mom had to do it.. so are there any earrings available with better backings? plus how do i take care of them? they itch and burn right now..
email answers to dreamyangel35@yahoo.com
thanks!
<33Amanda

 

Answer by chris
Submitted on 12/10/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey i want to get a gage. i was woundering what the smallest size is

 

Answer by NIck
Submitted on 12/12/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i want to gauge my ears to a 6 or 4 gauge and im at a 14g right now what size should i go to from a 14???

 

Answer by ~!~**Skyla**~!~
Submitted on 12/12/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Yes .........gauge'n ur ears HURTS.........it's not recommended by professionals that u jump more then 2 sizes .......at one time for the reason that scarring and ripping can occur.........u can go up normally to a double zero 00g. and they will completely go back to normal size any bigger and u prolly wont be able to have normal holes again

 

Answer by tania
Submitted on 12/15/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
they will probably shrink down to a normal size but i doubt that theyd close fully.theyll just shrink and then youll have to go back up to a size that you want but its good to go up gradually.dont go crazy like i did cause it just rips your earlobes

 

Answer by krad
Submitted on 12/17/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
ear stretching is fine, i went 10-4-0-000
as long as your not stupid, then rock it

 

Answer by DopeRoach
Submitted on 12/17/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Hallo all you people, my name iz Roach and I am 15, I have 1 and a half inch gauges. I went through the all gradual getting bigger thing, I only skipped from an 8 to a 2, that'z it. I didn't uze any taperz or weightz or any home materialz. I used ringz and nailz. My gaugez are big and beautiful, and I only waited 2 weekz between each gauge.
Slow and steady really doez work.

 

Answer by Ash
Submitted on 12/19/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Hey ya'll I just went straight to a 10g but my ears were already pretty streched from wearing heavy earings. I do not recommend skipping sizes. Also, if your going to do it, be smart about it, read up on the practice and know what your doing. Do not use household items either, that can cause major infections. Do it one step at a time or u'llregreat it majorly. Don't be stupid, it takes time.

 

Answer by obscureglamour
Submitted on 12/19/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i have 1 inch gauges. and i love them to death. and yes kids take ur time. trust me you'll love them when its all said and done.

<3

 

Answer by psycho
Submitted on 12/19/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i have 7/16 in my ear when i stretched i just used the horse shoes and shoved um in i didnt like tapers till i got to 4g one feel out at work and we sold 2g tapers and i just put them right in each size takes me 10 mins max ya it hurts and swells but i clean them and keep twisting them even a little to keep the puss on the inside from scabing up i went from a 0 to 00 in like 2 mins but i waited like 3 days so my ear could stop bleeding when i took it out i waited 2 days to go from 00 to 7/16 i think im done thoe till after collage have fun and in joy your art work cause stretching is a from of artistic expression

 

Answer by alecks
Submitted on 12/20/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i recently had my ears at a 0 and my mom made me take them out for the 5th time.i've done this over and over and they close back up in about the same amount of time.....about a day or two.if you want them out but they are already healed  it takes a lot longer.if i go to the next size and take them out before they heal do u think it would speed the process up or will they not go back down after a 00?

 

Answer by you said, you said,you said!
Submitted on 12/20/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i recently had my ears at a 0 and my mom made me take them out for the 5th time.ive done this over and over and they close back up in about the same amount of time.....about a day or two.if you want them out but they are already healed  it takes alot longer.if i go to the next size and take them out before they heal do u think it would speed the process up or will they not go back down after a 00?

 

Answer by you said, you said,you said!
Submitted on 12/20/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
oh yeah.....does anyone know where i could find some kind of information to email to my mom about reversing my gauging???she doesn't believe that they will even though they have 5 times.....if you know where i can find anything please send it to my email with the subject gauging info. (alyxminusypluse@hotmail.com)
thanx <3alecks

 

Answer by germ26
Submitted on 12/20/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I've only had my piercings since July/05 and stretched them to a 14 gauge beginning in October.  If I get a job where I have to take them out for an 8 hour shift, will they be ok to put back in later, or will they shrink during that time?

 

Answer by Julia
Submitted on 12/21/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
wait the smaller the number the bigger hole right???

 

Answer by jennny pooo
Submitted on 12/23/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
HEY guys well i started with a 10 and omg did it hurt iam going to a  2 but my suggesting is to strecth carefully dont rush ur ears to fast cause it coukd end up worse then you think !! i would start at the smalllest size then go the next size and the next dont skip a size !! well good luck buhbye <3

 

Answer by chris
Submitted on 12/26/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hmm
I got 7/16 in one
I took out for a weading.. they closed to about a 0
so.. IDk

 

Answer by brizz
Submitted on 12/28/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
PLEASE SOMEONE ANSWER THIS. I NEED YOUR HELP.

What is the smallest tunnel I can get (or just what you believe you may have seen)? I'm at a 10 right now-I can actually get 6's through, but I personally don't have the 6gs. This might sound lame, but I really want tunnels, but I don't know if they come as 10-6. Please reply someone. I know you all are more expeirienced in this than me.

 

Answer by melissa.x.blain@hotmail.com
Submitted on 12/28/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I was just wondering- what size gage I should get in ear plugs, and how I insert them n such. It's my first time, I'm kind of scared!

 

Answer by guage master
Submitted on 12/29/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
you guy's are wack guaging doesn't hurt
I went from a 16,14,12,10,8 doesn't hurt

 

Answer by Sarah Calcagno
Submitted on 12/29/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i started a long time ago already pierced ears at i think a 14 or a 12, which was really really easy... after letting it get back to normal..... i started again... trying to fit a 10g into a size 16 hole,... it kinda hurt... i was worried i couldnt get it in all the way... after slow twirl pulling forward movements on my spike surgical steel needle i got it through... and then it got infected... so i stopped the peroxide and switched to salt water,... warm up water and add salt, clean hands soak the stretcher for a bit, clean off the stuff and used a q tip to clean ear... i also used ice for about 30 min, i dk if it helped :|... but infection is almost gone at the moment.. i hope to get to a size 6.... or about a dime size..

my mom thinks ill never get a job, and such but w/e i really dont care it will close. and all will be good if need be,... its about closing cultural gaps, and expressing yourself with as many accesories as possible :P

i wouldnt skip more than a gage, depending on your ear, and if your a regular earing wearerr...

yea.. i hope it helped... and i hope my mom leaves me alone about it!

 

Answer by CRAPMAN!!!
Submitted on 12/30/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
DUDE!! Im at a 4 gage and I got these cool steel gages (with the holes through the middle) and both sides are flared. I've tried for hours to fit them in my ear but they just won't go because of the stupid lip on the flared part.Like the flare won't even go in the hole, i pushed it really hard but it just messes up the sides and then gets my 4 gage really tight for like a week. Do I have to guage my ear up to a 2 to fit the 4 in??

 

Answer by that guy with the left knee
Submitted on 12/30/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
um i went from about a 14 to a 4 and it hurt a little but its fine now, it only took about a week to stop hurting. i dont know if i made mistake but whatever, it worked.

 

Answer by that guy with the left knee
Submitted on 12/30/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
which is after i did about the same thign to a 2 gage and they closed up fine so i dotnknow. and i never had any blood.

 

Answer by Animal
Submitted on 12/31/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey skipping isnt 2 bad im at a 8g, i tried 6g n it bleed for some reason i dont know why n it is painful u need to be carefull u gont get a blow out if u do u need to go back to the size before n keep it for a week whilst it heals. good luck, stretching is hot

 

Answer by hardcore kide
Submitted on 12/31/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
well i have 00 in one ear and 0 in the other ear.And i would like to know how a pro would stretch my ears.Or were a good web site would be to go and get good taper or earrings.lIKE A place that would have a very wide salation.

 

Answer by trevor
Submitted on 12/31/2005
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
go up gradually go up 4 then 2 plz dont skip. when you are tired of plugs most people like it for about a year then want to go back its not as smooth as if you went up size by size. Trust me I live with 2 tattoo artists my older brothers and i see people who skip gages and there ear gets nasty. I have even seen some girl blow her ear out so take it slow it will be less painful in the end. ( i have 3/4, and have had for two years )

 

Answer by Suicidal_glitter
Submitted on 1/1/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I just ripped my ear from 8-4

And yeah it healed to 6 in 4 min. It closed up

or it's swollen

 

Answer by sunshine
Submitted on 1/1/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Maybe you guys can help me understand this lobe streching thing--my daughter is doing this and i just don't get it.  She's of age but i think it's horrible.  Why would anyone want this?  Is there anyone out there that experimented and decided it's not what you want...and then what---do your lobes go back to normal?

 

Answer by sunshine
Submitted on 1/1/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Maybe you guys can help me understand this lobe streching thing--my daughter is doing this and i just don't get it.  She's of age but i think it's horrible.  Why would anyone want this?  Is there anyone out there that experimented and decided it's not what you want...and then what---do your lobes go back to normal?

 

Answer by antonio 16
Submitted on 1/1/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I had my ears at a 2g and i had to take them out for football practice. When i got home they closed up to a 10 gage so i regaged them and it really messed up my ears they bleed for a hour straight so now im at a normal size.

 

Answer by ~*Karissa*~
Submitted on 1/2/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
mine are a size "2" but i wanna go bigger my second holes are a size "8"

 

Answer by thrasher
Submitted on 1/2/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
well i got em pierced and then i went to the hardware store and cut down every gage wire to size 4 or something and sterted shuving them in. i think its worst when you do it that way cause it always took a long time to heal and always bled. once i started buying plugs it became way easy and less painful. right now im at 00 and i just got my new 7/16 or whatever and ima put em in right now. plugs are rad.

 

Answer by Brooke
Submitted on 1/3/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
okay right now I have 3 16's in one hole and i was wondering what size do i go to next?

 

Answer by streetcornergirl
Submitted on 1/4/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hello children... i'm 16 and i went from probably a 16-6 then from a 6-0... i'm currently at  9/16th... mine never bled or bruised... and its quite healthy...  good luck children!

 

Answer by linzi
Submitted on 1/4/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
ive been guaging my ears for a couple years now even though my parents are totally against it (im 15) my ears are at a 2 right now.. and im thinking about putting the 0's in soon at just telling my parents to go screw themselves. but. my advice to all of you people.. go slow and dont rush it.

 

Answer by nick
Submitted on 1/8/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i went from a 14 to a 8 to a 4 and it didnt even bleed at all, but it is a little sore

 

Answer by james
Submitted on 1/9/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Hey guys
My left ear is pierced and has ben for 7 months. I went all the way down to an 8G then back to a ten. Then i skipped 8 went to a 6 and i took it out now im back to a ten. When i put my six back in is it bad if 1.My earrin has some hardened pus on it
2.Everytime i take it out it bleeds
3.it swells

And if any of those are problems what should i do to fix them?

 

Answer by matt
Submitted on 1/10/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
if its beyond a 00 it will probably never close but if its a 4 or 2 it will close i dont know how long
one time i stretched my ear from a 14-6 ahahahahaha that was  very bad idea and it hurt a lot

 

Answer by michelle
Submitted on 1/11/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
okay so i am at a size 8 and i bought size 4 plugs today and im trying to get them through but im having trouble. is there any way that is easier to get it through? or should i just go buy size 6's and wait for my ears to stretch and then put the 4s in?

 

Answer by Cody
Submitted on 1/14/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I went from a 14 gauge on my left ear to a 2 gauge and i went from nothing to 2 gauge on my left ear. i'vehad them in for 2-3 months so far and i took them out today...hopefully they will grow back up and if not then o well :)

 

Answer by Lauren
Submitted on 1/15/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Basically what I did, is 16, 14, 12, 10, 6. Your ears will feel irritated when stretching. What I do though to make them slide in A LOT easier, is to lubricate the earrings with chapstick or anything like that. It makes it less painful. Lots of times, they will easily slide right in. When I decide to switch gauges, I do it after 2 days of being able to move the earring around easily without any pain.

 

Answer by willow
Submitted on 1/16/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Hey. I now what size the gages r by site it goes from big, bigger and bigest. I wanna understand whats the difference between the gadges by numbers. Anyone wanna help?

 

Answer by vic
Submitted on 1/17/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
some of you people cite "attention" as a reason for stretching your earlobes. Thats really sad. You should gauge your ears because you think it's attractive, or for it's cultural signifigance. Dont be so shallow

 

Answer by blueflame
Submitted on 1/19/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey I'd like to ask anyone with a tunnel/plug...DOES IT SMELL?! I've heard it does but not sure if it's true

 

Answer by chris
Submitted on 1/19/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
what's up guys. I went from an 18 to an 8 then to a 4 the same day and it kinda hurt but it wasn't really that bad. I'm kinda thinking about staying at a 4 so i don't get yelled by my mom =)

 

Answer by raven
Submitted on 1/20/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
well im at a 6 gage and im planing to go down to 4 then to a 2 and eventually to a zero
were can i go besides hot topic to get gager's

 

Answer by AuStEn RoSe
Submitted on 1/21/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
my ears are at a 7/16 on the bottom and a 4 on top.. i don't know if this will help anyone but im a professional body piercer.. its best if you dont skip guages and the recomended time to wait between guages is 3 to 4 weeks.. stretching them any faster then that can tear them and assuming you only stretch to a two or smaller they will shrink back to normal size.. however when you tear your ears and let them shrink they end up looking like a cats butt hole.. trust me my ex boyfriend tore both of his in one ear and now  he has two cat butt holes in one ear.. its not pretty.. for all of you who skipped guages and bled that means you tore them.. i wish you the best but you might not want to let them shrink because i gurantee you they will look funny.

 

Answer by jb
Submitted on 1/21/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i had in 6 gages and went to this small store near me and bought some new earing i wanted a 4 but they didnt have half of their body jewelry labeled what size gage...so i bought ones that i thought were aroujd a 4 but i saw my friends 2's and they r the same...i jus tslid em right in cuz ive had 6s for sooo long.....and its sort of tight around me ear..but doesnt hurt at all.....i got some double flared earings and cant put them in...the ends are too big...what am i supposed to do?? wait a while fo rmy ears to loosen up?

 

Answer by timmy
Submitted on 1/22/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey im waitin for my tapers to come i havent started streching yet but of heard alot of different stuff about it could anybody tell me what to really do

 

Answer by McSkeet.
Submitted on 1/23/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
my ears are gauged at 7/8''...i don't think they're closing.

 

Answer by Josh
Submitted on 1/24/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
im at 1/2 inch right now like the other day i had 7/16 taper and it fell out while i was sleeping and when i got up i could barly put a 2 gage in im i went to 7/16 with my ear took em out for a while and they shrunk to normal besides a little "slit" but it looks fine

 

Answer by ''V''
Submitted on 1/24/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
THE BEST WAY TO STRETCH YOUR EARS IS WITH A UV TAPER IS LESS PAINFUL AND EASIER.I WENT FROM A 10 TO 7/16

 

Answer by baby girl
Submitted on 1/26/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I went from a regular earring to a 14 to a 12 to a 10 and now im at a 6. My ears did bleed when i went from a 12 to a 10. It hurt when i switched gauges but my ears are fine. They also puss. It is okay to skip gauges and its okay if it bleeds a little but not too much.

 

Answer by x-Al-x
Submitted on 1/26/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey, well, i just like to tell my story, i got my ears pierced when i was like 10, and i decided last autumn, after seeing my frend who had it done to do it, even though my mum won't let me! (hehe rebel I know!) well anyway, i went with my boyfriend and had my normal earring hole stretched to 8ga, really fast I know. I was being a brave lil' girl, and cringed my way through it. The pain went in about 5 hours. I waited 2 weeks, and then had it done to 4ga. Skipping a size, bad girl. It hurt like hell, agony, I would say, but it was worth it, its never torn or bled, it gets a bit smelly and its sticky for the first week or so, but definately worth it. I want to do one myself, but im a wuss, so i go to a piercers and he does it with a taper. Don't worry about skipping sizes if its small, its when you get big its the problem. I'm waiting until my sister leaves home, and then im going to 2ga! YAY!! but i think i'll leave it at that, i want it to go back to normal, if i ever stop being rebelious, i don't wanna walk down the aisle with a plug in, not exactly elegant. But all those who want it, get it, you only live once!
lovies -x-
p.s. my mum still hasnt noticed, 6 months later!

 

Answer by betty
Submitted on 1/27/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i just got plugs today, and so far im starting out with 3mm plugs, i still have the rod thing stretching my ear, just one more day nd i can put the plug in

 

Answer by punk kid
Submitted on 1/28/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
www.tonguestud.com

you guys really need to go there cuz you have no idea what you're doing..

 

Answer by stacy
Submitted on 1/29/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i wanna gage my ears but i dont know how... do i just keep putting in ear rings bigger and bigger????? e mail me the answer thankx stacyspack2000@yahoo.com

 

Answer by k
Submitted on 1/30/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i got my ears pierced about a year ago with the gun and i just stretched my ears about a week ago to an 8 i really want to go to like a 4 or 2 how long should i wait or should i wait at all??

 

Answer by tim
Submitted on 1/31/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i stretched from a peircing hole to a 4g, they bled and burned for about 10 minutes and i woke up today and they feel fine.

 

Answer by JMAN
Submitted on 2/2/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
SUP, WENT FROM A 18 2 A 14 IM ONLY 14 BUT STILL WANT TO GO TO A 10, OR 8 MY MOM IS MAD WENT UNTIL SHE FINDS OUT I GOT MY TOUNGE PIERCED

 

Answer by kiki
Submitted on 2/2/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i went from an 18 gauge to a 14 gauge.. and i am bout to strech to a 10 gauge.. i gots a 10g plug.. well how shuld i put it in if im going from a 14 to a 10 and skipping 12???!?! wont it like juss b way t big n not go in at all?

 

Answer by kid
Submitted on 2/3/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
ok i have to clear this up it pains me what people are doing... if you spend 10 minutes researching 9/10 of you will realise you are stupid. if you ears bleed at all that is bad it should not bleed. and further more stretching to any size shouldnt hurt if you do it right. never stretch to a bigger size more than once a month as a general rule. when you think you ears are healed wait 3 more weeks till your next size. do sea-salt soaks daily to keep them clean as infections are NOT fun. make sure stretching tapers and plugs are sterilized PROPERLY ( autoclave ). dont be stupid do it properly or not all, stretching is not something to mess around with

 

Answer by leslie
Submitted on 2/6/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i never had my ears pierced before, but i knew i wanted to stretch my ears.. so i went to the shop and the guy pierced my ears with an 8 guage needle, it hurt a lot, but they eventually healed, i had little tunnels.. and i kept em for about 6 months, and they healed well and i played with them a lot, streched the holes myself, and then i went to get them stretched and i went from an 8 to a 4, she put a 6 in at first, it didnt feel like anything, so we skipped a size, it kinda hurt going in, but then the next day i feel nothing, its great! i dont think i would skip at bigger guages though..

 

Answer by JakeyP
Submitted on 2/6/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hi i went from a normal peircing hole to an 8 gauge on the 24th of january it hurt a bit but not really alot. it started to bleed and i have heard that thats not good. i have been doing salt water soaks and its healing up well. but i wanted to know how long i should wait before i stretch it to a 6 gauge? cheers

 

Answer by dauden
Submitted on 2/8/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Hey. I had 18g holes in my ears for about 4-5 years and they naturally stretched to about 14-16g. This past summer I went from 14g to 10g and had it done professionally. used a metal taper and put metal horseshoe earrings in afterwards. There was some dried blood around my ears for a bit and they were sore for a couple days but after that they were fine. So now i'mdown to an 8g and will be going to a 4g by way of buffalo horn tapers. But does anyone know if using buffalo horn tapers is a good idea to stretch with something more than a 2g increase?

 

Answer by zoocraig
Submitted on 2/9/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
dude u should slow down a little man i mean its kool to speed things but u are going to fast i have a 00 im geting ready for a 1/2 and bit took me a little bit over 6 months u cant speed this kinda stuff because u can miss up and lose ur ear lobe beleave me one of my friends went to fast and lost his but any way just slow down take ur time

 

Answer by zoocraig
Submitted on 2/9/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
dude u should slow down a little man i mean its kool to speed things but u are going to fast i have a 00 im geting ready for a 1/2 and bit took me a little bit over 6 months u cant speed this kinda stuff because u can miss up and lose ur ear lobe beleave me one of my friends went to fast and lost his but any way just slow down take ur time

 

Answer by me
Submitted on 2/9/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
haha you guys are dumb...i have stretched my ears to 5/8 in about 2 weeks or less and then had them for 2 years and they closed up to about 8 which is tiny barley noticable so its all good for you guys..i skipped guages and when i started i went from a 12 to a 4 in less then 24 hours buck up and take the pain stretch it about 3 guages in a short period of time then let it heal for like a week,play with it alot over that week and clean it out with alcohal like 3 times a day and it will be good

 

Answer by Sam
Submitted on 2/12/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
yea mine are at inch they srink up fast so your fin if you that small dont worrie just go rock them

 

Answer by CBZ
Submitted on 2/12/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Like everyone smart said before me, DO NOT SKIP GAUGES! IT'S NOT COOL! IT'S NOT TRENDY - IT'S ONLY HURTING YOURSELF.  AND IT'S DISCUSTING IF IT SWELLS UP AND GETS INFECTED - which it's likely to happen.  It ISN'T supposed to hurt, it SHOULD be gradual.  That is the fun about it.  

I started with 10's from normal pierced ears, but they had been pierced for about 12 years before that.  I'd suggest starting with a smaller gauge like 16, 14, or even 12.  The 10's hurt me a little bit and it took time for the one ear to heal.  I moving up to the next gauge took 2 weeks for me and it was painless.  THE WAY IT SHOULD BE.  

I'd reccomend waiting two weeks.  If there is any redness or hurting, listen to your body and wait another week.  It is unnessicary to strech your ears that fast.  Not only is it unnessicary, it's stupid, too.  

 

Answer by me
Submitted on 2/13/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I dont get gauges... I measured my wideners in mm. The first one i got was a 3.2 mm, and i shoved that through my ear in the bath. it bled a little and hurt like hell but its ok now.
should i go up to a 4mm? or more?
does it hurt less after the first time you use an enlarging horn?

 

Answer by el
Submitted on 2/14/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
will any gauge close up

 

Answer by batman
Submitted on 2/14/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i started with a 8 gauge.no problem.then i went to a 2.

 

Answer by jake
Submitted on 2/15/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i went from an 18 to a 8 and it was pretty sore but i waited a week and got a 4 and then a 0 and now I'm at a 00 and mine are fine my 00 fell out in my sleep once and i could fit my 8 in so mine heal pretty quick but it depends on your body. theres nothing wrong with skipping guages just don't be dumb like got from and 18 to and 8 then in a few days stretch again. so have fun and happy stretching =)

 

Answer by kody
Submitted on 2/17/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
im at 1/2inch and I planto go to 1 inch soon

 

Answer by spike
Submitted on 2/17/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hi i dont have an answer for any ? but i want to gage my ear and my mom thinks that it will never close when i am oler and want to take it out is this tru or will it close back to normal thanks

Chris

 

Answer by bulldog
Submitted on 2/17/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i didn't take lil steps at a time, one night when i got home i went from a 20 ga to a 10 ga, and it didn't hurt that bad. i mean my lobe ripped a bit but it barly bled. when football rolls round, i'm putten an 8 ga tube in my ear so i don't halfto take it out for a game.

 

Answer by craig
Submitted on 2/18/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
does this piercing hurt because i am planning on getting this done

 

Answer by da jungalist
Submitted on 2/19/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
you people are all idiots

 

Answer by sammy
Submitted on 2/20/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey there
i've had my ears pierced for about three years and they strech really easily. i can fit a few earrings in at a time so i'm guessing they're about 12ga.
anyway i was wondering whether skipping to an 8ga then 4ga in a few months would be too fast? after 4ga i'd finish at 2ga as i dont want any bigger than that.

 

Answer by kat
Submitted on 2/23/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
what is after a 00 zero??????anybody????

 

Answer by STRETCHIE BOY
Submitted on 2/24/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i STRETCHED FROM A 16G TO A FOUR-FOOT WALK-IN CLOSET IN 13 AND ONE HALF SECONDS, COUNTING SET-UP TIME AND MANDATORY CUP OF INTERNATIONAL COFFEE [REMEMBER JEAN-LUC!!!].

 

Answer by Twitchy
Submitted on 3/2/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I currently have an 8g in each ear, a 14g above the 8g in my right ear, and a 12g above the 8g in my left ear.  I have had no bleeding, bruising, or pain with my stretches.  I started out with the standard crappy 20 many many years ago.  I have been progressing slowly with my "stretching" due to school.  (Not allowed to have two earings in each ear for my clinicals) I've been going along this way ~ 18-16-14-12-10-8  I bought a lot of 100 plugs from e-bay (14-00) for about $30.  I haven't used tapers.  I change each hole up a size about every month.  I would suggest doing it this way for people who are worried about pain and healing.  I wash my hands, disinfect the plug, put a tiny amount of antibacterial  ointment for lube and slide it in.  Nothing to it.  Doesn't even sting.  It aggravates me having to wait so long to reach my goal (0 in the lower holes and 2 in the upper holes), It seems like i'llnever get there, i'malways tempted to go bigger and faster but right i have to do it small and slow because of school. (Yuck)  probably for the best anyways.

 

Answer by Cat
Submitted on 3/3/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
well i myself would go to a 4 then a 2 then a 0 when i did mine i started with a regular one and went to a 10 pretty easy then 6 was a lil tougher then 2 on one ear and 4 on the other ear and honestly its much easier to go up gauge by gauge as many ppl have said on here bc just my opinion it seems like the bigger u go the harder it is to stretch em cuz from a 2 to a 0 seemed like a good size difference for me anyways but i also used pain relieving neosporin *spelling* on them and just shoved them in so that might have done it but i suggest just goin up one gauge at a time but everyone thinks different on some things :)

 

Answer by Kay
Submitted on 3/3/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
My ears are a 6 and a 4.
i gradually stretched my left ear at its fine. my left ones a 4 and my right ones a 6. i stretched my right one from an 18 to a 10 in like 5 minutes. it hurt pretty bad and it bled a little so i would reccomend not skipping gagues. uhmm..it hurt for like 2 weeks but not bad and then it doesn't hurt now. but dont skip gagues.




 

Answer by hmmm
Submitted on 3/4/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i went to a 16 to 14 then to a 10 then a 6 then a 4 and i plan to go to about two steps over 00

 

Answer by shaggs
Submitted on 3/6/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
whats up ive had my ears up to zeros and taken them out and theyve grown back and recently i did it again they are back down to 2s and im goin to zero in a little bit but bleeding and swelling is perfectly normal the only thing to worry about is infection and steve if u want to go to a 0 use a taper it will be much easier to get it in

 

Answer by Sofia M
Submitted on 3/6/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Hello my name is Sofia, my daughter is wishing to start to strech her ears.  She says that it will grow back, from a certain point.  I wanted to get the ideas and answers from more expierienced crowd of people? And is it safe?
-thanks, Sofia

 

Answer by Gus Maturana
Submitted on 3/8/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
wow,so alot of you have tiny gauges,mine are at a 5/8ths...go bigger kids

 

Answer by Kickin'Wing
Submitted on 3/8/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey guys. i started off with a 16 then. i waited about 2 months then went to 14s. after than i got really impatient and went to a 10 then to an 8 withing tow or three days later. Not having much knowledge in the art of ear stretching, i tried to shove in a 6g double-sided flare. bad idea. it busted out the backside of my ear out and blood was everywhere. it hurt so bad that i was just like screw this i cant take it. so i took them out the next day and i put my eights back in. had them in for a few weeks. i was bored with them now and i wanted to go bigger again. so i go and get a set of tapers. 6g 4g 2g were the sizes. as soon as i got home i stretched my ears out first with the 6g taper then with the 4g taper so i could get the ends in. I still have them in today. taking them out everyday to clean them of course. now here is my question. i still want to go bigger. maybe to a 2g or 0g, but the fear is in the back of my head that they will never grow back to a hardly noticible size, for i look forward to having a professional job as an electrical engineer and im afraid that i will never be able to get a job with big holes in my ears. so if i go bigger will they grow back when i am done done with them? please reply

 

Answer by Nicholas
Submitted on 3/10/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
As far as all this worry about what size to start off, I went straight to 8's. Had the piercing shop pierce it with a 10g and then put 8g plugs in. No problems here.

 

Answer by syrup
Submitted on 3/10/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
My ears have never bled in the stretching experience. I advice using good sterile metal , splurge a little , go to your local flea market , mall , piercing shop wherever and buy good jewelry. I suggest you do a little research also, anytime you are modifying your body you need to find out what you're getting into before it's too late. McDonald straws are 0s and many people make the mistake of using them as a easy stretcher but what many of you may not know is that plastic is porous and holds bacteria and can cause your ear to infect very easily, that goes for all plastics. Go slow over time so that your ears with return to normal size if you chose to do that later on in life, meaning months. Use stretchers to save your ears from blowing out , and don't rush it , take your time and save the pain. I never did this and I just kept stretching as fast as i could to get the results I wanted faster , and I'm satisfied but I've seen many freinds do the sme things as me and have horrible results.

 

Answer by bl;hah
Submitted on 3/11/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i had 16 gauge and now im up to half an inch. just as long as you wait for it to heal its fine and skipping gauges is fine. ears close up but it depends on the person, it takes a long time and you have to know how to do it.

 

Answer by me
Submitted on 3/12/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey man i had 16 mm and they closed up completly like i had to get them peirced again it just depends on ur immune system cause my mate had the same and hes didnt

 

Answer by GothicGwynn
Submitted on 3/14/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i'mat 2g now. it's a lot less painful when you're putting them in, if they hurt pretty bad to pause for 30 seconds or so.

they close up really easily; i was up to a 6 before, and they went back down to normal.

i put the 2g in a while ago, maybe 2 or 3 weeks ago, and the still really hurt. i went from 6's to the 2's, and normally i'dbe onto the next size by now. how much longer is it gonna hurt? and is it normal for it still to be bleeding, if i poke at my ears?

 

Answer by DROP DEAD AMY!
Submitted on 3/14/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
an easy way of stretching your ears is getting a slurpee straw and making the ends sharp enough to go through your ear, just soak your ear in water and the straw and the less painful it is.

 

Answer by kelsey
Submitted on 3/15/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
well I'm gonna stretch with no help from any pro... so today i started with a 16ga i ant to be at a fourteen, but tell me a lot of you go way bigger than at first is it a good idea for me just to go to a fourteen after a week or so?

 

Answer by h1dd3nelement
Submitted on 3/16/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
WOW! some of you people are out of your minds! If you came into my studio wondering why your fistula hanging our your ears, and it wont stop hurting, I'd probably laugh in your face. SLOW DOWN!!!. Stretching should be an enjoyable, NOT PAINFUL, experiece. A lot of you arent even taking the time to appreciate!

 

Answer by asdfqwerty
Submitted on 3/18/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I've went from a 14.. to a regular 18.. to a jelly braclet..? (which worked by the way, yes, it was stupid, but it worked well).. to the end of my chopsticks (yes, stupid, once again, but I don't have enough money to buy all those earrings) to finally my 6's. I did it slowly, even though i didn't use the correct things to do it with, it turned out nice, and i'mplanning to go bigger.
Horray.

 

Answer by allison
Submitted on 3/18/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
ok so ive been stretching for awhile now and never had a big problem
if i had a problem id look up info to fix it
and now here i am being a dumbass
im at 00g and i tried to go to about a 5/8g the other day.
heres why im a dumbass
i tried to use a sharpie for a tapper but i forgot to disinfect it
it hurt too bad and the earrings wouldnt fit so i put the 00g back in
now about 2 days later its still pussing and bleeding and i took out the earring to clean it and i cant get it back in
i refuse to take them out untill they get back to normal (it took me way to many months of sacrifice to get where i am) so i just stuck some 2g in. here are my qs
*what should i clean/disinfect my ears and earrings with?
*what should i do now with my bleeding pusing swollen ear?
thanks!
peace and love.

 

Answer by dee dee
Submitted on 3/19/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
is it ok to leave the taper in your ear instead of puttin in a plug?

 

Answer by Marissa
Submitted on 3/19/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
90% of you are stupid as hell.
Its not a game of who can suck it up
its about the fact that you obviously arent
mature enough to WAIT till your ears heal to stretch them,which is atleast a month inbetween and you should NOT skip sizes no matter what.It'll form scar tissue and one day if you idiots decide to grow up or just dont want them anymore your going to be stuck with ugly cat ass earlobes.And as for them closing up it depends on YOUR body no one can answer that question some people have gone from sizes like 7/8" to smaller than 10g but some people as small as 2g wont close up.By the way its called stretching not "gauging" and the jewlery isnt called "gauges" either theyre tunnels/plugs/tapers/etc. I hope all of you who stretched fasts ears rip in half you all deserve it. Esp. the kid who went from nothing to 1" in a month.

 

Answer by sarah
Submitted on 3/19/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
yeah i gauged my ears from a 18 to an 8... i had a blow out in both ears and it hurt to sleep for the next week... i got a huge not on the back of my neck and my ears were brused... but after cleaning them and taking good care of them it looks good now... so anyone that is plaing to gauge your ears be paitent. because the pain i went through isnt worth it

 

Answer by Jesse
Submitted on 3/20/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
alls that i would like to say is anyone who is gauging there ears shut the heck up and deal with it no one cares if it hurt or what it looks like. if your gauging your ears of course itll hurt you big bunch of retards.

 

Answer by John Doe
Submitted on 3/20/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Wow, there's some real ignorant assholes here.

 

Answer by Em
Submitted on 3/21/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
ok im going to sound like a complete idiot but what are gauge i only know my measurements in mm and im at 6mm and going onto 12mm
can someone please explain the size?

 

Answer by kracky
Submitted on 3/21/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
a really good way to stretch your ears to any size painlessly is to buy a small plug and then once a day put a layer of electrical tape on it and put it back in. gradually your ear will stretch with no pain or blood or bruising or anything nasty. be sure to clean it though because the adhesive is sticky after a while. and also, don't keep the tape in after your as big as you want to be. buy a real earring or bad things will happen.

 

Answer by Ta2uedJen
Submitted on 3/21/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Wow Just wow is what I have to ay to tthe following post:

stretched my ears from regular size to a ten and it was no problem because i had my regular sizes for years and years and they just become so loose. it's OK to skip gages just as long as you put neosporin and antibacterial (preferably Dial) soap on it 3 times daily. Also, take the gages out, clean inside to get rid of germs and "crusties" (from blood or whatever) and play around with them (like twisting them and pulling on them stretches them even more so you're ready for the next size. Just because they hurt doesn't mean there's something wrong. Keep working with them--broken skin will always heal as long as you have the right material (metal works the best for me, at any rate) and keep them clean. Letting blood or puss build up is not only bad, but disgusting! Puss is a good sign (it means your ears are healing) but clean it off!

First of all puss is not a good sign, it means its infected. LYMPH on the other hand is a sign of a healing piercing. If your ear has blood and puss go to the damn doctor.

You shouldnt be using Dial thats way way to harsh. Use a mild soap. Or do sea salt soaks they work wonders. Neosporin is also horrible to use to heal due to trapping bacteria.

Broken sink dosent always heal. If you use the aftercare you suggest then look for some problems down the road.

You cant just use metal in your ears. U need to make sure its good quality jewelery.

Skipping gauges isnt reccomened but you all seem to think its ok just because you havent had problems. But trust me when you get that cat ass affect then what? YUCK!

Arrgss seriously people some of you are just asking for trouble.You all want good adivce check out www.tribalectic.com or BME.com

 

Answer by morpheus
Submitted on 3/28/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
im going to get my ears peirced this weekend, how long should i wait untell i start gaugeing them. anybody know can you tell me.

 

Answer by Steriotyped
Submitted on 3/28/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I got my ears pierced with a regular 20g. Then I went to a 14, then to an 8g. Then to a 6g and from the 6 to a 2g with no problem.

 

Answer by Regardswithnoremains
Submitted on 3/28/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Hey I got a question. I gaged my ear to a 0g but took it out. It was bleeding. So do u guys think it will heal up completely with no hole what so ever.

 

Answer by Anthony
Submitted on 3/28/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I started at a ten. So I went from a 10 to a 2. It hurt so bad. Then I went to a zero and it hurt. I did all of this within ten weeks. It is suppose to take at least 4 weeks to heal and you go up a gage every time. I was dumb and didn't follow the advice. Go by each gage and wait for it to heal. And before you know it you'll have the size you want

 

Answer by skitz
Submitted on 4/1/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Deff. just go to the 2. My ears at 1/2 inches right now. trust me man. Actually if you get the tapers with the points then you can go from the 6 right to the 0 but by using another rubber band incase the other one wont stay on. I dont know if i made any sense. but i hope it helps

 

Answer by Xander
Submitted on 4/2/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i went 18,16,14,12 trying not to let my parnents find out about them. they think is wrong and that im already going down the wrong path but i think its beautiful. do you think a 10 would be to noticeable?

 

Answer by Bri
Submitted on 4/2/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I think the best way is to wait it out. I know i really want to get my gauges up to a 00G soon but I'm holding back and waiting till they heal fully between each gauge just cause it doesnt hurt as much and its a lot safer. Right now im at a 12G and gauging them to a 10 in a few days. I've waited a week or more between each gauge except when i went from a 16 to a 14. You dont have to wait as long as I do but only gauge untill you are comfortable/confident with gauging them a size up.

 

Answer by Call me Kris Klassic
Submitted on 4/3/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Ok guys....I was just checking out this site and decided that I could post my experience here as well. As of right now, I am sitting at 3/4.  I only have 2 sizes left to go before the inch. (7/8, 15/16).  The gauging process has never once hurt my ears, and as long as done the correct way, will be amazing and a conversation piece for all that you meet.  Basically, all you have to do is listen to your body.  It will tell you when it is ok to gauge.  If you gauge before the piercing is healed, then you will risk LOSING THAT PIERCING!  This is no joke, I have seen tongues split in half because someone wasn't satisfied with the 0 that they had in it.  But anyways.  On to the gauging process.  I prefer to gauge right after a nice, hot shower.  This way the lobes are soft and relaxed.  The gauge goes in much easier this way, and I quit using tapers after I discovered this method.  This helps cut back on the cost of gauging by eliminating the tapers completely.  BY ALL MEANS I AM NOT DOWNING THE TAPER IN ANY WAY, SHAPE OR FORM!!  IF IT WORKS FOR YOU, USE THEM!!  I have gone from 0 to 3/4 without a taper, just with the shower method.  All you do is take a shower.  Hot water for about 30 minutes should do.  No special attention to the earlobes needs to be made with the water, just take a shower like you normally would, except this time make it last 30 minutes.  Right after you get out of the shower, take your new gauges (only ONE SIZE at a time) and slowly and carefully work it into the ear.  Yes it does take some pressure.  Yes it takes some work.  But it will all be worth it in a few months.  Take care of those ears, or whatever your gauging, and you should be just fine.  Hope this helps you guys out, I know no one was there to show me how, so I get a chance to help someone out with it now.  Take it easy, take it slow.

 

Answer by kiki
Submitted on 4/3/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i have an 8g and i want to stretch to a 6 but im broke and i have no money to go and bye plugs. does anyone know what i could use at home to use as a 6g?

 

Answer by singsong
Submitted on 4/4/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
of course they will close up. and if they don't, grow out your hair and suck it up.

 

Answer by steveo
Submitted on 4/4/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
ya well i went from regular size to a 14 then 2 a 10.. but i had to take it out for PE and it was bleeding now its sore kinda but im gonna put it in tonight b4 i go to sleep

 

Answer by cindy
Submitted on 4/5/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i have 10g and i want to go to 8g. will it hurt?

 

Answer by Holowhead
Submitted on 4/5/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Hey, I have my ears pierced with a 10 guage needle and i have a 10 guage ring in there now.  today i picked up a 10 guage plug also and it will not go in.  Does anyone have any ideas or pointers.. please... e-mail me at hollowheadjordan@hotmail.com or post back here.  

 

Answer by jess
Submitted on 4/6/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i_had_2_gauges_for_about_a_week_and_a_half_then_i_tried_to_go_to_a_00_it_was_a_big_mistake_now_i_had_to_take_them_out_bc_they_got_so_swollen_and_infected_i_strongly_suggest_to_not_skip_sizes_especially_when_u_go_to_big_ones

 

Answer by LEE
Submitted on 4/6/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey I AM ENGLISH AND I WAS JUST WONDERING WHAT YOUR GAGES ARE EQUIVALENT TO IN MM AS MY FLESH TUNNELS ARE 10MM EACH WHAT GAGE IS THAT EXACTLY?
CHEERS

 

Answer by .kszgk.vhbfk
Submitted on 4/8/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
im at 14g now how long should i wait till i go to 12g

 

Answer by Caydence
Submitted on 4/9/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i was at an 18 at the beggining of this week. now i have a 0. its swollen a bit, but it should be back down to normal in no time. just make sure if you do this you clean it often. your plug will get "gook" all over it every couple of hours.

 

Answer by laureeeeeeen
Submitted on 4/10/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i have zeros...i used a layer of electrical tape every day ...i couldnt even feel it

 

Answer by ghfhfgh
Submitted on 4/10/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
bleeding is normal if you do it to quick...but is not good. so just stop if they bleed. it took me a while to get them where they are now...only a zero but it took long enough.
but i say dont take advice from anyone here call up a tattoo place...everyone has a different ear so the tattoo place will be your best bet and the best advice

 

Answer by christina
Submitted on 4/10/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
are you guys crazy?  for god's sake, stretch one size at a time!  don't listen to these fools that claim they went from a 14 to a 2 in a week or some such.  it's BAD for you.  you will scar and it will end up ugly.  be a little patient and you'll be fine.

 

Answer by cambam
Submitted on 4/11/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
if your at a six......get a four then a two then a 0............i know from experience...i have a 0


          from: Cameron

 

Answer by Breanna
Submitted on 4/11/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Wow, Some of you guys are a little slow.
Gauging shouldn't bleed.
The only time mine bled was when i did something stupid.
& if they're bleeding a lot, then you're doing something stupid a lot.
Simple as that.
Don't Skip Sizes unless you know it doesn't hurt for you.
Everyone's different.
Going one size up hurts for me so i'dnever try two or three.
I went from a 20 to a 14 and it bled... Profusely.

About being sterile.. I never really was..
But you probably should be because mine smell.
<3 Hahaha

Anyways i'mat a 0 Now even though i said i'dstop at an 8 and i'mconsidering a double 0.

Best advice is to use tapers.
They are the easiest way to gauge up.

 

Answer by Breanna
Submitted on 4/11/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Oh Right and about the whole "Will it shrink back to normal thing"
I agree
If you're not going to keep it why do it at all?

Also about Blowouts,
My friend Wyatt gauged from a 20 to 1/2 inch in about a month.
When he took them out his ear looked extremely mangled and misshapen.
The hole never went back to normal and looks like he sliced a big oval out of his ear.
Now kiddies if you don't want nasty ears..
Don't do that.

 

Answer by Yvon
Submitted on 4/12/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Hello im stretching my ears and in a month i got my ears from 12 gauge to 0 gauge i went from 12 to 6 six to 4 four to 2 and 2 to 0 gauge and its healing perfectly :)

but my other has a diffrent story i got it pierced a month ago right when i started stretching my other ear and a week after the 12 gauge piercing i went to a 6 gauge then a week after to a 4 then a week after to a 2 and my other ear is now at a 2 and it looks like its not healing well what SHOULD I DO?
is this normal it seems red and if i pull down it hurts a bit pleas help?

 

Answer by joe
Submitted on 4/13/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i want to start but have never pierced my ears what do i do

 

Answer by [rick.
Submitted on 4/13/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I just want to say one thing. If you are comfortable with stretching your ears fast paced then do it. But, stretching them extremely fast when your using your taper is stupid.My ears are 2g's now i'llgive you my process: I first had my mother do my ears with a gun (she is licensed) and I had 18s, after a period of months I decide lets stretch them so i took them to 14s. And then a little later on like probably a month I braught them up to 10s.I left them in for about... 8 monthes (due to my job wouldn't let me have bigger). I then stretched my ears to 6s. One day later...I took a hot shower, right after I got out I then took my taper (10g-2g) and I went from a 6 to a 2. My ear bled a little not alot. They don't hurt at all. Just like any other piercing. Thier not blown out. Thier not ripped. They look nice. But, I do suggest after you get past all of the smaller gauges that you should take it slow! Happy Gauging!

 

Answer by johnc
Submitted on 4/15/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
from a regular piercing i went to 8 and then a 2... yea it hurt for a while and bled a little but u just have to take it.. it just depends on the person if u wanna take the pain or not... its good to let ur earlobes rest and not stretch too fast but its your choice if u wanna take the chance or not to take the pain..i recommends using tapers to move sizes and pushing it in slowly.. for me i really couldnt wait and go to smaller sizes so i skipped but it was painfull but just take care of ur ears by cleaning them 3 times a day and then the hurt will go away pretty soon...

 

Answer by lindsey
Submitted on 4/16/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
How do you put plugs in your ears? Is the middle of the plug smaller than the size you've stretched to? If so, then don't they fall out? And if you're stretching with tapers, do you just take the taper out and then put the plugs in real quick?

 

Answer by daveyjunkie
Submitted on 4/18/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
no, dont do that. at least let yours ears heal for like a week.

 

Answer by Zortexx
Submitted on 4/21/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Do not rush the process. I own bolts in 14ga, 12, 10, 8, 6, 4, 2, and a 0ga spike.  I also have 2 tunnels that I am sticking with at 0ga.  I recommend going one size at a time and waiting anywhere between 3-7 days to move up (if you're in a hurry).  Also clean with hydrogen peroxide! It is very important so you don't get your ear infected. Also, stick with one type of material.  All of my bolts are metal and they work fine. As soon as I put an acrylic spike in, I got a swollen ear.

 

Answer by chris
Submitted on 4/22/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Alright im 15 years old i pierced my ear's myself. I started with a 14g and then went to a 6g it hert a lil then i went to a 4g then a 0g but now im at a 00g that herts a lil.                                                                   later

 

Answer by alex
Submitted on 4/26/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Never ever make plugs out of electrical tape, I'man electrician and my ears are at 1/4.  There are chemicals in E-tape that can make you sick of cause cancer after prolonged exposure. i saw that up there in the forum, so i figured IDlet yall know if you're thinking about trying it. use clean marker caps for cheap plugs.

 

Answer by LICK MY CLICK
Submitted on 4/27/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Well I am at a 16 now and i was just woundering if it was un atractive to see a gurl with gauged ears at a size 8???? If u answer me ill do u a big favor

 

Answer by fooo
Submitted on 4/27/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
well ummmm
i pierced my ears at a 8g then went to a 4 to a 00 then to half an inch with a taper and to 3/4  now I'm at a inch no tear whats so ever

 

Answer by jesse
Submitted on 5/4/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i started with a 14 and went to a 8 now i want to go to a 6 but i cant get it in wat should i do

 

Answer by syirous
Submitted on 5/5/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Hey people, I've had my ears open to a 1/2" for the last 3 years. I'm now 21, going on 22 and joining the Air Force so I needed to take my plugs out. From a 1/2" they have closed up to about a 4 or 6 Gage in about 2 or 3 weeks. It might take less time or more time depending on what kinda skin you have AND for those of you who blow up your ears (Witch means stretch them to fast and cause scar tissue) they will close even slower. I do a lot of percings and a 14 Gage IS STANDARD!!!! For all of you people getting periced with the 22,20 & 18 gages STOP DOING THAT!!! They are TOO SMALL!! A 16 Gage is the smallest you should perice with! But I Recomend the 14!

 

Answer by FRITOS
Submitted on 5/6/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
HEY  YEA IV WEN FROM  16 TO 0 ALL IN ORDER AND NOW I CANT GET MY STUPID 00GS IN AND  CAN ANY 1 HELP ME OR TELL ME A WAY TO GET THEM TO WORK FOR ME IV NEVER HAD PROBLEMS BEFORE AND NOW I DO ANY WHO WITH AND SECRETS OR ANYTHING THAT CAN HELP ME?

 

Answer by amy/bex2
Submitted on 5/7/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey i'm 14 and i want 2 start wearing ear plugs, i don't want them big, just so i can get some of the cool spirals or something in, my big question is, how the hell do u start 2 get ear plugs, wot sizes n that? where do i start? please reply to me by emailing me at amy_bex2@hotmail.com, thanks, i need the help

 

Answer by Tawnie
Submitted on 5/8/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Honestly, I went from a 14 to a 6 with a tapper. It hurt. Both my ears were bruised for awhile, but they healed. I then tappered my right ear only (my left on takes longer to heal) to a 2...I bought a heavy earing for my ear, and now I have 00 in becuase the heavy earing streched my ear. I tappered my left ear to a 2 now, using the heavy earing again my ear is already a 0.

I think that its easier when you use heavier earings, they stretch your ears out and its easier to tapper them.

 

Answer by HBlocal
Submitted on 5/8/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
wat up , my ears are at 0's and i got my ears done and put a 12 in right away, then i went to a 8 then 6 then 2 then 0. but if u can handle the pain go for a 2. i took my 0's out for 3 days and they closed 2 the point were i couildnt fit a 10 in!!! they srink fast. but u should be fine good luck!

 

Answer by billy_jo_bob
Submitted on 5/12/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
u guys are mutilating your ears go slowly this is what i did 18,16,14,12,10,8,6,4,2,0,00and thats were i stopped my ear is fine because i took my time and did it slowly over a years span just take ur time

 

Answer by KYLE
Submitted on 5/14/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
wass up people i started with a 14 ga but in like a month i went to a 8 and over night i went from that to a 2 i hurt for like a hour but that was it...

 

Answer by nick
Submitted on 5/16/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I dont know what gauge is after 00

 

Answer by Lily
Submitted on 5/19/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I went from a 16 to 8 to 4, and now i wanna go to a 0, i didnt have a problem with the 8, i waited a long time and put in a 4, they felt like they were burning and bleeded a little, but not much, its been about a month now and ive been cleaning it with piercing fluids, im a pretty fast healer, so i think its okay to go to a 0, i dont want to spend money buying 2 gauges, i heard about that tape stuff, wrapping it around? i think im gonna try that, any suggestions?!

 

Answer by caitlyn
Submitted on 5/20/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
my ears are gaged to 6 right now. i saved a whole bunch of money by only buying two earings before these, since they are about 25 dollars. i went from 18 to 10 (that actually hurt alot, but i did it.) then from a 10 to a six.

i'mcheap but so are alot of people who don't have alot of expendable money.

 

Answer by Destiny
Submitted on 5/20/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Hey I am 12 yrs old and i went from a 14g to a eight ( it didnt hurt) but if i went to a zero now would it hurt.

 

Answer by Gauged
Submitted on 5/21/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
You Retard , Don't Stretch 2 fast take Ur time  I'm at a 6g and doing fine , don't rush your ears

 

Answer by Mandi
Submitted on 5/21/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Yes, they WILL close. I went from a 20 to a 10 in one step. the first one went in fine and didn't hurt one bit. but the second one I did, I had to push so hard, it bruised the skin around my ear, and it got quite infected and hurts. Wait 2 weeks between gauging. Clean no less than twice a day and DON'T PLAY WITH THEM ALOT. it just allows bacteria to grow.

 

Answer by Pyschokitty712
Submitted on 5/22/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I used to think stretching was soo ugly then one day i decided to try it out ( sorta became addicted) Over the last like 3 months i have went from a 16ga,12ga,10ga,8ga,6ga,4ga to a 0ga which iam at now and i dont wanna go any bigger. My ears never bled or anything just got a little swollen but this last time since i skipped the 2 ga they ripped =( and bled a  good bit and they are really swollen, Im gonna wait it out a couple days hopefully the swelling goes down ( Oh yeah always remeber to CLEAN THEM!!!)

 

Answer by rushi.
Submitted on 5/22/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i was wondering. I'vehad my ears pierced since i was 2 months old and i'm14 now and i really am considering gauging. but on my left year i have two piercings higher up and on my right i have one, will they get all distorted if i move to a really huge gauge on my first ear hole? i want to stick to small ones, but i was just wondering.

 

Answer by Mel
Submitted on 5/22/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
you people are idiots....your ears shouldn't bleed if you do it right. dont skip gauge sizes. you think you look weird now?? HA i have 11/16 in my ears and they are still small to me. You all had better think about what youre getting yourselves into and if youre asking about them going back to normal peircing size... stop stretching now.

 

Answer by Spikerdeppie
Submitted on 5/22/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
IT IS NOT OKAY TO SKIP SIZES!  Your lobes will look like crap and feel like crap.  If you are serious about stretching your lobes, than you should not be concerned with whether they are going to shrink.  It is a permanent mod as should viewed as one.  If your serious about stretching, there's good information and people to be found at:

bodyartforms.com
bmezine.com

 

Answer by rushi.
Submitted on 5/23/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i was wondering. i'vehad my ears pierced since i was 2 months old and i'm14 now and i really am considering gauging. but on my left year i have two piercings higher up and on my right i have one, will they get all distorted if i move to a really huge gauge on my first ear hole? i want to stick to small ones, but i was just wondering.

 

Answer by Baby Girl
Submitted on 5/23/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Okay guys my ears are gauged up to 7/16 and if i take them out for too long like an hour or so i can feel it re-stretching my lobes when i put them back in so ya your ears can shrink back to normal size. Also my cousin had his ears gauged where he could fit 5 cigarettes in it and his ears shrank back. But now he has them gauged again to 1/2 inches.

 

Answer by Baby Girl
Submitted on 5/23/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
You can skip gauges!!!! I do it all the time! I went from an 18 to a 14, then a 14 to a 10 to an 8 to a 6 to a 00 then finally to where I am now a 7/16! My ears bled a couple of times and they are fine. Now if you go from like a 10 to a 00 then thats retarded cuz you will rip your ear and you wont be able to gauge as far as u want 2.

 

Answer by Baby Girl
Submitted on 5/23/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Bleeding is NOT GOOD! I totally agree but I have bled and im not too worried about it. It really looks gross and it usually only happens when u try and rush into it. Take ur time and gauge it slow. Ur ears are gonna b there 4 ever. U dont want them 2 look nasty.

 

Answer by ron
Submitted on 5/25/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i blew my left ear out at a 7/8...i had to go back to 5/8, and now i'mat a 3/4...going slow is always the best way, and while i went from a 10(i pierced it with a 10), to a 3/4 in about 4 months, it can be quite painful if you go fast

 

Answer by smokey
Submitted on 5/27/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
LISTEN!!!!.....

i have 0gauges in right now, and had them for a while.
im 15 and got my ears pierced w/ a 18 gauge w/ intention of stretching them. i got them pierced waited 2 days and went to a 12 gauge....then a 10..then 8..then 6..when i got to 4 it was a big jump, hurt to bad. so i did it the smart way:
ELECTRICAL TAPE!!!
it didnt hurt at all!!!
take out ur plug, wrap a layer of tape around it, wait for it to heal like a day, then wrap another layer untill its the size of the nxt gauge...IT DIDNT HURT AT ALL OR EVEN BLEED!!!

it ur gonna stretch, do it smart
if it bleeds a little its ok, but if they bruse and/or bleed everytime u take them out and go back to the last gauge, wait for it to heal some, then try again w/ electrical tape!

 

Answer by Nae
Submitted on 5/27/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I have a 14 gadge and i feel special only in one ear though because my brother shoved it through. I was told my ears have really small holes he said it was hard. I think im only gonna make it go a little bit bigger though maybe 12

 

Answer by Chelsea
Submitted on 5/28/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Hey yesterday i stretched from my normal sized ears which were about 16 or 18 and i stretched with a 6g taper and it really hurt and bled a tiny bit and iv kept the taper in through yesterday and over night. It still hurts like a tiny tiny bit but if i look after them and wait for them to heal and do sea salt soaks everyday would my ears be OK because iv skipped loads of gauges??

 

Answer by Lindsay
Submitted on 5/28/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
dudes, bleeding and pain isn't normal or good. Don't push so fast.
I tried to go from a 12 to an 8 and ended up blowing out both my holes. not fun.
so i had to go back to 16s and let them heal for a couple weeks. i ended up getting some large spirals that tapered from about a 10 to a 0. that way i didnt have to spend as much and i could let my ears adjust gradually. it was much better the second time around without the blood and pus.
do it right and you'll be a happy camper.

 

Answer by MooMoo
Submitted on 5/29/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Hey I started gauging my ears about 6 months ago. I started with 18s and got them punched to an 8. I'm an impatient person so now I'm at a 0. When people see them I either get a positive or negative remark but no matter what they're mine. Whenever you stretch them you should go one size at a time. I always have a professional do it for me.

 

Answer by dani
Submitted on 6/1/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
this is not an answer but a question i would like to know if you can get the dangly thing in the back of your throat pierced i have no intention of getting this done if its possible I'm just wondering

 

Answer by cecelia
Submitted on 6/4/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Hokay so, im at a 14g right now, but i dont feel like buying a 12g so ive been looking for house hold objects to put in their...any ideas?!?!?

 

Answer by xxxx
Submitted on 6/4/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
roxy blah blah blah..
dude ur dumb if you let them stretch ur ear that quickly..ur lucky u didnt tear ur ear lobe.. dumb ass

 

Answer by Punk Kid
Submitted on 6/6/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I bought a stretcher, and went from a 16 to a 6 in about 2 mins. now I'm waiting to get my plugs so i can stretch my right lobe

 

Answer by Bella
Submitted on 6/9/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Alright, some of you people are making me feel ill. DON'T SKIP SIZES! Damnit, I'm only on a 10g and didn't think it would be too bad going down to an 8g, which I did about three weeks after going down to a 10g...bad idea. Obviously my lobes weren't healed and one of them started to bleed. AND SO I TOOK OUT THE PLUGS, BABIED MY EARS, AND NOW THEY ARE BEAUTIFUL 10G...but yes, I only went a little bit too fast and it hurt. Dude, if it makes your ear bleed, it's BAD. >.> Please, don't kill your lobes. ^^

 

Answer by X_dead_to_you_x
Submitted on 6/10/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Gauged ears closing depends on the person, they will gradually close to a smaller size but it all depends on the person.

 

Answer by Joe
Submitted on 6/11/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Wow okay I know I am wayyyyyy late on this post but dear lord you people have really put yourself through so much unnecessary pain. Seriously. My advice for any future ear strechers is go to your local piercer or find someone who is certified to gauge your ears. Also if you are worried about them not closing up later in your life don't do it! And don't do it because of the recent fads or stuff. Do it for yourself. I myself have been interested in piercing since a young age. I am gauging my ears to at least 1/2' to 1 inch. I am doing it because it is what I want to do. Not what is cool.

 

Answer by Joe
Submitted on 6/11/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Wow okay I know I am wayyyyyy late on this post but dear lord you people have really put yourself through so much unnecessary pain. Seriously. My advice for any future ear strechers is go to your local piercer or find someone who is certified to gauge your ears. Also if you are worried about them not closing up later in your life don't do it! And don't do it because of the recent fads or stuff. Do it for yourself. I myself have been interested in piercing since a young age. I am gauging my ears to at least 1/2' to 1 inch. I am doing it because it is what I want to do. Not what is cool.

 

Answer by danny_mac
Submitted on 6/11/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey guys! Ive had my ears pierced for a couple of months and i want to get them stretched. Any advice on how to start out?

 

Answer by Sw33tnl0w
Submitted on 6/12/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I'm 19 and when i decided to start stretching my ears id never heard of anything as small as a 14-16g.. i started from a regular piercing (had them since i was a kid), and with a little bit of vasoline went straight to an 8... they were a bit tender but not half as much as getting a piercing.. after this within 3 weeks i was a 4 and 3 weeks later i'm a 2.. no soreness, bleeding etc.  everyone heals different use your own discretion after u go up a couple g's.

 

Answer by cherish
Submitted on 6/13/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i have a 10 gage in right now... and i have 8 gages, but i just cant get them in...i've tried everything...i was wondering if there is a size in between or something else i can try...i doubt there is such a size but i have no idea why they wont stretch...i havent had an issue up until now.

 

Answer by brodie
Submitted on 6/13/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Does anyone know the quickest way to close up your holes? Do you just take the plug out? Should you stretch your ear a final time and then let them heal?

 

Answer by jesse
Submitted on 6/15/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
well i'm at 4g now...i went 18,14,10,6,4 and i plan to go 2,0 and that will probably be it. my advice to anyone who does it is take a hot shower first and i use ice cubes to numb it for like 2 minutes before i shove the taper through. it also helps to do it before bed so you dont have to deal with the pain and in the morning its fine. this works for me. good luck all.

 

Answer by CheckItOut
Submitted on 6/20/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Ok here's the deal...  I'm a third year medical student, and a licensed piercer, and I have five lip rings, my septum, both eyebrows, and the earl (or bridge...  whatever you wanna call it) of my nose, and my ears pierced.  I have the middle of my lip gauged out to an 8, my septum to a 2, and my ears are 7/8 inch (after about a year...  I pierced at 6 gauge!).  I fully expect all of them to close up if I ever choose to take them out.  Here's why: Skin is really elastic.  In other words, if you pull on a rubber band, it snaps back, right?  However, rubber bands have their limits, no?  If you stretch a rubber band very very hard and suddenly, it has a much higher chance of snapping, meanwhile, if you slowly pull on both ends evenly you can reach a point beyond if you were to just tug it really hard.  The key is going slow.  Skipping gauges is ok from time to time, but you gotta be careful with it.  Here's why: The larger your gauges get, the heavier your earrings get.  The weight will help the ear stretch.  It is a gradual thing, yes, but its worth the wait.  Always use some sort of anti bacterial lubricant (like bacitracin ointment) to insert a taper or new jewelry.  NEVER EVER EVER EVER USE VASELINE.  Vaseline does NOT have any bacteria killing agent, and will rot in your ear and leave it open to infection.  If you notice any bleeding, take extra care to keep the area clean to ensure that crust buildup is kept to a minimum and clean it off often.  NEVER PICK OFF CRUST!  It can re-open the wound and cause scarring or just take longer to heal.  Always stretch with non-porous materials, like metal and acrylic.  Organic stuff like wood is ok after the piercing has healed/recovered, but will most likely allow for infection if used to gauge.  NEVER use peroxide on piercings.  Ever.  I don't care if your piercing expert is in love with it, it's not good for open wounds.  Peroxide is intened for surface wounds, like scratches and scrapes.  Rubbing alcohol is recommended, as well as anti-bacterial soap.  Unscented.  Gauging doesn't particularly hurt bad, and you can do it at home with the proper equipment.  Skipping gauges can cause scar tissue, which will not shrink.  In my experience, if tended to properly, most people can hit an inch before they have complications with them closing again.  Not recommending you push your limits, but if you really desire to, now you know.  Just make sure its something you're ready to commit to.  Have fun gauging, kiddos.

 

Answer by aonny
Submitted on 6/22/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i have 1/2 inches in
and ill recomend is clean ur ears frequently
its not so much wait 2 weeks before going up
cause it took me a month to get both ears to 1/2 inch
ya im a badass

 

Answer by devan
Submitted on 6/22/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
take a hot shower before stretching, put some antibacterial soap on your plugs or tapers and ease them in. i stretched mine using electrical tape, i just wrapped another layer around my earring once every 2 days. i got up to 6 and then i bought a pair of plugs, becuz thats where im starting. always clean your plugs, at least once a day, and up to 3 times when you first start stretching. its not wise to skip gauges.

 

Answer by Nikkigogo
Submitted on 6/24/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
weird question I went out and got my ears dermo punched about a month ago to a 6 gage, in one of my ears my jewelery keeps falling out, so I thought that it might be time to stretch it to a 4 gauge....ok so I just bought a standard set of metal 4 gage hoops and it went right in super easily into the one ear...but my other ear it wont fit in at all...I'm panicking one of my ears is at a different gage then the other and my jewelry keeps falling out...I don't want to have different jewelry in each ear waiting to move them up...but what do I do?

 

Answer by steven
Submitted on 6/25/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey whats up its steven i am 12 years old and i started with a 18 then up and up and now i am at a 4g

 

Answer by Booger
Submitted on 6/26/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Everybody here is so "non-conformist".  Want to be "your own man" and you're just like a ton of other people.  ha ha ha ha  Just that you have big ol holes in your ears.  

Idiots!

 

Answer by Tasha
Submitted on 6/26/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i kinda wanted to kno how fast i can gauge my ears...i heard that you get that bubble thingy...and i dont want it...also i dont know how to post a topic so help me out

 

Answer by Aaron
Submitted on 6/26/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Some people are so so stupid, i mean skipping gauges is retarted, they made each size for a purpose! skipping, rips and when it rips it makes it a lot harder to get bigger. but i don't know if i'mstretching right. because i'vebeen stretching 1 a week, but i mean my ears dont pus, and there not sore, and they dont look like theyve been ripped, and it doesnt even hurt when i stretch them, im at a 6 and want to go to 00. but i don't skip sizes, and i never have. is it ok to stretch one a week if i think my ears are healed?

 

Answer by clare
Submitted on 6/28/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
my ears are currently

3/4" 19.0mm

 

Answer by clare
Submitted on 6/28/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
ear stretching is NOT a race to see how big you can get in the shortest period of time. its taken me over a year to get to 3/4" 19.0mm .


you should idealy stretch a bit every month. anymore than this and you can get blow outs or rip your ear, which causes the build up of scar tissue

rushing is a BAD idea

 

Answer by Jamie
Submitted on 6/29/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
well i went from a 16 to a 10 it didnt hurt to bad it was just like a pinch but my didnt rip or bleed  but i used alot of lube and went slow. and i wanna make them bigger but i dunno how long i should keep my 10 in before i go to 8 then 6 and so on .. how long should i wait and is it good to turn the jewelery or like plugs so they stretch out more

 

Answer by gffghfghfg
Submitted on 6/30/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I went from like 16g to 8g. is that bad? how long till I can go to like 4g.

 

Answer by Korey
Submitted on 6/30/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
This website is so stupid everyoneis just saying the exact same thing, over, and over, and over.

I took my time and going from an 8 to a 6 hurts

 

Answer by Caiti
Submitted on 7/3/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Ive been stretching for years. but my one ear managed to get way ahead of the other im wonder how it is with bone in your ears to go from a 00 to a 1/2ish. i know it'll tear but the healing im wonder if its okay if its not surgical stainless steal.. hmm thanks.

oh and if you want to know when your stretching your ears and they do tear the chances  of it going back down to normal size is leass likely because when your stretching your ears think of an elastic they go back dont they . you want to "stretch" your ears not rip them to shreds.. haha unless your dermal punching hah

 

Answer by bud
Submitted on 7/3/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
how to go from 2 to 0 its a big difference best way

 

Answer by charlie
Submitted on 7/5/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
umm... i started with an 8 and then skipped to a two and then 00.

 

Answer by cati
Submitted on 7/6/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i stretched my ears multiple times, the results change for everyone, the first time i went to a 14 automatically... then took them out, the second time i went from 14, 12, 10, to 8, in a matter of a month... then the third time i went from a 12, 10, 8, 6, 4, in a month, and the third time i went from a 12, 6, 4, 2 in a week... the 2 made it bleed. after each time my holes closed back up in a matter of a week or more back to its original peircing which was an 18. so gauging is very fun yet addicting. I'm stopping at a 2. my ears are very sore only when i touch them and are stiff and i can see them swelling, but its only been a bit over a day, and i am leaving these in until they feel completely normal. im rubbing alcohol on them and putting neosporin on them... they should heal up in a few days. so i can put my double flared 2s in... i now have clear plastic tapers in my ear, which works better when your trying to heal your ears but with keeping the same gauge... so it'll be less painful getting them back in after cleaning

 

Answer by !natalie.nightmare
Submitted on 7/9/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
lolz.
i dont know
what
mine are
to you
<a href="http://tinypic.com"><img src="http://i6.tinypic.com/1zeksgh.jpg" border="0" alt="Image and video hosting by TinyPic"></a>
but thats my ear
going bigger soon.

 

Answer by mel
Submitted on 7/9/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey,

anyone know the gauge of a golf tee?

 

Answer by Kam
Submitted on 7/11/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey guys i'vegot a question if i strech my ears to a 0g will that grow back im at a 2 now and im kinda scared cause i want my ears guaged but im gonna want to take them out later on in life. so if anyone can help me on that on thanks and also i have my lip peirced on the right side are their any vains or anything i might hit if i go to the left side also and peirce that.

thanks
-kam-

 

Answer by shalala
Submitted on 7/13/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
dang this hella helped  me thanx!

 

Answer by cof hades
Submitted on 7/15/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
your ears will heal back

i have mine at a inch

dont bragging about a 12.

 

Answer by Yanner
Submitted on 7/17/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Just a question. I got 0's in. Just wondering what the next level is( i think 00) and also. I'm very very clean and shower daily however I get white stinky buildup on my plugs after 2 days or so? What is it and how do I prevent it from happening?????

 

Answer by Emo Inside
Submitted on 7/18/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
what are plugs and why do they hurt so much?

 

Answer by Wake
Submitted on 7/19/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Hey whats up i keep seeing all these people saying there stoping at 4-2ga keep going i went from a 12 to a 6 then 2 to  00 AND ON NOW I AM UP TO AN INCH so keep going


 

Answer by skottiey
Submitted on 7/20/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
history of plugs native americans started them one size every time they kill some one they also used to cary heavy objects

 

Answer by tamara.
Submitted on 7/20/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
PLEASE PEOPLE. take it slow! when you stretch your ears too fast you tear the skin tissue on the inside of your ear and it will fold out to the outside, creating a blowout. and the only way to get rid of a blowout is to completely start over. Now, i had my ears stretched to an inch, and i took them out for 3 months, and i wasn't able to even stick a pen through. They will grow over, as long as you give them time. If you get vitamin E, or even any moisturizing lotion and massage your earlobes with it, it can help you to stretch, and close the holes. it helps create more skin cells, so it's easier to stretch or heal the hole. If your ears are bleeding , they aren't ready to be that size yet. clean them and take it down a size. Pain is normal, but bruising and bleeding means you're on your way to blowing out your hole.

I'ma certified piercer, so I hope that i can be of help.

 

Answer by Sabbath
Submitted on 7/21/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I'm looking at stretching my left ear. i have a 14 gage taper. is this the best one to start with?

please email response/advice to: five_star_sabbi@hotmail.com

 

Answer by liz
Submitted on 7/21/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Ok, first of all bleeding is NOT normal. And skipping sizes after a 16 is NOT a good thing. It will cause pain and bleeding in most ears, although some people are different. I suggest taking your questions elsewhere, preferably somewhere professional, with people who know what they are talking about. I just went from an 8 to a 6 about 5 minutes ago with only about 30 seconds of pain. I was using the hoop earings, and it hurt extremely putting them in. Now after getting plugs i relized that it shouldent hurt that much. so i recomend after a 10 to use plugs. But, also, i recomend not litstening to  me, listen to the professionals that do this for a living. They won't mind you asking.
www.myspace.com/pyncponnie

 

Answer by miss jheinna
Submitted on 7/22/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i went from a normal earring to an 8 gauge. it took forever!! 8 to 6 and 6 to 4 were really easy, but 2 was hard. i have 2 in right now


 

Answer by miss jheinna
Submitted on 7/22/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
bikini u have to consider how big other peoples earlobes are, i have a 2 in and it looks pretty big on me


 

Answer by bill
Submitted on 7/28/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i started with a fourteen gauges.. and then dipped a knitting needle in the hand sanitizer.. and then covered it in neosporn.. the knitting needle was 2. 3/4 millimeters.. so with the neosporn it slid right in

 

Answer by cam0192
Submitted on 7/29/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i went from 14 to 00 in a month with a spike taper
if you take it slow and stop at spots in the taper that are the same as 12 10 8 6 4 2 and 0 youll be good

but i do have a question::::::::::::::::::::
i stretched from 00 to 7/16" which is the normal step but my left ear hurts and is bleeding
i know i tore it but i wanted to know if you think i should take it out

 

Answer by lol's answer
Submitted on 7/31/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
lol - You want to slowly go down gauges. If you have a normal piercing, you'll want to go to an 18 next, then 16, 14, 12, 10, and so on. I had my ears 14g for 3 years and finally decided to gauge. I did a 12 without any problem and 2 weeks later did a 10 perfectly. I skipped 8 (WHICH IS A TERRIBLE IDEA) and went directly to 6. I wish I would have spent the extra 20 dollars for 8g earrings to cut down on the pain and bleeding.

 

Answer by Ghost_3017
Submitted on 8/1/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
what is an easy way to get 6 gauge plugs in

 

Answer by jefff
Submitted on 8/1/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
africa if any one was wondering about wear it started



 

Answer by chetter
Submitted on 8/2/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
um... i want to get gages really bad... but my mom wont let me. she wont tell me why though. i need suggestions on how to convince her to let me.I'm sooo mad... and i feel like she isn't letting me express myself... she wont even let me just pierce my ears... maby its because I'm a guy. but thats stupid... tons and tons of guys have gages... please help

 

Answer by mmmmmmmk
Submitted on 8/3/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
im at 5/8 and my right ear is all crusty and gross in the back and its also always itchy

 

Answer by Josh
Submitted on 8/3/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Get a taper for 4. You shouldnt skip gauges and even i know that.

Ive rushed mine, went from not being pierced up to 4ga in 1 day.
Just a little question, its okay to take the back of my plug off and clean around it with a cotton bud isnt it?

 

Answer by Lovelie
Submitted on 8/3/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I have only read a few of these entries but I would like to type my experience that may answer some questions.  I am a girl, 16, and decided to gauge my ears.  I have had the standard size 18G in for years and I came across gauging to bigger sizes and was instantly amazed.  My first experience involved me and a friend in a bathroom for 30 minutes, while we shoved a 99 cent knitting rod into my ears instead of a taper.  It worked fine and I had a 10G now.  I was told that you could instantly take them out and clean them, but that was bad advice.  I took them out the day later and cleaned them with sea salt, neosporine and witchhazel, the best things to use, but getting them back into the hole was painful and made my ears swell.  They finally healed a few weeks later and I didn't want to go the knitting rod route again so I went into a local tattoo shop that gauged ears for free.  I didn't have to be 18 or anything, so it was win win. I went from a 10G to a 6G and it healed fine and didn't even hurt the next day.  I went in 2 weeks later and went from a 6G to a 2G and it hurt.....I would recommend going size by size once you get up to the 6G.  They are still a little sore and bled a little but they are healing up fine.  As for if they will shrink back or not, I have no idea.  I think if you decided to gauge your ears you should be able to be content with them knowing you are going to be 80 and wearing them!

 

Answer by liv
Submitted on 8/5/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
well out of my complete randomness i decided to Gage my ears today
ive been a little against it for a while then i just went hell with it and did it
i did it with a taper that came with a plug should i wait to put the pug in from the taper or just put it in now

 

Answer by insanity_thrives666
Submitted on 8/6/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey yall, i gauged my ears the other day and i did it myself... i went from a 18 to a 14.... it didnt hurt, but my ears feel all numb, is that good? plz help, email me at
insanity_thrives666@yahoo.com
or
gothic_dolly6669@yahoo.com
thx,
<3 ashley

 

Answer by Morgan
Submitted on 8/7/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
to clarify some things. it's okay to start at a 14.. it may hurt but that's normal. It's okay to jump sizes.. until you get to about 0g. if you jump sizes after hitting 0g.. then you have a greater chance of having a blowout. Blowouts can also occur if you gauge too soon. If you use a taper to stretch your ears SHOULD NEVER bleed. If they do, you should downsize and let your ears heal before gauging again. Sea Salt soaks are great for fresh stretches. and Massaging your ear will allow better blood flow and will allow more stretching.

Yes you're ears will shrink back down if you leave your gauges out long enough. It takes up to 5 years to go down in sizes, and there's a chance that after hitting 2g that you will have a harder time being a normal size. Gauging is not to be taken lightly.

 

Answer by Sara.
Submitted on 8/7/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Never skip gauges, especially once you get past a 10 gauge. At a 00, I took mine out and they healed fully back within a month. Now they're at 3/4".

ANY SIZE UP TO 1/2" SHOULD FULLY HEAL BACK WITHING 3 MONTHS.

The end.

 

Answer by Jeb
Submitted on 8/8/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I'm at 1 1/8" and if you want to go to a zero I suggest getting a zero gauge taper. Though I never used tapers the whole way I found an easier way to stretch. If you add a layer of electrical tape a day you will jump a size a week and it is virtually painless! If you just got you ears pierced, I suggest waiting a little while before you gauge so it has a chance to heal, start small with a 12 or 14 and work your way up gradually just take your time and do it right if your gonna do it or else you will regret doing it at all!

 

Answer by incubus1976
Submitted on 8/8/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I have a 0 in and I love them! But if you want them you should really think about it! Metal is one of the best things that work! You should really clean them every day or every other day! I dont really get why you would have to the them dont in a shop. It is just a fast in your own home and I went from a 18 to a 0 in less then a month! It did hurt somewhat and it did bleed but I like the pain!




Janelle

 

Answer by yamiXlynn
Submitted on 8/9/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
well i have an 8guage with a 14guage put in together. i have no clue where theyre at im only guessing im at a 4..i got plugs and theyre the types of plugs that have an outer ridge which is bigger than inside(which is a 6 guage.)ive been trying for months to get the plug in but everytime i do it wont go in and i have no idea what the outer guage is.if anyone knows about this what the hell do you do?

 

Answer by mirandaaa
Submitted on 8/9/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
you people are dumb. if you want to strech them so badly, why does it care that it bleeds? JUST KEEP IT CLEAN and it will be ok.

i went from an 18 to a 10 in one night, and then to a 00 in about a month.

-ice
-peroxide
-something to distract you from the pain
-and maybe some heroin. haha

 

Answer by brent
Submitted on 8/10/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
when it bleeds and hurts, you are tearing the skin.. which leads to scars.. which leads to blowouts, not healing back up.. stretch at 2g per stretch, when you guage down it should not hurt or bleed..

 

Answer by scott
Submitted on 8/10/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I had initally 14g's in both lobes then I went to ten's and now I have eights and I'm working on 4's

 

Answer by DJ
Submitted on 8/10/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Yo steve I'd get a taper for a 2 and just pull on the 6 gauge for a couple days and it will slide through like nothing, when i took it to zero it was virtually painless. right now i'm up to 0000g (1/2 in).

 

Answer by jay
Submitted on 8/14/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
yo for all u peoples out there wondering yes guages will close up the only way they wont is if u go past double o n the best way to stretch with less pain is to get a taper of the desired guage you should put hand soap on the taper n it will lube it up and go throught real easy and if if u take it out the next day yes it will bleed but don't worry its normal I went from regular ear ring to 16 to 10 to 6 to a 2 guage in both ears

 

Answer by craig hoxter
Submitted on 8/15/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i had 1/2 inch in my ears an lost them an they started to close up but then found them lol so ive been goin bigger sence an im a inch now an they will close up

 

Answer by sha
Submitted on 8/15/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i put in some 8 gages yesterday, ive gone from 18-14 14-12 12-8. at first they were a little sore but now its like it never happened. if you want to gage (any size) your ears, use A&D ointment (the stuff you put on tattoos) and clean with alcohol daily. when it gets down and dirty below the 10s then DEFINITELY use that ointment, it lubes it up so the skin wont stick. you really have to clean your ears at the least 4 times a week if youre lazy and wont do it 14 times a weeks (i do it twice a day.) twist and pull your gages to get your ears used to it and if you want to widen them even more. good luck guys!

 

Answer by xzvXZCvXCV
Submitted on 8/15/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
okay this is pretty gay all my friends like 6 of them are starting to gauge their ears with a belly button ring and its so gay becaseu they are 13 years old and it looks not good on 13 year ld girls UGH THEY ARE SO DUMB

 

Answer by dino
Submitted on 8/15/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i went 18gage to 0 in 20 mins

 

Answer by scarecro
Submitted on 8/16/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
uhm, im thinking about gaging my ears but i have a few questions like what size i should start with and if they close back?

 

Answer by chucky
Submitted on 8/16/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I have my ears streached from a 12g to a 4g but one of my ears bleeds and it has scabs around it is that normal

 

Answer by maandyyyyyyy
Submitted on 8/17/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i ripped my ear and it turned out fine ......

 

Answer by kellz
Submitted on 8/17/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey, im only 12 years of age :P and im a girl and i went from a 14ga rite to a 6ga .... and i only had the 14ga in for 1 day .... but b4 that u had the 18.. i think for years .... i skipped ga's lots and my bro did the same as me but he hd that 6ga one in for 2 days and now he has a 0ga one in and we both ripped ours and both bled but ours both turned out fine and we arnt planing on stopping now :P

 

Answer by heavymetal_118@hotmail.com
Submitted on 8/18/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Do you think its safe to use house hold items to stretch your ears? I used nails and pen ink cartrigers on my left ear, and now I'm gonna do my right ear the same way. What do u think?

 

Answer by Kragoon
Submitted on 8/19/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i have some questions, im getting my ears pierced for the second time. i've never gone lower than a regualr ring. i want to know how long it'll take to go from a regular piercing to the size of about a dime.

 

Answer by ~*SUBLIME*~
Submitted on 8/21/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
YES GAUGES WILL CLOSE IN TIME,I HAD 6
GAUGES AND TOOK THEM OUT THEY CLOSED UP TO A 10.I JUST STRETCHED THEM TO 8 THE LEFT 1 BARLEY IS SORE BUT THE RIGHT ONE SWELLED UP
AND HURTS A LITTLE.

 

Answer by manrape
Submitted on 8/23/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i gauged my ears from 8 to 1/2" in 5 days and now im at 3/4". is it possible to go from 3/4 to an inch without blowing your ears or should i go to 7/8"s first

 

Answer by liam
Submitted on 8/24/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I had my ears pierced at an 18 and bought tapers which brought them up to an 8. A week or two later, after it was healed, I put in size 6 plugs. I'm currently trying to get 4's in, they're kind of like plugs I guess it's just a one piece type thing, but I'm having no luck and it wont seem to fit. I'm temtped to buy a taper for a 4, but most of the people on here seem to have been able to go from a smaller size I had to a bigger size then i want. Any advice on how to get these through? I'm kind of new at this and dont want to mess it up.

and to the girl who asked about gauging up after getting her ears done, start with 16, let your ears heal up, and then go to the next size.

 

Answer by jon
Submitted on 8/30/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Im at a 4g right now my left ear is fine but my right ear is a little swollen and has a little puss/blood whats the best thing for this? think i should take them out?

 

Answer by amanda
Submitted on 8/31/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i have a question.. i had in my ear a regulat little stud that you get your ear pierced with and i put a belly button ring thgough my ear what gage is a belly buttton ring??? also i want to stretch it more but i cant find any place tht duz it or how to do it my self. how much duz it usually cost or what i dont really know anything about it.

 

Answer by chris
Submitted on 8/31/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i just took out my 4 gage earing....if i let it close up can i re-pearce it later..?

 

Answer by Britt
Submitted on 9/1/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
No offense to anyone on here but the way some of you destroy your ears is not healthy. I have 9/16 inch gages(take a chap-stick cap and thats how big my holes are.) and just want to spread some healthy ways to gage ears and take care of them. First of all stretching every week and every other hour is a NO!!! What happens to your ear when you do that is your killing tissue. After years or even days after doing that your ear will split into 2 lobes. Your are not giving your body time to grow new skin to accommodate the holes and are doing nothing but harming your self. Here is what it looks like when you stretch to fast:
<a href="http://www.bmezine.com/pierce/01-ear/A60318/high/bmegl243878.jpg"></a>

When you do it the safe way (going up 1 size every six weeks wash 2 times a day with dial anti bacterial soap) you only damage the tissues. When you over do it you kill it. You are old enough to know that once something dies it NEVER COMES BACK. Your body dose not replace tissue only skin. You also have to remember that once you go to a 2 your ears will might not ever be normal again. Surgery to fix that is $500. Also think of job. When your a teen you think "Oh I'm going to be a rock star or skater or something and my ears wont matter". No. You are 1 out of thousands of people who want that samething. Have a back up idea and remember that in our country Gaged ears, tattoos, and piercing are not acceptable in a real job.I am in no way trying to get you to re-think what you are doing. I do it and I think everyone should have a way to express them selves. But remember things like this are a life style. If you want people to judge you and you can handle it by all means go for it. I do it everyday. These types on things are frowned apon like homosexuality. Regardless if you think homosexuality is wrong or right you need to see that tons of people are going to look at your ears and find you just as nasty as they find gay people. Can you handle that? Are you honestly going to be able to apply for a job and be the best person for it and be turned down because your ears are gaged and walk away happy and comfortable with your looks? Think about that if you said yes with all faith in your heart then here are some tips to help out with your ears.

Gage only 1 size up every 6 weeks. Clean twice a day with Dial anti-bacterial soap. When gaging never use anything other than sent and water based lube. Things like Vaseline can case infection. When anything bigger than a 2 gage needs a taper. You can by them at hottopic for about $5 or at a tattoo/piercing parlor. Only metal when your ears are healing. Plastic and other things have tiny pores that can trap germs and can not be cleaned properly. If you but metal plugs make sure the O-rings are away from your ear because that can case itching and infection. If you trust your self enough its best to leave then O-rings off. If you still have itching you might be allergic to nickle which is in even stainless steal. Do not let anyone tell you other wise. The nickle is mixed with the steal in small amounts and will bother you when you get the earings wet or sweat. Metals that you can use are Titanium, Niobium and Platinum. These are a little more pricey but well worth your health. After healing is done and you are no longer going to gage use PURE tea tree oil to help scar tissue fade and soften your holes. Make sure you clean the ear daily because dead skin cells build up and make your holes smell like a dead cat. The larger the gage the more skin the more stink. Please spare your friends the horror of your stink.

Gook Luck and please keep your gaging healthy!!!!

 

Answer by mogie
Submitted on 9/3/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Before you do this think. You are scarring your body. Be santary. Use rubbing alcohol or hydorgen pyroxide. If you are going to put something through your body it must be clean. Infection is painful, ugly and it stinks.

 

Answer by katie
Submitted on 9/3/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey i got a ? i dont know if anyone will be able to answer it though...i got my ear pierced yesterday...my cartilige and i got a gauged earring and i dunno what gauge it is i think its a 14g but does anyone know what it could be?? its not that much bigger than a regular earring and i got it done at claire'sif that helps lol plz help!!

 

Answer by maria
Submitted on 9/4/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
so i just gaged to a 14 and i eventually wanna get the plugs where u can put like a diamond stud in them like my friend nicole but im not sure when 2 up to the next gage??like how long should i wait

 

Answer by names chris emo chrs
Submitted on 9/5/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
k sup people i went from a 14 to a 10 in 5 min it wasent that bad cuz i have had the 14's in for like 14 years i got them perirced when i was 2 later that night i got a taper that goes from a 10 to a 4 i did that in 2 days then the other ear in like a day n a half well i thougth i was gonna leave the 4's n for a while but i was like hey ill just go to a 2 well the 2 taper fell right threw n went on the ground so the 2's were ez a week later i went from a 2 to 0's on both ears then a week later i went to a 00 i half to do my other ear tonight then a a couple of weeks ima go to 7/16 i might go to 1/2 idk cuz im worried about them not closin up if they close up to like 12 or 10 or 14's that will be great any one go n e answers?

 

Answer by names chris emo chrs
Submitted on 9/5/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
k sup people i went from a 14 to a 10 in 5 min it wasent that bad cuz i have had the 14's in for like 14 years i got them perirced when i was 2 later that night i got a taper that goes from a 10 to a 4 i did that in 2 days then the other ear in like a day n a half well i thougth i was gonna leave the 4's n for a while but i was like hey ill just go to a 2 well the 2 taper fell right threw n went on the ground so the 2's were ez a week later i went from a 2 to 0's on both ears then a week later i went to a 00 i half to do my other ear tonight then a a couple of weeks ima go to 7/16 i might go to 1/2 idk cuz im worried about them not closin up if they close up to like 12 or 10 or 14's that will be great any one go n e answers?

 

Answer by ruiner
Submitted on 9/6/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i've read about half of this page and i haven't seen my problem on here as of yet. in one day i went from 14 to 4. it was all good and they healed nicely. a few days ago i put in some 2 gauge flares. the left ear did fine but the right bled quite a bit. not that i'm worried about the bleeding, of course that's natural if you're ripping your skin. my question is, i took the flares out to put 2 gauge tunnels in and since then, all of the cartilidge in my right ear has been really sore, mainly my tragus and what seems to be my inner ear. since the left one is completely fine and not sore at all, i'm wondering if this can cause an inner ear infection on the right side. i've noticed these small hard knots in my right earlobe as well, which i'm guessing are keloids. since all keloids are, are a form of scarring, do you HAVE to have them removed? any help would be really appreciated.

 

Answer by sezz
Submitted on 9/8/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Ah! You people are MAD. Stretching from an 18GA to an inch in a month is not healthy. It may be quick but it's no good for you're ears. I've been waiting 2 or 3 months in between my stretch's because it's not about looking 'cool' it's about what you want for you're self. It's NOT normal for you're ears to bleed and it shouldn't hurt. You should hardly be able to feel it.

 

Answer by steven
Submitted on 9/12/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i just recently got my ears periced with a 14 and 3 days later i went to a 8 they don't hurt and arnt bruised so i was wondering if i could got to a 4 in about aweek

 

Answer by Alexz
Submitted on 9/13/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
is it ok to stretch from a 4 to 00?

 

Answer by taylor
Submitted on 9/18/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i have claws to stretch my ears to a 6 and right now I'm at a 10 and i just want to skip 8 and get it over and done with, ive skipped gages before and nothing happened so is skipping one gage OK?

 

Answer by bukowski225@hotmail.com
Submitted on 9/21/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i have a 0 in my left and a 2 in my right.
swelling was common for me throughout all of the gauging, even the 18's and 16's bc i did it right after i got my ears pierced. but yea if you go up to a 0 they WILL bleed (normally) unless youve had 2 gauges in for a atleast 3 or 4 weeks. dont panic if they bleed, leave them when they do bleed. i'dgive it a couple of days before taking them out. and for anyone wondering how long it takes to gauge to let's say a 0..i did it in about 2 1/2 mnths. i went from a 20 gauge(normal piercing) to a 0 without too much ear drama.

 

Answer by Lindsay
Submitted on 9/21/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I just gaged my ears to a 6g.
I went from a standard earring to a 10, and now I'm at a 6, but I'm stopping when I get to a 0, if my mom doesn't make me take them out first! But she did buy my first pair!

 

Answer by 337theuprise
Submitted on 9/25/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
my gfriend is a body piercer and she says u only get blowouts if ur dumb. i'vegone from a 10g to putting fingers in my tunnes and never had one i'ma double 0 now. don't stretch so damn fast and don't skip gauges after 8 mayb 6 and blowouts aren't a problem that simple calm down and wait a week or 2 between gauges let them heal. also don't over clean them thats very important irritating them is bad and will hurt more when u gauge up. the blood thing is tricky and i agree with most people in this forum but u don't have 2 take out the jewerly unless u blow it out then u gotta let it heal and probably won't be able 2 do it again due 2 scar tissue. u will have buttholes on your ears nice eh.

 

Answer by Annie
Submitted on 10/1/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Stretching is a kinda long process, so i don't suggest it for the impatient. You can also tell alot about a person with gauged ears. When stretching, it's not normal to bleed! That means you ripped your ear, which can result in scar tissue. If you have scar tissue you might not be able to gauge again, thats why I suggest you take it slow. Up to a zero they should close up to normal or, almost. From there on all it depends on your body. If you are in sports, i don't suggest doing it. You can, but it might take longer while transitioning because you have to take them out often. Also, i don't suggest gauging cartlidge. It doesn't go back and it hurts alot. Have fun! For awesome plugs and spirals, go to onetribe.nu    

 

Answer by sloppyjaloppy69
Submitted on 10/2/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i wanna start stretching my ears. i dont have them pierced. can i pierce them, then get a 14g taper in there all in one go or do i have to wait or what? give me some insight and email your answer to sloppyjaloppy69@hotmail.com or just post it up here.

 

Answer by jasnessa13
Submitted on 10/2/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i wanna go to a 3/4 tunnel? will it eventually close. that's my only concern about going that big!! pls. give me an awnser. also i'mdoing right by going 10,8,6,4,2,0,00,but in doing it all within a week or two. is that bad. will that de form my ear on the healing process when i do decided to take them out one day. pls .get back to me.  

 

Answer by TomW
Submitted on 10/6/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey peepz. 15 yr old kid. stretched from the first time the other day, smallest taper i could find was an 8. I had a 14 gauge piercing. it hurt quite a bit, and i took out the plug today and there was blood coming out. only a little though. Could anyone let me no what the next move would be plz?

boozednbruised@hotmail.com

Cheerz . x.

 

Answer by blond&cheery
Submitted on 10/6/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I gots a question. So if you get a gauge 00 or smaller then will they close up? Because I bought a pair of 8's and when I put them in my mom said that they wouldn't grow back & I had to take them out. I told her that they grow back because i met this girl who has 00's and she said that they grow back. but, she dosn't seem 2 beleive me so I need someone to tell me that they do. SOON!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

 

Answer by KELC
Submitted on 10/8/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i just started to stretch my ears about a week ago. i started with regular piercing size (about 18g) and i cant buy plugs or tappers cuz i dont have a lot of money. bsically i just kept putting more earings in the same hole, and it is stretching. i had about 7 in there and i heard somewhere that you could roll up electrical tape and put it in. so im guessing that im at about a 12g right now. and if your cheap like me, use electrical tape. it works!

 

Answer by wander
Submitted on 10/13/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
ive been reading this blog and i think alot of people need to step back and think about what theyre doing. Technicaly, you should wait for about 12 weeks between stretches, and dont skip sizes, stay patient. It is best to stretch slowly for the best looking results and staying patient and stretching slowly really makes you more proud of your ears in the end.Take care of your ears, adorn them. DONT MUTILATE THEM. Also, dont stretch your ears as a fashion and follow the fad, read up and learn about stretching. It has very spiritual roots, and this should at least be acknowledged if not respected.

 

Answer by marissa
Submitted on 10/15/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
so am really new at ear pearcings...so i was just wondering about how big is a 16gauge?

 

Answer by Kristin
Submitted on 10/16/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
y'd u all just stop tlking :(

 

Answer by full_tilt
Submitted on 10/16/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I went from a normal gun size, to a 14. I waited two months to the day, and went to a fourteen. One of them hurt, and the other really didn't. So I don't know what to tell you. I just was wondering, what's the smallest g that you can see through?

 

Answer by expired_creation
Submitted on 10/16/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Hello all, I recently decided to gauge my left ear (my right one isnt pierced) so I went out and bought a taper to go from 14 - 8g, also an 8g plug so I tapered it and put the plug in, waited 3 weeks and went back to the store to get another taper, the woman asked me what size I wanted to go to and I said a 0 so she gave me a 0g taper and told me to just get it in as far as possible until I cannot stand any more pain or until it wont go any further.  I got it about 1/3 of the way in (with minor bleeding) and I plan on just pushing it in a little further ever few days I was just wondering if this is an OK method, your feedback is appreciated.  ~ email ~ hotguy237@hotmail.com

 

Answer by nathan
Submitted on 10/17/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
yoyoyoyo i just had my ears pierced like 5 days ago and already have my ears at a 6g. i went for a 16 to a 6 after only 2 days of having my ears pierced. i have had my ears stretched befor but they closed i got to a 00 and they closed completely so now i have to start all over...lol

 

Answer by greenbeaner
Submitted on 10/17/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
alright, so, i skipped most of the posts on here after i got about halfway down.  You guys really need to talk to professionals before you do this instead of asking other people who are doing it.  Contrary to popular to belief you should not twist, play with, or even touch.  This causes a spread in bacteria and could lead to infection and delayed healing.  Secondly, do not skip guages say from 8 to 4, and uses a taper when increasing size.  Guaging to fast, as someone said, can cause keloid growths (skin masses and lumps) to grow underneath the skin.  Finally your ears probably won't go back to their original size, but they also may...It depends on the person and how well you take care of the piecing/guage.  Avoiding the proper care instructions can preventing your ears returning to their normal size at all.  If anyone has any questions they can feel free to email me at greenbeaner@sbcglobal.net Thanks and hope that helps!

 

Answer by skellingtonc
Submitted on 10/17/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
You can guage gradually by buying a taper or I personally really like claws. GO SLOW! In 2 weeks I went from a 12 guage to a 0 and it got really infected(obviously). Dumb on my part but learn from it. You don't want to rush, it's not fun. And ouch in 4 hours you stretched that much? That must have been fun. Well When I had a 6 claw in I bought one 4 guage taper and one 2 guage. I just let my left ear heal more while I put the 4 guage in the right, then after a few days put the 4 in the left and a 2 in the right. Then I just went to 0's. Half the cost and pain that way.

 

Answer by alex
Submitted on 10/18/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
ok people i got my ears re pierced about 3 weeks ago? the backs would stay on so i pushed them on tight not relizing the earing worked inside the hole making it about a 6 guage and i put a 14 i n and it closed up in 3 days.  no i just got 12s and put them in. in my left ear its pretty sore and ,my right ear is fine with the 12s what do i do????

 

Answer by doug
Submitted on 10/18/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hi my names doug im a piercer in ireland,when i expand peoples ears usually 2mm at a time with 3 weeks r more between,they bleed a tiny bit when i taper them but stops after 3seconds,im now at 10mm in both ears took me about 4months and never had any problems (only gettin into night clubs) i advise always use a surgical steel taper an lube.have the 10mm in two weeks now and not a problem, they will shrink down if i take them out over a long while.

 

Answer by toby
Submitted on 10/19/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
ive got 5/8's in and i was wondering if it was safe to go to 3/4
should i wrap my current plug in tape until i get my new plugs in?

 

Answer by JESSELUNA
Submitted on 10/19/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Well. I fequently gages my ears. I am at 00 size, and I had had them out for a month-in-a-half and they closed up almost all the way. I have had them gaged for about two years now. They are not that big of a deal. The only reason to be worried about them closing up is if you go up to sizes bigger then 00.

 

Answer by skankyk
Submitted on 10/22/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
well i went from a normal peircing to a six gage and im about to go do my other ear so bye.

 

Answer by browneyedbeauty
Submitted on 10/23/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
you should def. get a four gauge taper if you want your ears to heal properly. Rushing the healing process can cause scarring, or even kelloids witch have to be surgicaly removed. If you want to take the chance and rush it by all means go for it. I did and everything turned out okay. I went from a 18 gauge to 7/16(000) in 3 months and my ears healed perfectly. If your going to rush it make sure you do it properly. Put your tappers in while your in the shower or put your ear over a boiling pot of water so your muscels loosen.

 

Answer by jen
Submitted on 10/24/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
ok you guys are all in gauges no idea about them instantly but i am in mm my left ear which has been at 24mm (15/16") for about 2 months me thinks has had yet another blow out
ive changed from metal to plastic after the blow out i got at 22mm but yet again i woke up and my ear is slimy its gross
i clean them make sure the plugs are clean etc argh does my head in
i got rid of the other blow out on my 18mm(11/16) but that involved going down then back up the sizes its well gash and now my ear is all icky any suggestions? my bf says i should get them stitched up but i love them too much to do that
kisses

 

Answer by alyssalyn.
Submitted on 10/24/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
wow.. duh you all are reallllly silly about this..

"ITS NOT NORMAL FORYOUr EARS TO BLEED!"
"i wait four montsh between gauges.."

um.. yea.. within the past month n half. i have gone from 18 gauge to 000 gauge and its fine.

my boss (the person who gave me my job) came up to me and i have a white acrylic spiral 00 gauge taper in my right cuz i need it to shove my 000 gauge plug in.. and shes like "you need to take that out, today.." and i was in 'grill class' in teh basement. and shes like "now.." and i looked at her.. (im 17 btw..) and i said, flat out, "no." and shes like "what!?" and im like "i take this out, my entire ear will close up, get infected and reek for weeks. my friend had that happen and i will not allow myself ot let my ears look liek that whne ive been working this hard." she pulled me into her office. and i f-n LOVE my job, i work the drive-thru at a family owned restaraunt so there strict.. but then not.. shes saying, "well you need to have your plug in that side by tomaro.. or you need to find another job.. or and alternative." and i was thinking.. OMG.. i cant do that. i put in my 00 spiral taper in the day earlier so its almost to the "mad-tightening-and-little-blood-pussing" stage.. and i told her then, "if i rip my ear or get a blowout because of what imposssible you want me to do.. then im gonna sue Culvers(where i work) for however much it cost to have the surgery to fix it.

i kno this room is like two years old.. but i liek going in here and reading al the dumb ppl..

that think they cant shove a 4 to a 2.. or something. its like... take the pain. or the little pinching feeling and KNOW your limit..  it should NEVER EVER EVER EVER bleed when your putting the gauge in.. but its ok (im my opinion) to bleed a day or two after when you clean it.

:]

 

Answer by minisculedreams
Submitted on 10/25/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
OK....Any gauged plugs will shink down if takin out unless you have them scalpeled!

And about the whole bleediNG thing!!
everyone is diffrent!!
And sometimes you do bleed i mean for gods sake you are stretching your skin beyond its normal state!!


I did all my gaugeing by myself untill i was at a 2 and than i had my piecer jump me from a 2 to a 00....Now i dont suggest jumping gaueges on your own they will most definatly bleed and you have to take alot of care of them...So if you are going to jump find a good piercer..
I hope that helps you guys!!!
~Heather

 

Answer by weeman
Submitted on 10/26/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
my ears blead for two different gages and i keep them in and nothing happened to me so yeah its not as bad as yall think just leave them in until it actualy heals just take them out every night and put alcohole on them it may burn but trust me it helps i had blead all down my face with blood and i did nothing but put alcohole on it and clean the earings too thats a real thing u have to do or ur ears will mess up

 

Answer by c
Submitted on 10/26/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
you need to take your time.
i started at a 12 maybe smaller. every month i would go up one size. for the smaller sizes i never used tapers, but it might be a good idea. i never had a problem with pain or swelling. i started using taper when i got to a 0, and the jump to a 00 was really big. yesterday after having 00's for a year i went to a 7/16 with a taper. i put the tapers in over 2 days because my ears wouldnt stretch that far. now that i have them in they immediatly swelled and theyre pushing forward from being so swelled, they're making the insides of my ears hurt too.
i dont know if this is normal, or what i should do, i waited a year to go up, i stretch it over 2 days and i didnt push my ears too hard. its been a day and they still havnt gone down.
does anyone have any suggestions?

 

Answer by gl
Submitted on 10/28/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey evryone i just got plugs and i didnt pierce my eer i just poked a sharp plug one of the ones like a horn thrue my eer and then i started with a 6 and went to a 2 then a 0 and now im at 3 quarters of an inch and sure it may hurt alt but the faster you do it the less painful it ismy suggestion is to use babyoil on the plug and yur lobe it makes it alot easier and alot less painfull


 

Answer by Chris
Submitted on 10/29/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Well When i started my ear i went from a twenty to an 8 in 30 mins and then a month later to a 4 got a new peircing in the same ear gauged it to a ten and then my 4 closed to a 16 and i gauged it to a 0 and mine didnt bleed

 

Answer by tiki
Submitted on 11/2/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey wats up guys im zach um i first got my ears pierced at a safety pin (14) but i let them close up. i got them pierced againlike 4 months ago i started guaging them from a 14 to a 10 i think .. but yea nothing happend no bleeding just a little sorness but after a night they were ok . i just put in some 8's and i was wondering wat is the "point of no return" like can i go to a zero or a 00 kuz i think that would be totally rad . aight some email me back lemonheadzach@aol.com thanx everyone good luk stretching!!

 

Answer by Amanda
Submitted on 11/4/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Hey!
I just started mine.
I went to the store and bought the ones that start little and go bigger, I bought 2 sets, first is a 8 and i have that one in right now, no problem, no pain. I think I'm going to wait for a while to put the 6 in. I'm too scared to go fast >.< I can't turn the one I have in right now.. is that a bad thing?

 

Answer by kris
Submitted on 11/5/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I had my ears pierced, I don't know what size. They were really tiny though. Now I'm using a 2Ga stretcher, is that normal?

 

Answer by ashley
Submitted on 11/5/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
my friend just got his ears gauged but they're extremely small will they grow back? even after a long time?

 

Answer by amy
Submitted on 11/6/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I stretched my ear to 3 mil straight away and it was healing fine.. i put a curved plastic bar through and now its STUCK. what does this mean? its like stuck on the inside of my ear and wont budge. bleeds when i pull it the slightest. should i just rip it out or is the skin like attatched to my ear and it will do permanent damage? PLEASE HELP!

 

Answer by Muccers
Submitted on 11/7/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I want to stretch my ear but theyre rather wee.

whats the smallest size u can do

xxx

thanks

 

Answer by chloe
Submitted on 11/7/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i decided 2 taper my ears about 8 weeks ago. I went:
18 > 12: with a little pain but it was the   1st stretch and healed in a week, only tiny.
12 > 8: and another week is all going fine.
8  > 6
6  > 4
4  > 2: up until then it didnt hurt with the slides but this was like OW,but didnt tear or rip.
2  > 0: i didnt get this at all,i was thinking am i trying to put one thats too big in,but it was right and the next size up but killed!and my ear was so sore for like 2
weeks so a salted it all the time and now its normal again,phew! I have had a 0 in for 3 weeks and want to go 00 but after that last time i am waiting at least another months to make sure its really healed. Dont rush like me!

 

Answer by GODAY
Submitted on 11/11/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
why did everyone start at 18's?
i started at 14s
just put them in
after i got my ears pierced of course

-GODAY

 

Answer by Tormented Soul
Submitted on 11/13/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Yea I Have a question About Cartilage Gauging how to do it well because Ive got my'n up to a 12 How to go higher?

 

Answer by DUDE
Submitted on 11/14/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Im a trained piercer and i work in Skin-Vasion in Manchester...so listen up if your looking to stretch your ear lobes....

Ok, first things first....do not stretch too fast. Dont be impatient. because if you do, this is what happens. The back of your earlobe inverts itself, and the skin folds inside out. This then forms a blood blister on the back of your ear. And YES, its is PAINFUL. This is called a blowout, and trust me, I know from experience that a blow out is the last thing your gonna want. There is no 'right time' to stretch. only stretch when you feel your ready.

Stretched piercings look cool wen they are healed and done properly, however they can look awful if you rush things. so dont. Dont listen to any of the jackasses on here that say they stretched their ear from a 14g to a 2g...because they didnt. or else they wudnt have an ear left to stretch.

hope this helps.

 

Answer by duke
Submitted on 11/14/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i havent streched at all before, but i only want to go to about a 10g,, i got 16s in fine, i was thinking of just adding a piece of tape around the 16s every once in a while until i get them there,, any suggestions?

 

Answer by clinton
Submitted on 11/14/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I started at an 18 then 2 days later went to a 14,12,10,then 6 in about a week didnt hurt to bad, if ur afraid of the pain just do what i do get tappers and whatch a movie and just creap them in.

 

Answer by Chase
Submitted on 11/19/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
If it doesn't hurt or bleed to skip one gauge it's not going to hurt you. Skipping one gauge is not stupid. Everyone is different. If you try and it bleeds or is painful then don't do it. If you try it and there is no bleeding or discomfort then go for it.

 

Answer by appleface
Submitted on 11/20/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
PLEASE PLEASE PLEASE CAN YOU KIDS THINK ABOUT YOUR BODIES. If you ruin it now what are you gonna do in 40 years? Before even considering stretching think about it for a while. Why are you doing it? For yourself or to look cool? Talk to your folks, and do your research!

Done all that? good. Next bit.
You should only ever go up one gauge at a time if possible. It will be overall easier and better looking in the long run.  If you want big lobes, they arnt going to happen over night.

If your ears were pierced with a gun they probably are about 18ga/16ga. with a needle it can vary anything from 20ga - 14ga. you should wait at least 3 months when you get pierced before stretching!

Use proper materials too. If you cant afford to go up a gauge right now, dont use a glow stick wait until you can afford it!

A taper is used to aid the stretch. You can use lube like KY jelly or vaseline to ease the taper through your ear. YES I SAID EASE. THAT MEANS SLOWLY AND STOP WHEN YOU SEE BLOOD DUMBASS. Get the taper which is one gauge up from what you have now.

In an ideal world, you should wait until your ears are completely healed inbetween each stretch, so about 2 months, 1 month at the least especially above 10ga!

Your ear should not bleed or be excruciatingly painful when you stretch. Some mild discomfort is about all with crusties for a few days afterwards.

Lastly, keep them clean. Infection sets in seriously easily and is a bugger to shift. You should treat them like a new piercing. Sea salt soaks and antiseptic sprays are all good people.

This thread is scary! Do your sodding research people and look after your ears. what did they do to you?
I have my ears at 00ga right now and it took me 2 years to get there with the right methods and materials.

happy stretching and listen to your body, when blood is pouring down your face stop pushing!
xxx

 

Answer by appleface
Submitted on 11/20/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Oh and as a sidenote.

Your ears will go back to normal if you do it sensibly and don’t ruin your ears!

If you do not go above about 2ga/0ga and do it properly it should be normal again one day. Your body will repair itself in time.  

However its not like that for everyone. Some peoples ear never shrink back completely so think about it before you do ANYTHING. Please.  

 

Answer by -xx-unicorn-xx-
Submitted on 11/22/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
is it ok to skip gages...like from a 14 to a 8?

 

Answer by NiCk
Submitted on 11/22/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
is it alright to go from regular peirce size to go to a 6g im trying it idk help me out peace

 

Answer by pirate
Submitted on 11/23/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey im going from a 14 to a 4 as we speak ive done it twice but like took them out an yeah it hurts but its worth it

 

Answer by lizzzz
Submitted on 11/25/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
-lol
it depends what size you want to start with. i started with 14s and they hurt and stung and bled for the first couple days but you just have to ice them, or buy ear solution. and it depends if you want to get them done professionally, or do them yourself.

-steve
get a taper for 4. because the bigger you go, the more sensitive your ears will be. and if you go from a 8 to a 2 they might get infected and you might have to take them out and start all over.

 

Answer by alanna
Submitted on 11/30/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
BLEEDING IS NOT NORMAL, NEITHER ARE BLOW OUTS. stretching too fast is only going to give your ears less of a chance to shrink back to original size when you want to take them out. stretch slowly and wait AT LEASE a couple of weeks between gauges. puss is normal, but again, bleeding is NOT.

 

Answer by Jen
Submitted on 11/30/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I think the trick is patience. Itmakes me feel ill to think of people ramming the tapers through. My god how painful.

I'm 19 and stretching atm from a 12 to a 10.

 

Answer by Lexy
Submitted on 11/30/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I had my ears at like normal earing size.. 18g I think... and I got a 6g taper and shoved it in there. Now I'm chillin with glass spirals in my ears, and I think when they are finally completely healed up I'm going to either get 4's or 2's or go straight down to 0's. If I go to 0's my ears will go back right? Any suggestions?

 

Answer by slick
Submitted on 11/30/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hello im going from a 6g to a 4g with plugs anyone know a les painful way without bying strechers

 

Answer by Bass Man
Submitted on 12/2/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
They made different gauging sizes for a reason. The point of it is to have patience. If not,well if your lucky you can get big with no problems, but most of the time youll end up with a torn lobe,blowouts, or keloid. It has took me 3 years to get to 1''. I had some scar tissue along the way from stretching too fast,so I downsized and waited until they healed. Make sure you wait at least a month for each new stretch, and always us a taper to stretch....dead stretches are no fun. Have fun stretching!

 

Answer by Sam turner
Submitted on 12/2/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I stretched my ear from the size of a small sewing needle to 1.6mm really easy, about 3 weeks later (today) i bought a 3mm taper + flesh tunnel, i put the taper in, but i can't get the tunnel in after i take the taper out, i'veused lube and tried to make it an 'extension of the taper but it still won't go in, and it's the exact same size of the taper.
i'veeven tried just pushing it in but even that doesn't work =[.
Someone please tell me how to get it in????

 

Answer by ariesky
Submitted on 12/3/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i wanted gauges, so i went to a parlor and had a guy that knows what hes doing (he can fit a fist through his gauges) gauge my ears.

I originally had a 20 g, to 10g, to 6g, to 2g, now 0.

i waited 2 weeks inbetween each and so far so good, a little bleeding is ok if you give it time to heal inbetween. swelling should only last for an hour or 2 and icing is good. i cannot stress, always clean them (when you wake up/before sleep)!

 

Answer by LiSaH
Submitted on 12/5/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i have 1/2 and proud u can ask meh anything about plugs just e-mail me at:pixiechik6@aol.com

 

Answer by jbsceb13
Submitted on 12/5/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Ya i started my ears at a 14ga! its normal ya but i must say that it wasn't the most pleasant 3-4 days after that. They were kinda soar but they were fine in about a week. and now i went form a 14ga,10ga,8ga,6ga but now on my 6 i wanna put ina  ring that is custom made. and i would say its a little bigger than a six but not even close to a 4. So anyone know how 2 get that plug in without ripping my ears? and i cant seem to find a stretcher that will take me to that gage. hope i helped!

 

Answer by TwiTch
Submitted on 12/6/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
About 4 or 5 years ago i had gotten 12gauge but took them out like a couple months after i got them pierced so they closed. Now recently about a month and a half ago i got them reopened but to 8 gauge, now being a month and a half i put tapers in both ears to 2gauge and i have had them in for less then a week. They hurt for that day but havent hurt since. I clean them with anti bacterial soap but i dont know if that works being i have tapers in my ears and i dont want to take them out cause i just stretched them. Any advice would help.

 

Answer by Fen
Submitted on 12/6/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
well my first stretch i went straight from a normal sized piercing hole up to and 8 gauge (3mm) took a while and hurt a bit but all in all went pretty smoothly

 

Answer by ANDREW YO!!
Submitted on 12/8/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
UMMMM, i dont have my ears peirce but, im wounding can i just start from a 14g...and how long should i wait untill i can start to stretch my ears?

 

Answer by robocat
Submitted on 12/8/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I'm stretching my ears and hoping to go to 2 however i went from 8 to 6 and there was some bleeding. This makes me feel really bad because my 00 friend is always saying this is not a great thing to do. Seriously, try to avoid tearing as much as you can. Showing off to your mates that you've gone from 18 to 00 in a week is not great if they also look mangled.

 

Answer by Perpetualust
Submitted on 12/10/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Hey ppl, My name is sal I have 00's im my ears and i love my plugs< I started with a 10g And i dont recomend it, My ears have bleed swelld and I have had bumpes in my lobes apear So If You would like me to answer eny of your answers please fell free to ask My email Is perpetualust@yahoo.com
                               Sal B>

 

Answer by kari
Submitted on 12/10/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
umm im now 12 i was ten when i started i skipped gaudes and did i fast i was at 2gaude and a month ago i went to sixth grade no one likedd thenn so i took them outto fit in {stuipid}  a week ago i stated to notice that it was dumb to fit in so i started gaugeing a gain i t is worth it im going slow because it hurts more the second time my boyfriend gaudges his ears so he liked that i gaudge my ears and is different      

 

Answer by chitter24
Submitted on 12/11/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
it's easier to gage slowly with hoops until you get to a 6 cuz then they get huge and heavy...it's very normal for pain and blood and i wouldn suggest skipping if ur at an 8 or above cuz once they start getting big they will start getting stiff

 

Answer by Corey391
Submitted on 12/16/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i pierced my ears with a 14g needle about a month ago and wanted to start stretching them...my question is: does stretching hurt? haha...yeah i hate pain!! lol.

 

Answer by Chanta
Submitted on 12/16/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
To AB -- I also went from a 6 to a 2 very easily.. I pushed the plug hard, and it went against my ear and eventually popped in. There was a little bit of throbbing but it stopped hurting after about 7-10 minutes. But I thought I was putting in a 4g. (I had ordered a wholesale lot). I didn't know I even had a 2 in until I went to a store and they told me I had a two in when I told them I wanted to go bigger, and to give me a size 2. Haha.

And to Jam -- your ears do NOT heal in 3-4 days.. it takes at least a month for a small gauge to even heal up completely.

You should ALWAYS wait until lobes are completely healed to go up a size.

If your ears bleed -- then there is ripped tissue and you should care for it because it could scar up and leave nasty marks, or deformed ear holes.

I did it all wrong when I was gauging my ears & now I know alot more on the subject -- the CORRECT way of doing it.

I went from an 18g to a 12g but took it out and then maybe 5 months later I got a 10g pincher and went from 18g to a 10g and that was excrusiating pain. I left that in for around, a month maybe. After that I went to an 8g. I couldnt quite get it in so I put a 12g in with my 10g. Yes -- it kind of hurt. I got the 8g in easily and I moved to a 6 next and it went in pretty easy. After that I thought I was going to a 4 but I went to a 2. I'm at a 2 now and I'm taping them up to get to a 0 at the moment. So I went from an 18g to a 2g in the matter of 4 months. It should have taken longer. My friend has got to a 00g in the matter of 2 months. I find it easier to stretch before they are healed up cause the skin is lose and stuff, but its not good to do that.

To Q-tip -- your ears will NOT heal in one day.

I'm 17 years old and my parents buy me my gauges. They have told me I can't go any farther than a 2 because they are worried that it won't close up but I my mom has been linenant, she knows I've been going to a 0g with tape.

STRAWS AND PENCILS? Wow. How unsanitary.

(And, fyi, electrical tape is used commonly, and is safe).

Always go slowly, and safe.

If you have normal sized peircing holes in your lobes -- It's probably an 18g or a 16g.

Go to a 14, 12, 10, and so forth.

Don't skip.

 

Answer by .xx.Zii.xx.
Submitted on 12/17/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Heeeyy! well i went from a regular size earring to a 14 to a 10 then to an 8. my friend told me that i have to wait a while to put a bigger one in because you can rip tissue in your ear. when  went from 14 to 10 my earring were like bruised or something and they were red and they bleed when i took them out but about 3 days later they were fine. now i have my 8 gauges in and they are fine. i love em! people always say omg you stretch your ears!? that soo nasty!? i just laugh though. anyways my mom doesn;t want me to go bigger because she thinks that my ears wont close up properly after. and i only want to go to a 4! will they close up after??

 

Answer by dave
Submitted on 12/17/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
right now i just gaged my ears to 1/2" from 00 using a sharpie cap, i just wanted to know if its possible that i could get a blowout from the 1/2" gage or not. like whats the smallest gage that could blowout

 

Answer by mrzhavok
Submitted on 12/20/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i have a inch in my ears
and all i can tell you people is
dont skip sizes
once you pass 00
you will regret it

trust me

 

Answer by courtney
Submitted on 12/27/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i have been stretching my ears for over a year now but everytime i try to go to another size after 00 it gets infected. what should i do to clean it?

 

Answer by south
Submitted on 12/28/2006
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Its always harder to gauge my right ear than my left, when i went from a 2g to a 0g my right ear bled a lot, and was pusy around it.  is this normal?  And i plan to go to a 00g, but will my ears grow back to normal eventually from a 00g?

 

Answer by daisy
Submitted on 1/2/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I pierced my ears myself then went from an 18 to a 6 then 4,2,0 and now i'm at 00

my ears pretty much bled a bit every time but the swelling goes down after a day or two anyway and its not big deal.

 

Answer by Larty
Submitted on 1/2/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
yea i started wit a 14g then i stretched it using needles adding them in one by one then i got to the 30th needle and now i use the tube thing for the ink in a pen as a ghetto tunnel and now i dont have any other way to stretch them

 

Answer by The only smart one here...
Submitted on 1/3/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
You people are ridiculous. I cannot believe some of the stupid ignorant stuff I am reading on this site, it makes me sad. First of all...eventually any size will go back down to where you look normal. If you are attempting this take all jewelry out and rub vitamin E oil on your lobes in the morning and at night. They will close up eventually.
Second, it is NEVER a good idea to jump up many gauges in one stretch. Gauges are sized how they are for a reason. If you're too impatient to stretch your lobes right, don’t do it at all, you are obviously too immature and not ready for it. Your ears should never bleed or hurt for long amounts of time. If they bleed, you’ve ripped, if you’ve ripped your body will form scar tissue. Scar tissue is much harder than regular skin and will not stretch. Therefore, it will make it much harder to go up or down a size when you want to.
Buy a taper and a plug or horseshoe in the size you need. Lube up the taper with some tea tree oil or Neosporin, slide it all the way through (but not out). Then put the end of your jewelry up against the taper and pop it in. This is the easiest and safest way to stretch.

 

Answer by Purplehaze1239
Submitted on 1/3/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Ive got a 6 and im puttin in a 4 in like 1 day so awsome right well i dont have any answers but im wonderin the same question if it will close up if you have any answers email me purplehaze1239@hotmail.com

 

Answer by BO~BO
Submitted on 1/9/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i am thinking about gadges my ears 4 the 1st time should i start at 18 or 16 huh i hope it doest hurt

 

Answer by champ
Submitted on 1/16/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey i think i just gaged my ear by accident...

there was  this thick plastic pipe i found, and thought it was for the back of my ear ring, like a protector... it fit onto my earing and i wore it all day, but when i went to sleep and woke up the thick plastic pipe thing on the back of my earing slide up into my ear, and i went a whole day without even noticing it, untill i tried to take my earing out for skool... and yeah... its uhh... stuck in there, i could proboly pull it out, but when i tug a lil bit i feel pain, like its streching and trying to heal up...  its  not infected or anything and im cleaning it, but i think im gageing my ear at the same time...

how long will it take for a stretched ear to gage out, or heal up... so i can remove my earing for skool?


 

Answer by xpetex
Submitted on 1/18/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I'm gonna start stretching soon, i was just wondering, should i start out with a safety pin or should i pierce with a  16 needle or 14

 

Answer by Audrey
Submitted on 1/20/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i have 7/16 in my ear and I want to go to 1/2....im finding it difficult to get my 9/16 in.....any advice???

 

Answer by TheatreKat
Submitted on 1/26/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Ok, sometimes I wonder where people get their information from....Firstly it is NOT normal for your ears to rip, tear, bleed in any way shape or form when stretching if done right. If it's ripping that means your going too fast and need to give your body more time to heal. Secondly, Dial is NOT a good soap to use on fresh piercings, why? because dial is an antibacterial with a 9 minute kill rate, which means....It takes 9 minutes for dial to kill the germs. Problem is that there is an ingredient in dial that that will cause your piercing to dry out in 9 minutes. Basically it's doing more harm then good. What you should use is an antiMICRObacterial soap such as satin or provon, both work great. Satin is a lanolin base and Provon is an aloe base. Or a sea salt soak, or even H2Ocean works great. But please PLEASE...avoid the dial.

 

Answer by Hannah
Submitted on 1/28/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
A lot of you need to do research on streching lobes before you start doing it. You can do significant damage to your ears if you skip gauges. They should not bleed,ever. My ears are 1/2 soon to be 5/8s and they have never bled. Yes they should hurt,I mean you are streching your skin. If you are going to continue make sure you know what you are doing to your body.

 

Answer by Genocide.x3
Submitted on 2/2/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I'm just now getting into the facts of streching so I don't know all of these terms and I have yet to start stretching but I was wondering if it were okay to start somewhere around a 16-14. I do not want to strech past a 4. So would this be okay? I have pierced ears. And is it also okay to have a second hole at the same time?

 

Answer by chris
Submitted on 2/4/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i started with a post and went to a 8 right away and now im at 00 and im going bigger but i think they should close

 

Answer by Cheesecake
Submitted on 2/8/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Believe it or not but at my work, there's two guys that currently using those foam earplugs people use to reduce sound in their ears for peircings  (we can't wear jewlry outside the body thats visible).  Kinda interesting.

I want to know if anyone knows what size ear peircings are when you first get them peirced and if there are retainers for them?? My second set of earpeircings tend to want to close up if I don't have earings in all the time and I can't wear them to work.

 

Answer by anonymous
Submitted on 2/15/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
The best most reliable way of strecthing your ears is to cut and fit a strip of about 2 inches of electrical tape around your plug.  Do this continually until you reach your next guage.  There will be no bleeding and only add as long of a piece of tape that your ear can handle. Worked for me and my buddy.  He went from a 2g to 0g and it just slid in no pain. I have a 2g with tape right now. Good luck!

 

Answer by Shinji
Submitted on 2/21/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Okay, guys.

DON'T START GAUGING UNTIL YOU ARE INFORMED.

do some research first.

PLEASE, take you time. I know that not everyone is the same but, don't try and gauge too quickly, you increase the risk of infection, scarring and other nasty side affects.

wait at least 1,2-4 weeks before sizing. or until it's REALLY healed, because if it starts bleeding when you size, thats a bad thing.

sizes:
16, 14, 12, 10, 8, 6, 4,    
2 - which is 1/4 inches
0
00 - 3/8"  
000 - 7/16"
1/2"
mine are at 1/2" and basically im keeping that way for awhile.

 

Answer by Mauri
Submitted on 2/21/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
To answer most questions...

you can pretty much start at any size up too prob a 6 or 8. It really depends on how much pain you can take. The easiest way to do a home made stretching is to have hot water in a cup, soak your ears with it, your finger tips, and the gage your putting in and it should slide right in no prob. once they dry out you'll feel it but theyre already in so the worst part is over.
its okay to jump sizes. but you have to be able to take the pain.

 

Answer by Nate
Submitted on 2/21/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i know it says answer, but i gotta question...i had my ears pierced (with normal earings)..about 3 or 4 weeks later i put 14s through my ears...and than less than 2 weeks later i put 12s in...i plan on getting plugs in my ears (with an 8...MAYBE a 6) my older bro says that if i keep gauging my ears so quickly they might not close up...if i do take my ears down to a six will they close up?

 

Answer by tony bu
Submitted on 2/21/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i think i have a blow out what do i do about it? is there any other way to do it other than surgery. ive had my ears guaged for about a year and i think i blew out my ear about a month or 2 ago. i need help!!!

 

Answer by chris
Submitted on 2/22/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i've had my ear pierced for years,and i started with a ten,then to a 8,and now im about half way in with a 4,should i leave my taper in,and push it through gradually,or should i get a 6 ga?

 

Answer by nemo
Submitted on 2/23/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
well i am 13 and all of my guy friends went a stretched there ears and wanted me to so i thought it would be worth a try well i never skipped gages and my ears are at a 0 now.....my friends have taken and put the earings back in many times and my friend at school thought she was the only one that was "trying" to strech her ears but she got it to a ummmm 10 she isnt even sure wat gage and she doesnt believe me that going to a 10 isnt even like actually stretching your ear any comments??

 

Answer by TheBlackDahila
Submitted on 2/24/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
ok..i had just a regular earing in, idk what size that would be...but i went straight to a 10g and it hurt for maybe an hr or less...but not like, big pain!

yeah and i'mabout to go to an 8g!
so...it shouldn't be that big of a transistion..but yeah..

so..peace!<3

 

Answer by kirill
Submitted on 2/26/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i used to have 3/4" gauges. they closed back up to where i almost had to pierce my ear again to put a normal earing in, but i think this was because i started gauging my ear about 2 weeks after i pierced it. took about a month to get that big. and about 2 weeks to close back up.

 

Answer by wahinedoheny
Submitted on 2/28/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
if im strectching my ears with a 10 g right now should i gradually slide them in over a couple of days or should i just shove them right in even if they bleed???

 

Answer by question answerer
Submitted on 3/1/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
if you guys have so many goddamn questions about gaging your ears perhaps it should be considered as something that you shouldn't be doing...

 

Answer by TearZ
Submitted on 3/2/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
you're ears shouldn't bleed and don't skip gauges.... very dumb thing.

I have a six right now.

 

Answer by TravTravesty
Submitted on 3/6/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Wow, when was the las time someone posted on this site?  It says 7/21/04.

Anyway, Right now I have a 4 gauge in and I'm waiting for my friend to make me wooden tapers. I think when I get done stretching, I'm going to be at 00.  Who knows, I might go bigger.

 

Answer by B Gold
Submitted on 3/8/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
HEY EVERYONE! I CURRENTLY HAVE A 00 GAGUE IN BOTH MY EARS AND I WONDERING WHATS IS THE BIGGEST GAGUE YOU CAN GO TOO BEFORE THEY WILL NOT GROW BACK ... HOW LONG CAN I KEEP MY 00 IN BEFORE HEALING ON ITS OWN ISNT AN OPTION?

PLEASE GET BACK TO  ME ASAP..

TEXT ME  805 558 2886

S/N BRIANSD20

thanks

 

Answer by alicia
Submitted on 3/9/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
okay, im starting to gauge my ears this saturday. im at an 18 right now. should i go straight to a 14 or a 12? i eventually want to get to a 0.

 

Answer by boredchika
Submitted on 3/12/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
When it comes to gaging ears there is no right or wrong answer.  Everything depends on you and your specific body and skin.  Sometimes one person can put 0's in and take them out and it will shrink right back down to nothing, other people, and also depending on how long you've had them in, you can put in 0's and they will always be somewhat stretched.  It rarely ever happens that you gage your ears and then when you take them out they stay exactly the same size.  When going up in size I would never recommend skipping more that 2 sizes, and once your are into the bigger sizes, 4+, I would never skip any at all.  When I started gaging my ears I started out at a 14, they hurt like hell for a week and then they were fine and every time I went up in size they only usually hurt for a day or 2.  If your going from a 14 to an 8 that is pretty risky.  If they are bruising and bleeding that means you've ripped the skin and you need to take out the jewelry, let it heal completely, which can take a couple of months or more, and then try again.  Ripping the skin is VERY BAD.  When you do that, you create scar tissue, which DOESN'T stretch, so while a regular ear might only hurt for a day or 2 when you put in a new size the ripped one is going to take a little longer cuz the rest of the skin that is still intact has to overcompensate for the damage that you have done.  Gaging your ears is cool but you have to be careful.  I went up about a size every week, but I could have gone faster than that.  So it's not like it takes a lifetime.  Also, tapered jewelry helps a ton, you can get posts that go from a 16 to a 0 and you never have to buy more jewelry.  Hope that helps anyone with questions.

 

Answer by tommo1990
Submitted on 3/12/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
about 3 weeks ago i got my ear peirced and then after one week i decided to strech my ear because i had done it before with my other ear and i wanted to be simetrical so after one week i went from 16ga to 10 ga then two days later i went to 4ga i left it there for almost a week and3 days ago i put in a 0ga which didnt hurt at all so the next day i put in a 000ga and through all of this i didnt have any bleeding just allot of pain when i was putting it through but i generally upsized just before bed so i would wake up the next day pain free i have now put a plug in at 000 ga because i want it to come back to normal size but im unsure weather it will actually come back to any normal size

 

Answer by juan
Submitted on 3/14/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
haah, yea they will shrink bak down,i had 7/16th's n they closed bak up, wat i did was strecth up one size n, when u get that feeling of throbbing u kno if u hav strecthed before takke it out n put in a size below wat u had. keep doing it until it gets to a six or eight n it will close up quick. umm n trust me ur never gonna wanna stop stretching it, i said i was done when i got 2 a 4 n i closed my ears after havin 7/16th's n now i stretched it all the way out to a 1/2"

 

Answer by juan
Submitted on 3/14/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
haah, yea they will shrink bak down,i had 7/16th's n they closed bak up, wat i did was strecth up one size n, when u get that feeling of throbbing u kno if u hav strecthed before takke it out n put in a size below wat u had. keep doing it until it gets to a six or eight n it will close up quick. umm n trust me ur never gonna wanna stop stretching it, i said i was done when i got 2 a 4 n i closed my ears after havin 7/16th's n now i stretched it all the way out to a 1/2"

 

Answer by jordan c
Submitted on 3/14/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
holy every one i red u guys are starting at a 14 GAUGE !!! i starting from Pierce to 8 gauge then 6,4,2,0,00, now I'm going to a 000g in a couple days

it doesn't hurt to and it closes fast like don't stop at 2g

my motivation is GO BIG OR GO HOME and I'm staying at a 000GAUGE

 

Answer by wildchild67
Submitted on 3/14/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i went from a 14,8,6,4,2,0,00 the worst stretch for me was 2 to 0 cause i had to wait a little longer cause i tapered my left ear almost to a 0 but it started to bleed so i stopped. it usually bleeds a little, but like my whole ear was bloody so i waited like 2 more weeks and the 0's went in fine. 00's were an easy stretch cause i waited 3 weeks after i put the 0's in and i constantly played and twisted my plugs so yeah. if it feels like it will go in easy, do it

 

Answer by Lexii
Submitted on 3/19/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hi =]
about 3 days ago i went from a 14 (which was my tongue ring that i put in my ear) to an 8g. it hurt at first but i did it at night so i woke up and didn't feel a thing. but the back of my gauge is getting alittle ring around it. i wanted to know will this ring go away eventually? or did i stretch it to fast and it'll just keep getting bigger? i have a 6g that i really wanna put in but i figured i'dwait a week or so before i do.

 

Answer by shorty
Submitted on 3/19/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
BLEEDING IS NOT GOOD!
i have my ears guages to a 00 and im waiting about 2 weeks to stretch them out. if your ears bleed, it means you ripped your hole trying to stretch with a gauge that was too big. This is NOT good because it is 4578986 times easier to get infected this way, and takes a lot longer to heal! If you can't stretch your ears with the next biggest gauges comfterably, SLOW DOWN!!! whats the rush for? do it right and have them look nice !!

 

Answer by James
Submitted on 3/19/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Buy A 2 and leave it in for about 2 weeks then go to a 0. I'm at a 00 now so will tell you There is a little more of a stretch between a 2 and a 0 than normal so don't skip a 0.

 

Answer by fuller tyndall
Submitted on 3/20/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
im at a 00 right now and ive always skiped a guage in between.. i dont recomend it for everyone though.. and if you do skip guages let them heal properly..

 

Answer by mason
Submitted on 3/20/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
You guys all suck. You just half to take it slow but you can go at a moderate speed. I stretched my ears at a 10 all the way down to an half inch in a month. You just half to kep them clean and use common snese. If your ears hurt then dont stretch them untill they feel alrigt to sttretch.

 

Answer by z murder
Submitted on 3/20/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
all of you are little kids gauge your ears like a man and just go to 1/2 in less then 2 weeks i did it and my ears are fine alls that i did was put tons of earings in my ears at one time to gauge it out. dont be scared. its not that painful

 

Answer by miyu
Submitted on 3/26/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
ok...well i just did a 4g yesterday! but one side is kinda swolen n hurts. little red, and the skin is hot. Is that ok? I figure its just the skin stretching, thats why its kinda irritaded. but its not as bad as yesterday...do im ok right? lol

 

Answer by serina
Submitted on 3/26/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i started out with 10s which didn't hurt. then i went to 8s, 6s, 4s, and they all went in fine and didn't hurt really at all. but i just put my 2s in and my one ears fine but it hurts and my other one is like bleedingish and red and sore. should i take it out, or is it normal. i'm totally lost.

 

Answer by kevo
Submitted on 3/28/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i had in 9/16 and they will close 2.  Nothing really bothers me anymore pain wise ill shove anything through my ears

 

Answer by Jennasaurus Rex
Submitted on 3/30/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I started out standard, stretched to a 10,then 8,6,4,2, and 0. I went directly from a 0 to 7/16.

It hurts, I'm not going to lie. It hurts very much, but ears heal quickly. I have small earlobes and they're already starting to look bulby, but I think I might keep going.

I recommend always buying tapers. If you try to stretch without them, it's hard to get the size right. Plus, tapers can stay in your ears until you're ready to put plugs in.

 

Answer by Victoria
Submitted on 3/31/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Last month I decided to stretch my ears again, I had them up to a 0 two years ago, (not saying that's how long it takes to heal, mine healed up quite quickly actually). But about five minutes ago, I literally just went from 20g(regular piercing) to a 10.5g. It's not a good thing for most people, but mine went quite smoothly. Yes it has a bit of a pinch every now and then, but that's just because the ear isn't used to the jewelery anymore.. Anyways I don't know why I'm saying this, I just got bored.

 

Answer by WhoDaT
Submitted on 4/1/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
u should go a size about every 2 weeks.... i went from a 14 to a 12 then a 10 then i jumped to a 6 then a 4 then a 2 then a 2 then a 00 after about a week or 2 but i had heavy loops in. it still hurt but then i stuck a 00 stretcher in  and after about a hour i pushed the 00 inserts in while pulling the 2g out lol but anyways im drunk so if u dont understand what i just said im sorry i tried lol.....holla at me on msn flex_317@hotmail.com

 

Answer by soberjoy
Submitted on 4/1/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
dude.... have u not been reading the comments???

that is seriously not smart. ur gunna end up ripping ur ears too.  im just saying 4 ur own good. A WEEK IS NOT ENOUGH TIME!!!
Don t get a taper at all 4 rt. now.  let em heal, otherwise ur screwed and that sucks.
just trying 2 help.

 

Answer by aidensused
Submitted on 4/3/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
im at 9/16 and if you take out your plugs they will eventually shrink but in order to get to normal size if your at halfs or 5/8s is to sandpaper it. all your doing is breaking down the tissue it bleeds but then you have smaller holes so you decide if its worth the pain

 

Answer by pikpokit
Submitted on 4/8/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i went like this 18,8,4,0,00,0000,00000
it was awesome!!
its about 2.5 inches w/ this gauge

 

Answer by bubbles
Submitted on 4/9/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i gaged my ears to a size four, i did it from a size 18 and i did it gradually.  it took FOREVER but it was worth it.  if you wait at least four weeks in between each time you stretch your ears retain the elasticity in the skin better so if you decide you want to close them up, they will.  I spoke to my piercing guy about it.  Also, it does hurt a bit when you stretch, but it shouldn't be excessive.  Don't take this lightly, gage slowly and don't skip sizes.  It's really not good for your ears.  Some people are lucky and don't have problems like a lot of the people that posted here, but do you really want to take that chance?  

 

Answer by rapp144
Submitted on 4/10/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Yea umm.. i have alittle problem w/ mine.. i went form a 18 to a 12. nothing big.. but when it healed, the rubber band in the back ended up INSIDE of my ear.. its been about a month and a half now of trying and trying to get it out.. im planning on going to a bigger size, but i want to get the rubber band out first. i need help on how to get it out. thnx

 

Answer by lacunacoilfanatic87
Submitted on 4/10/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I just got my ears gauged today. This is my first time having my ears stretched... The lady put in 10's!!! My ears feel a little uncomfortable at times but it looks so cool!! It did not hurt as much as I thought it would.

 

Answer by Clinton
Submitted on 4/11/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
you should never ever skip sizes you can blowout your ears im at 5/8ths and it took me about a year and a half because i waited for them to totally heal and i never skipped a size so skipping sizes is NOT good

 

Answer by dom 420
Submitted on 4/12/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
if i gauge my ears and dont like it,and takem out...will the ever heal or close up?
and if so how long will it take to close em back up again???

 

Answer by lysia
Submitted on 4/12/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hay im lysia and im a professional peircer.if your gonna gage your ears out you should be smart about it. the gageing process can be painful but thats the price you pay. if you move up too fast you can break the shape of your ear causing scar tissue to build up and it will be alot harder to get your ears to shrink back down to smaller gages if desierd. i recomend you wait at least 3 weeks before you go up to the next gage and keep your ears claen.sticking objects such ad pencils,pens and erasers in your ears to retain the gage is not a smart move. your ears tearing are open wounds and by putting objects in it that arent used for the process normally puts you at a greater risk for infection. i recomend stainless steel gages for newly gaged ears because they do not hold on to bacteria as easily. if your gages get infected, i recommend taking them out and starting over. good luck guys!!

 

Answer by Laura
Submitted on 4/12/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I stretched my ears from a 12 to an inch in a few months. I took them out and ive had them out for a few months. They've close to about a 10 or an 8. Does preparation H close them up.

 

Answer by KrisS
Submitted on 4/15/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I want to guage my ears tell me how.

 

Answer by Nay
Submitted on 4/18/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Don't be stupid when stretching your ear lobes.  If you talk with any reputable piercing studios, they will tell you: not to skip sizes, allow AT LEAST two weeks between each new size, sanitize them at least once a day and if there is any sort of bleeding or tears, that you should return to the previous size and keep it clean.  Try to let the wound heal completely before increase they size of the plug.  If major tears occur while stretching your ear lobes, they are more likely to heal incorrectly and are subjected to infection.

 

Answer by JENSEN
Submitted on 4/18/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey guys uh i was just wondering i want to start gaging my ears and i want to know what size i should start with and where i should get them from i already have my ears peirced

 

Answer by shannon
Submitted on 4/20/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
well i had 6's in my second hole and took them out because my first hole was too big "5/8" and they closed up perfectly. now i can only fit an 18 gauge

 

Answer by Leigh
Submitted on 4/20/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Hey, I'm trying to start gaging my ears, I have 14s now But I want to get to like a size 5 or so eventually. I was just wondering how long to keep each gage in before switching sizes.

 

Answer by B-Don
Submitted on 4/21/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i got both my ears to 3/4's .. and when the one got infected .. it closed COMPLETLY up. so i waited till that heald and re did it. i think after yu get past a 1/2 inch theyll close up, but they will lok kinda nasty .. i suppose its just all about how your body handles forgein objects in your body.

 

Answer by tyler
Submitted on 4/21/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey i had my ear at a 4 and i gauged it to a 0 and it is swelling it that normal? i did with my other ear and i had a little swelling after i did it, but it went down. im just wonderin if its ok for there to be a little swellin?

 

Answer by tyler
Submitted on 4/21/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey i guaged my ears from a 4 to a 0 and it is swollen and bleeding, but i dont have a blow out. should i leave it in and let it heal?

 

Answer by doobie prickly
Submitted on 4/22/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I went directly from a 14 to a 2 yeah it bled and it hurt pretty bad ive now got it guaged to a zero and that one didn't really hurt at all....see the strange thing is is that I went from a 20 to a 14 to a 2 to a zero in a week tops

 

Answer by lilroot1
Submitted on 4/22/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i was wondering if its possible to guage scar tissue, i ripped my ear lobe going from a 18 to a 10 and i let it heal and then went to a 8 but now i cant get a 6 in. any suggestions?

 

Answer by radbrad
Submitted on 4/24/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
is it normal for your ears to look like a butthole lol i went from a 2 taper and then a 0 butt they dont look like perfect circles do you think im gauging to fast?

 

Answer by Amanda
Submitted on 4/24/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I used tapers and went from a 18 to a 2 so as long as you don't stretch them out excessivly they will close. Most of the time they will close all the way to a 00

 

Answer by don(ny)
Submitted on 4/24/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I STRONGLY DISCOURAGE SKIPPING GAUGES.

The faster you gauge the more likely you are to develop keiloids and "blow your lobes out".  My lobes are at 5/8 right now and to touch and in shape are damned near perfect because i didn't skip any gauges. I was pierced with a 10 at a great piercing studio waited for my lobes to heal and then skipped no gauges and took it nice and slow... when i got to the bigger sizes i would gradually stretch with electrical tape wrap.   I have friends who have torn open their lobes and misshapen them for life. Don't make this mistake. take your time.

 

Answer by Michael
Submitted on 4/25/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey im currently at uhh 00g
i stretched like 1 week ago
and they day right after i did stretch like my ears felt healed and everything..
soo yeah i bought some more stretchers today and i bought 1/2 tapers or 12mm should i skip 7/16? and just go to 1/2 ?

 

Answer by anthony
Submitted on 4/26/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
well i put a cap in my ear from a lotion bottle it a 1 inc and right now it hella hurts i mean its hella swollin and it hurt when i move it should i leave it in

or take it out itz been like alomost 2 day that its been hurting help plzzz

 

Answer by vedaskys
Submitted on 4/26/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
ok guys heres the low down, most ears will close up i was at 5/8 and my ear got infected so i took it out for a month or 2 it looks almost like a pierced ear. and yes i did have to gauge it again which was a bummer but im at 1 inch now :) and im pretty stoked about it, anything over 3/4's ide say it wont close up so good 18-0g is isn't that large and will close up beautifully

 

Answer by vedaskys
Submitted on 4/26/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
ok guys heres the low down, most ears will close up i was at 5/8 and my ear got infected so i took it out for a month or 2 it looks almost like a pierced ear. and yes i did have to gauge it again which was a bummer but im at 1 inch now :) and im pretty stoked about it, anything over 3/4's ide say it wont close up so good 18-0g is isnt that large and will close up beautifully

 

Answer by jaxy
Submitted on 4/27/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
All of you who are skipping sizes; you are idiots. DO NOT SKIP SIZES. Bleeding is bad and if your ears are bleeding youre doing something wrong. Each person's body is different, but it is important to wait for a period of time before going bigger. This gives your ears time to heal and build up the skin around the plugs/tapers. This will make it easier for you if you ever decide you want them to close up. Its said that anything after 0g won't fully close up, but it also depends on how long you've had plugs. Seriously, you do not want a blowout.

 

Answer by callum
Submitted on 4/29/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
when you are stretching your ear with a tapper and i want it to be a 5mm tunnels will it close up when i take it out

 

Answer by ashlie
Submitted on 4/30/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i'vebeen stretching my ears for the past four monthes or so and i went from an 18 14 10 6 2 0 00 7/16 and i'mabout to go to 1/2
i'mkinda nervous cause of what everyone is saying about it not going back to normal. oh well stretched ears are amazing anyways i just dont wanna be like 45 with huge holes in my earss

 

Answer by Danny_man
Submitted on 5/2/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
so if my ear is bleeding and scabby and kinda swollen due to me ramming a 8mm tunnel through my 6 mm hole.....what should i do? i went down to a 4 so it can heal but it still hurts like mad

 

Answer by BrfAngelic
Submitted on 5/2/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Im a new to this stuff
so i need to know the bascis
i want a 18mm
so idk what do i do?
just bye the earings and put them in myself?
is it gonna bleed?
i dont care, just wanna know what im looking forward too

 

Answer by Cody
Submitted on 5/8/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
well, my ears have been through a lot, pierced at 12, stretched to 4, 0, 00 , 1/2, 9/16, 5/8, 11/16, 3/4, 7/8, 1', 1 1/8, and then to 1 1/4.

i just recently took them out, about 2 nights ago. And they're already back down to about 3/4. I'm not really sure how small they're going to get, but i know they do shrink when i'm sleeping and they're sore when you wake up.

 

Answer by toad
Submitted on 5/8/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey can i guage my ears from an 18 to a 10 in a week or two? my left ear is at a 10 and i want to pierce my other ear and stretch it to the same size. thanks

 

Answer by krista
Submitted on 5/9/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i went up to a two and well i tried to stick a plug in to it and it started bleeding is that normal or did i blow my ear out

 

Answer by jenn
Submitted on 5/9/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
how many sizes does a taper skip anyway?

 

Answer by Dave
Submitted on 5/13/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Well I got my ears pierced at 14 gauge, which is common. Doesn't really hurt so its a good size to start out at. Then I put some 12 gauge in, which was nothing, there's no point you might as well go from 14 to a 10. After that I went to an 8, then to a 6. I decided to skip 4 gauge and go to a 2, since the size wasn't much of a difference. It hurt pretty bad then the others but I got them in. The next few days they were bleeding a bit, I took them out for a few hours and put them back in. Few days after that I cleaned them and they seemed fine, the holes healed nicely and looked good. Now I'm waiting a month before I go to a 0. Skipping gauges early is probably a better thing to do because when you get bigger, it will be harder to do.
14 - 10 - 8 - 6 - 2 - 0 is pretty easy. Only been 2-3 months since I got my ears pierced.

 

Answer by Alan
Submitted on 5/15/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I stretched my 16g hole to a 8g, did that 3 days ago, hav got a 4g ready to go in, is it too soon?

 

Answer by Jacob
Submitted on 5/16/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
You guys are all ridiculous. Stop crying about your "2g" and your "OMG 00"

I have been stretching my ears for 5 years now and i am at a very satisfying 3 1/2in. The size of you ears are limitless if you just take the time and do it right.

 

Answer by sum1
Submitted on 5/17/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i avent a a plug but i waz wunderin if i am quit young and i ddo want plugs but only small, would they close up to a normal peircin size?

 

Answer by rock'n aerial
Submitted on 5/17/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i have 14 gauges it didn't hurt that bad but it didn't feel good my goal is to go to up to an 18


                       peace out punks

 

Answer by datonekid
Submitted on 5/17/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
im starting to gauge what r the rite steps to take????

 

Answer by Spug
Submitted on 5/18/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
stretching is indeed a beautiful thing, and no your ears shouldnt bleed, tearing and stretching are 2 different things, when you stretch your seperating microfibers gently and it causes them to heal at a better rate and it feels like a slight burning sensation, my ears at my peak were 3 inches but do to an unfortunate accident, they got ripped, now i had surgery and back at 1 and a half inches, becareful of blowouts, downsize a little bit if it happens becuase its not good for your ears, also remember not to stress them to much, if your afraid of stressing too much just wrap your plugs in a layer of electrical tape every few days, its gradual but safer for those who dont want to take big risks, also skipping guages is okay if the next size slips right in, if its painful and bleeds, dont do it, just some simple words of advice

 

Answer by wow idiots
Submitted on 5/19/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
don't stretch unless you do your research. listen to your body, wait a month between stretches. its not a huge deal. you can suffer s blow out if ya stretch too fast and many times that needs surgery to repair. if it hurts wait, don't skip sizes!! its a slow process but it is worth the wait. be patient. post a comment if ya want other info.

 

Answer by chad
Submitted on 5/22/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Hey i pirced my ears about 18 size regular i had them pierced for 3-4 weeks then gaged to a 4 and then the next day to a 2 i waited a week or 2 then went to zero i messed with them for like 3 weeks and went from a zero to a 3/16 its painfull but hey its cool i have chinese checkers in my ears! its insane!

 

Answer by cody
Submitted on 5/24/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
please stop calling it "gauging"
it's stretching!

 

Answer by trace666
Submitted on 5/25/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i hope that stops some of you people that are Stretching it to fast  and i have my ears gaged and love doing it but i will never do it as faster as some of you have.
no mater how cool you think it is not healthy as

 

Answer by Felicia and Sheila
Submitted on 5/25/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
HEY! i hate everyone here who says its not normal for them to bleed and don't skip sizes... every time i gaged i skipped sizes... so PLZ! go die in a corner and let them do what they want...

 

Answer by Renick
Submitted on 5/26/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Hey I have 3/4 in my ears right now I went from a 14 to a 4 to a 0 to 1/2 inch and now 3/4 and my ears NEVER hurt.I also have my lip done 4 times (Two on each side) two on my left eyebrow and tounge gauged to a 6. BEAT THAT

 

Answer by Cassie [the one with the answers!]
Submitted on 5/26/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Ok every single one of you, except for a few of you, are very very uninformed.

For those who don't know what stretching[gauging] is:
Gauging is stretching your ears GRADUALLY from the normal ear piercing.

For those who want to know when you should do it and how long should it take:
stretching is an individual thing. there is no real time frame to do it. YOU SHOULD ONLY DO IT WHEN YOUR EAR IS TOTALLY AND COMPLETELY HEALED. As a general rule, most people, like myself, feel that a month and a few weeks is when the ear is fully healed. But a good rule of thumb is one stretch every other month.

For those who want to know if you do gauge your ears, will they ever "grow up" or shrink up.
This question is very very vague. everybody is different.  thus, their lobes will shrink at different points...
the widely known gauge is 2 or 0. they are considered the "point of no return." its where your lobes are considered to be significantly less likely too heal to the size of a standard earring [18g]
stretching is not an exact science and should not be taken lightly. there is never any guarantee that your ears will shrink back up. if you are going to stretch, PLEASE make sure that you will be comfortable at that size as an old wrinkly person and with having your children and your grandchildren ask why you have huge holes in your ears.

For the ones who don't have a clue to what to do when you want to stretch:
it is important to talk about proper waiting periods. when gauging you need to only gauge one gauge at a time. [18-16. 16-14. 14-12. 12-10. 10-8. 8-6. 6-4. 4-2. 2-0. 0-00. and so on. YOU MUST WAIT UNTIL YOUR EARS ARE COMPLETELY HEALED BEFORE STRETCHING AGAIN!!!
Put lube or hot water on your gauge before sliding it in. then you push it in. IT SHOULD NOT HURT! YOU SHOULD ONLY FEEL PRESSURE AND HEAT. IF IT HURTS,BLEEDS, OR BRUISES. GROW UP!

Allow your lobes to relax!

you can do this once the hole is healed, by taking out your gauges for a few hours and massaging them... even better with vitamin e oil or jojoba oil.

For those with very sore or bleeding holes:
If you are experiencing any of these PROBLEMS, then you have stretched your lobes to quickly. Unfortunately, this means that you have to backtrack to heal your lobes before you can consider stretching again. Downsize your jewelry to at least your previous size, if not further. treat your ears as if they are a fresh piercing or a fresh stretch.Once you think that your ears are COMPLETELY healed, wait another 2 weeks and begin doing vitamin e oil massages for at least another month. prior to the stretching. properly healing your piercing after a damaging stretch should take 2-4 months to be safe.

Blowouts are not something to just blow off.
a blow out happens when you stretch to fast.  it is a section of tissue that appears as a flap on generally the back side of the hole. there is a few things that you can do to recover from the blowout. first and for most downsize immediately. not doing this can result the blowout to heal and that usually takes surgery to fix. second, the piercing absolutely must be treated like a fresh stretch. this means religious sea salt soaks and aftercare. Blowouts go hand in hand with tears, and most blowouts result in at least minimal tears to the lobe, so the aftercare is most important.


THERE. THERE IS MY ADVICE AND WISDOM. YOU CAN TAKE IT OR LEAVE IT BUT YOUR THE ONE WHO WILL SUFFER IF YOU DON'T TAKE IT.

 

Answer by gaugegirl
Submitted on 5/26/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Hi! Today was my big day. My boyfriend, who wears 00, took me to get my ears gauged from a 14, which i did myself, with his supervision, to a 10. But I wanted plugs, and no shops had size 10 plugs. So I STRETCHED TO 8's! To all you pro gaugers, i'm sure an 8 doesn't sound like much. But I am soooo excited! And I want to stay at an 8, its perfect for me. Ok. Well my questions now. Will an 8 close up easily if I ever need it to? Because my mom freaked out and said it won't close up, I know it will, but I need some encouragement that it will. Hopefully you can help me with that. So will it close up to a normal size piercing ever? And what does an 8 look like when u take it out. Is it really a big hole? Also, when will it be ok for me to put in a pretty piece of jewelry instead of a metal one. Because my boyfriend and the piercer said to only strectch with metal so it heals right. So when can I make my bf buy me some cute pink plastic 8's???

Thanks!

 

Answer by big pimpin
Submitted on 5/30/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i have just recently guaged my ears and i went from a piercing to a 10 g. but my right ear is like swollen but my right ear is fine i dont know what happened!

 

Answer by alia
Submitted on 5/31/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i have regularly pireced ears and i wanted to know if u have to go somewhere to get plugs or if u can just use tapers or somtin?

 

Answer by Jackk
Submitted on 5/31/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i went from 12s to 8s to 6s to 4s to 2s to 0s to 00s. and i went really fast. i went from 4s to 2s in one day. and i think u should skip 10s when going from 12s to 10s becuase 10s just slip right in and its a waste of money. i just put my 00s in today. and it didnt hurt that bad becuz my 0s were healed. so it hurts less when u wait.

 

Answer by DaGoodz
Submitted on 6/2/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i dont know anything bout these g's u all talk about, but i think strecthing ure ears are sick aze, i am currently at a 16mm stretcher in my ear. it is normal for ure ear to blead if u skipp sizes, it has taken me 4 weeks to get to wat i am now, u dont have to wait for ure ear lobe to heal, i didnt and mine is fine, all i did is soak it first and then strecth it.

 

Answer by daniel
Submitted on 6/4/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey i was just wondering a couple of things 1) will it hurt 2 start with a 14g
2) how do u get rid of that smell
3) will it close up if i go 2 a 0g

 

Answer by ben
Submitted on 6/4/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i liek mudkips, and i has 8 gages

 

Answer by Jackie
Submitted on 6/4/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I don't get why its a big deal gaging quickly i bought tapers and i went from an 18 (regular size) to a 6 cause i didn't feel like blowing 12 bucks for different sets of tapers ... and i went from the 18 to 6 in two days and it didn't hurt but maybe its different for everyone.. ? Not sure

 

Answer by q-jay
Submitted on 6/6/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I pierced my ears with a 14g needle and went straight to 8g that same day. u think it would be fine if i go straight to 0g

 

Answer by katherine
Submitted on 6/9/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
18's and 16's are a waste of time & money. if i eventually want a 8 or 6 in my second hole, is it gunna fux up my first?

 

Answer by Melissa
Submitted on 6/9/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Your gauges will usually close up until you get to around 00 or so.  EVERYONE IS DIFFERENT THOUGH, so don't take advice from anyone.  Everyone's body heals differently.  I had my second holes at  8 gauge and they closed back up.  My regular earings are at 7/16s and I believe they will not close.  I also saw a guy at a restaraunt who had 00's and had his out for two years and he had a hole the size of a 6 gauge in his ear.  

 

Answer by jenna
Submitted on 6/9/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hi..
im currently at 14 nd about to go to 10.
ive heard a number of people talking about using tape instead of earrings,
can someone please explain to me how thats possible?
thankss =]

 

Answer by emily
Submitted on 6/10/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey, my name is emily and i had a 16 gage and when i was going into a 14 gage it hurt soo bad i thought it was wierd cause it wasnt that big of a change, but i have them in now. so its all good. i eventually want to get to a 6 maybe and i was wondering how long that should take me cause i dont want to rush it.

 

Answer by chris
Submitted on 6/12/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
oh my god. This forum needs to be deleted with all the horrible mis-information here.

 

Answer by edgar_e50
Submitted on 6/12/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey ppl well i have a 00 right now and on the back of my right ear i have like a lump in the back... i dont hurt bu i dont think that it is suppose to b there.... should i stick a neddle in and squish it to see if its puss... or should i leave it alone... because i dont look like if its suppose to b there... hit me up plzzz... edgar_e50@hotmail.com  email me plzzzzz

 

Answer by josh
Submitted on 6/16/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
um i think you should go with the 4. unless you can take the pain lol. does anyone know if i were to gauge my ears bigger then a 00 will they shrink at all??

 

Answer by Josh
Submitted on 6/18/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
How long after getting your ears pierced should you wait until you start stretching ?

x

 

Answer by Korpsekeeper
Submitted on 6/21/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I've been wearing fake plugs for over a year and have now decided to do it properly!  Why didn't I do it earlier?  Because I wasn't sure I'd get away with wearing them for work!!

Anyway!  I started today, I slipped the 14g in and it went straight through so it didn't stretch my ear at all.

So.. I forced the 12g in with no pain whatsoever.  A little burning but no pain whatsoever.  I'm going to wait 2-3 weeks before slipping the 10g in.

I've waited over a year to start so why rush!!

 

Answer by Lyndsey
Submitted on 6/22/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Kay.
My my ears are at 00g (and still going bigger).
To the girl above me, the one who asked if you stretch them after getting them pierced:
Wait until they heal, then start stretching them. Since you just got them done, I'm guessing you have like an 18 or something in them right?
Just gradually go bigger until the size you want.
If there's still anything you need to know..
e-mail me or add my msn.
screamo__00@hotmail.com

 

Answer by SatanicPiercings
Submitted on 6/26/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I have gone from a 14,10,8,6,4. and iIm going to stretch to a 2. And you shouldn't skip gages because if you do your ears will most likely never close. I've stretched slowly and if i take out my 4's they close very quickly. and putting random objects in your ears is not sanitary nor healthy for the health of your ears. so i suggest if you want to gage fast go to a piercing shop and remember if you go from normal to a big size like a 6 and higher there's a good chance your ears wont close.

-thanks . Satanic Piercings

 

Answer by janevg
Submitted on 7/1/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey. I'm at a size 4 now..I have tunnels in my ear.. I want to put in size 4 tunnels but there flare how do I get them in?

 

Answer by killer_brown_eyes
Submitted on 7/2/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i just stretched my ears from 6ga to 2ga-yeah, go ahead, say it's horrible for my ears, but ifirst jumed from the smallest to 10ga, that barely hurt, and then from the 10ga to 6ga.--and for the jump to 6ga i had twists an somehow over ight they went in ad i felt absolutely no pain. they got crusty, as expected.now i'm finally at 2ga and i love it. they are crusty as hell but i love them. and i know my ears well enough that they will be cleared up in about a week.i am addicted. though i may not stretch ever again or for a very long time, who knows.

 

Answer by Cass
Submitted on 7/3/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hey so i have a question, im at a 6 gauge right now, and i had tapers in and now i have some plugs to put in, put the ends are bigger than the hole and the middle part is the 6, i cant get it or or figure out how i'dget it in...anyone got anwser for that?

 

Answer by jason
Submitted on 7/5/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
i have 00 now i went from a 18 gauge to a 10 and from the 10 to a 2 and from 2 to 00 and they stink is it supposed to
haha

 

Answer by Pauly
Submitted on 7/9/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Ha ha wow. You guy's all suck.

I went from a 18 to a 12 on the first day I pierced my ears, then to a 10 two days later. then to a 6 then a 4 then a 2 then a 00 then half inch. That all took me a month to stretch two ears to a half inch. I didn't get any blow outs or infection and my ears healed up almost perfect.
To answer the question.. Yes they will close up until about a 00. At half inch they will almost close all the way up to about a 12.

 

Answer by cuppycake
Submitted on 7/11/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
hayy ive got 00 gadge nd i never used tapers or anything of the kind...i found random items round the house....like ink cartridges and bits of tube i wrapped a small layer ov electrical tape round them befor i went to bed each night...i had no problems doing it this way as i cleaned and cared for them propperly....i had no infections no blow outs and no bleeding :)...my friends gave me advice to do it this way and thay also seem to think it was best for them too....and now ive actually got a pretty ear tunnels in both sides :D  

 

Answer by ~piNkles~
Submitted on 7/11/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
haha...well i just stretched my 0 to a 00 on sunday. nd it didnt hurt at all. it just went straight in. wit my other frends it burned a bit. but wen i woke up on monday morning they were starting to swell..
ahahaha

 

Answer by KeKo
Submitted on 7/11/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
Hi i have never got my ears pierced before.But i want to get some plugs. Do i need to get a hole first? So i can get some plugs? And if any of you can help tell me what a good size to start with would help alot. Ty

 

Answer by Cin
Submitted on 7/18/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
"lol"-

first: READ WHAT PEOPLE ARE SAYING ON THIS PAGE. look at people's experiences and think about what they say.

second: start small and work up slowly, wait until your ears have recovered from getting the piecings before you move up. when you move up sizes do it slowly when your ears are ready.

thirdly: please using spacing between sentences. your writing makes you sound like an over hyper toddler. it makes you seem as if you are not yet mature enough to decide what to do with your body. that's not good for someone who wants to gauge their ears. if you are unsure then you should re-think again.

 

Answer by Eric
Submitted on 7/20/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I periced my ears myself about a weekago for the second time. last time i had them done i gauged them from an 18 to a 14 and my left ear did fine but my right ear got very very swollen and a little infected i think. now i periced them about a weekago and gauged them from a 18 to a 12 and my right ear is still super swollen.
i was wondering if i should just leave it in and clean it every once in a while or should i take it out and let it heal and start the process all over again ?

 

Answer by Nick
Submitted on 7/20/2007
Rating: Not yet rated Rate this answer: Vote
I just went from a 0g to a 7/16Th's, bad idea. It doesn't't hurt to skip gauges on smaller holes, but after 2g, don't do it. it hurts very badly.

 

Your answer will be published for anyone to see and rate.  Your answer will not be displayed immediately.  If you'd like to get expert points and benefit from positive ratings, please create a new account or login into an existing account below.


Your name or nickname:
If you'd like to create a new account or access your existing account, put in your password here:
Your answer:

FAQS.ORG reserves the right to edit your answer as to improve its clarity.  By submitting your answer you authorize FAQS.ORG to publish your answer on the WWW without any restrictions. You agree to hold harmless and indemnify FAQS.ORG against any claims, costs, or damages resulting from publishing your answer.

 

FAQS.ORG makes no guarantees as to the accuracy of the posts. Each post is the personal opinion of the poster. These posts are not intended to substitute for medical, tax, legal, investment, accounting, or other professional advice. FAQS.ORG does not endorse any opinion or any product or service mentioned mentioned in these posts.

 

<< Back to: rec.arts.bodyart: Piercing FAQ 2E--Genital Piercings & Their Suggested Jewelry


[ Home  |  FAQ-Related Q&As  |  General Q&As  |  Answered Questions ]

© 2008 FAQS.ORG. All rights reserved.